TW407303B - Semiconductor thin film, and method and apparatus for producing thereof, and semiconductor device and method for producing thereof - Google Patents

Semiconductor thin film, and method and apparatus for producing thereof, and semiconductor device and method for producing thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW407303B
TW407303B TW87121064A TW87121064A TW407303B TW 407303 B TW407303 B TW 407303B TW 87121064 A TW87121064 A TW 87121064A TW 87121064 A TW87121064 A TW 87121064A TW 407303 B TW407303 B TW 407303B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
film
semiconductor
manufacturing
energy beam
thin film
Prior art date
Application number
TW87121064A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Keizaburo Kuramasu
Masumi Idoi
Yuuji Satani
Yoshinao Taketomi
Hiroshi Tsutsu
Original Assignee
Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd filed Critical Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW407303B publication Critical patent/TW407303B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Recrystallisation Techniques (AREA)

Abstract

In a polycrystalline silicon thin film transistor, a semiconductor device having a high field effect mobility is achieved by making a grain size of a silicon thin film. First, an insulation layer with a two-layer structure is formed on a transparent insulated substrate 201. In the insulation layer, a lower insulation layer 202, which is in contact with the transparent insulated substrate 201, is made to have a higher thermal conductivity than an upper insulation layer 203. Thereafter, the upper insulation layer 203 is patterned so that a plurality of stripes is formed thereon. Subsequently, an amorphous silicon thin film 204 is formed on the patterned insulation layer, and the insulation layer is irradiated with a laser light scanning in a direction parallel to the stripe patterns on the upper insulation layer 203. Thus, the amorphous silicon thin film 203 is made into a polycrystalline silicon thin film 210.

Description

t t 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ^07303 Λ7 __B7 五、發明説明(1 ) 技術範鳴 本發明係有關使用於液晶顯示中的薄膜電晶體(TFT) 、線傳感器等之光傳感器,以及適用於太陽能電池等之光 電池70件’ SRAM (靜態隨機存取記憶體Static Random Access Memory)等之記憶LSI(大型積體電路Urge Sca]ktt Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 07303 Λ7 __B7 V. Description of the Invention (1) Technical Fan Ming This invention relates to light sensors such as thin film transistors (TFTs) and line sensors used in liquid crystal displays, and Applicable to 70 pieces of photovoltaic cells such as solar cells, SRAM (Static Random Access Memory) and other memory LSIs (large integrated circuit Urge Sca) k

Integration)的半導體膜,其製造方法以及製造裝置。上述 半導體膜更詳細而言係例如,於玻璃基板上等等所形成, 具有以雷射回火處理非晶質材料等而形成之結晶性的半導 體薄膜。又,有關使用此種半導體薄膜之半導體元件,以 及其製造方法。 • 技術背景 過去,將構成薄膜電晶體(TFT)的高品質矽半導體薄 膜形成於非晶質絕緣基板上等等的方法與裝置,係採用使 用發光放電之電漿CVD法以及電漿CVD裝置。在該等製 造方法與裝置中所獲得之氫化非晶矽(a_si)膜經過多年的 致力研究開發,其做為高品質的半導體薄膜已經達到功能 的水平,例如膝上型和筆記型個人電腦,維護檢修工作站 、汽車導航裝置等之活性基質液晶顯示的像素用切換電晶 體、傳真的影像傳感器用光傳感器、和桌上型電子計算機 用電池之太陽能電池等的電光學裝置,在各種積體電路等 已經被實用化。上述氫化非晶諭的最大長處為,在至多3〇〇 °C左右的加工溫度中,寸以於大面積的基板上獲得再現性 優良且安定的製造結果。 另一方面’近年來’隨著顯示器或影像感應器的大型 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榇準(CNS ) 2i〇x297公楚〉 I---------装--^---r--訂 (請β閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 4 五、 發明説明(2 407303 -A7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 化,像素的高密度化(高精細化)之進步,乃要求可以跟 得上更高速的驅動之石夕半導體薄膜。再者,為求輕量化和 低成本,也為了適用於液晶顯示器的周邊電路部分所形成 之驅動元件’而有必要獲得高速的動作。可是,例如上述 之氫化非晶石夕的電場效應移動度至多只有H2/V ·咖 ,並無法獲得充分滿足上述要求之電氣特性。 因此,形成具有結晶性之半導體薄膜以提高電場效應 移動度之技術手段乃被研究,而其程序為 · (1) 藉由於矽烷氣體中混合氫和Si]p4,並使用電漿CVD 法,以使堆積的薄膜結晶化之製造方法;以及 (2) 以非晶矽做為前驅體而試圖使之結晶化的製造方 法則被開發。 上述(1)雖於半導體薄膜形成的同時進行結晶化仍 有必要將基板加熱至一比較上的高溫(6〇(rc )。為此之故 ,用做基板者必須使用耐高溫之高價值的石英基板等,而 難以使用廉價的玻璃基板’因此有製造成本高的缺點。具 體而言,例如常被使用於活性基質型的液晶顯示裝置之康 寧(3 —二 > 〆)7〇59玻璃,其應變點為593。〇,如果實 施600°C以上的加熱處理時,由於玻璃基板之收縮與歪斜 等機械性變形會變得顯著,因此適當的半導體電路之形成 程序和液晶板之製作程序等都會變得困難。再者,如果欲 圖多次元的積集,則有造成先形成的電路區域產生熱損傷 之虞。 又’上述(2)係於基板上形成非晶矽薄膜,再將之 請 k: 閲 讀 背 1¾ i 事 項 再 '1 本 頁 裝 訂 .加 本紙張尺度適财國國家轉(CNS) (21Gx297公康) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 407303 A7 ___B7 五、發明説明(3 ) 熱以形成多晶矽(聚矽:P — Si )者,其主要是使用在600 C左右的溫度實施長時間加熱處理之固相成長法,和雷射 回火法(特別是準分子雷射回火法)。 前者之固相成長法由於必須將形成有非晶薄膜的基板 加熱’並保持於600¾以上的溫度20小時以上,因此依然 會導致製造成未之增加等。 另一方面,後者之準分子雷射回火法,例如IEEE Electr〇n(Integrated) semiconductor film, its manufacturing method and manufacturing device. The semiconductor film described above is, for example, a crystalline semiconductor film formed on a glass substrate or the like and having a crystalline property formed by processing an amorphous material by laser tempering. Further, a semiconductor device using such a semiconductor thin film, and a method for manufacturing the same are provided. • Technical background In the past, methods and apparatuses for forming a high-quality silicon semiconductor film constituting a thin film transistor (TFT) on an amorphous insulating substrate, etc., have used a plasma CVD method using a light-emitting discharge and a plasma CVD device. After many years of research and development, the hydrogenated amorphous silicon (a_si) film obtained in these manufacturing methods and devices has reached the level of function as a high-quality semiconductor film, such as laptops and notebook personal computers. Electro-optical devices such as maintenance switching workstations, active matrix liquid crystal display pixels for switching pixels of active matrix liquid crystals, light sensors for facsimile image sensors, and solar cells for desktop computer batteries are used in various integrated circuits. Etc. have been put into practical use. The greatest advantage of the above-mentioned hydrogenated amorphous rhenium is that, at a processing temperature of up to about 300 ° C, a large-area substrate can be obtained with excellent reproducible and stable manufacturing results. On the other hand, in recent years, with the large paper size of the display or image sensor, China's National Standards (CNS) 2i × 297 is available. I ---------- install-^ --- r--order (please read the notes on the back and fill in this page again) 4 V. Description of the invention (2 407303 -A7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, high-density (high-definition) pixels Progress requires Shishi semiconductor films that can keep up with higher-speed driving. In addition, in order to reduce weight and lower costs, it is also necessary to obtain high-speed driving elements for peripheral circuits of liquid crystal displays. However, for example, the mobility of the electric field effect of the above-mentioned hydrogenated amorphous stone is only at most H2 / V · Ca, and the electrical characteristics that fully meet the above requirements cannot be obtained. Therefore, a crystalline semiconductor film is formed to improve the electric field effect. The technical measures of mobility are studied, and the procedure is: (1) A manufacturing method for crystallizing the deposited thin film by mixing hydrogen and Si] p4 in a silane gas and using a plasma CVD method; and (2) ) A manufacturing method that attempts to crystallize amorphous silicon as a precursor has been developed. (1) Although it is necessary to crystallize at the same time as the formation of a semiconductor thin film, it is still necessary to heat the substrate to a relatively high temperature (60 ° ( rc). For this reason, those who use substrates must use high-value quartz substrates that are resistant to high temperatures, and it is difficult to use inexpensive glass substrates. Therefore, they have the disadvantage of high manufacturing costs. Specifically, for example, they are often used for active materials. Corning (3-2 > 〆) 7059 glass of the matrix type liquid crystal display device has a strain point of 593. When the heat treatment is performed at 600 ° C or higher, mechanical properties such as shrinkage and distortion of the glass substrate are caused. Deformation will become significant, so proper semiconductor circuit formation procedures and LCD panel production procedures will become difficult. Furthermore, if you want to accumulate multiple elements, there will be thermal damage to the circuit area that was formed first. Yu. "The above (2) is the formation of an amorphous silicon film on the substrate, and then please k: read the back 1 ¾ i matters again and bind this page. (CNS) (21Gx297 public health) Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, 407303 A7 ___B7 V. Description of the invention (3) Those who heat to form polycrystalline silicon (polysilicon: P — Si), which is mainly used at about 600 C The solid-phase growth method that performs long-term heat treatment and the laser tempering method (especially the excimer laser tempering method). The former solid-phase growth method requires heating the substrate on which the amorphous film is formed. Keeping at a temperature above 600¾ for more than 20 hours, it will still lead to an increase in manufacturing, etc. On the other hand, the latter excimer laser tempering method, such as IEEE Electrón

Device Letters, 7 (1996) ρρ· 276-278和 IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, 42 (1995) PP. 251.257 中所揭示者, 係以光能大之UV光的準分子雷射照射於非晶矽薄膜以使 * 其結晶化者,並非直接將玻磚基板加熱,而可以成功的獲 知電場效應移動度高(>1〇〇 cm2/V · sec )而且電氣特性 較佳之多晶矽薄膜β亦即,非晶矽係,具有如第丨圖所示 的穿透率特性,例如相對於根據XeC丨準分子雷射之波長 為308 nm的雷射光’由於其·吸收係數為1〇6cm-i左右,因 此雷射光大體上在自非晶矽表面起1〇〇人左右的區域被吸 收’而基板的溫度則幾乎不會上昇(大約6〇(rc以下),只 有非晶石夕成為.南溫而結晶化(多晶化或單晶化)。因而可 以使用價格便宜的玻璃基板;再者,由於可以局部地照射 光束以使其結晶化,因此可以將不要求那樣的高速性之像 素區域保持為非晶薄膜,而巧.將像素區域的周邊結晶化, 於此處不會對要求高速性之驅動電路的形成之所謂的多次 元的積集’和已經形成的電路產生熱損傷,並使得依序於 同一基板上之特定區域形成良質的結晶質薄膜成為可能。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉芈(CNS ) A4祝格(210X297公釐〉 I I I ^ | 訂 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再娘寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 407303 A7 B-7 五、發明説明(4 ) 更進一步地,若根據此技術則甚至可以將Cpu(中央處理 器Central Processing Unit)等積集於同一個基板上。 在此’將對做為使用如上述之ρ—Si的半導體元件之 例的TFT之一般構造與製造方法加以說明。 第2圖為共平面(coplanar)構造之TFT 110的概略示意 模式圖,第2(a)围為TFT 110之平面圖,第2(b)圊為第2(a) 圖中之自P—P’箭頭視之的斷面圖。如第2圖所示,上述tft 110係位於絕緣性基板111之上,設有底塗層1丨2和,p — Si 膜113和,第1絕緣膜(閘極絕緣膜)114和,第2絕緣膜116 和’閘極電極115、.源極電極117s以及j:及極電極117d三種 , 電極所構成者。P—Si膜113在底塗層112之上,被形成為 預定形狀之圊案。再者,p — Si膜113係由通道區域ina和 源極區域113b以及沒極區域113c所形成,上述之源極區域 113b以及汲極區域113c則位於通道區域113a的兩側。此源 極區域113b以及没極區域1136係摻雜罐或硼等的不純物質 離子而形成者β 第1絕緣膜114係由,例如二氧化矽(Si〇2)所構成,而 被形成於上述p—Si膜113以及底塗層Π2的上方。上述閘 極115為例如鋁(A1)等所構成的金屬薄膜。該閘極丨丨5係位 於第1絕緣膜114的上方,而且被設置於對應p—以膜113之 通道區域113a的位置。第2絕,緣膜116則由,例如Si〇2所構 成,而被積層於上述閘極115以及第1絕緣膜114的上方。 在第1絕緣膜114以及第2絕緣膜116分別形成有通達p 一 Si膜113之源極區域113b或者沒極區域113c的接觸孔ns 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公瘦) 裝--^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 407303 A7 ~~— __B7 五、發明説明(5 ) • 118。源極電極117S以及汲極電極i i 7£1係介於此接觸孔 118· 118之間,而被形成與源極區域u3b或者汲極區域113c 接觸的模式》上述閘極電極115、源極電極117s以及汲極 電極117d係以圖示之斷面以外的部分被做成預定形狀的圖 案’以構成配線圖案。 上述TFT 110係以如下之方式製造。首先,在上述絕 緣性基板111之上,將例如由Si02m構成之底塗層112予以 成膜。藉此,以防止不純物向後來形成之p—Si膜113擴散 °其次,在上述底塗層112上,以例如電漿CVD法將非晶 質性的矽a—Si膜(未圖示出)予以成膜,並將該a_ si膜 • 钱刻成預定形狀之圖案。此外-,於結晶化之後再進行蝕刻 圖案亦可。接著,於上述a _ Si膜照射以短波長之準分子 雷射等使之放冷(雷射回火)。藉此,而形成改質的,亦 即上述a-Si膜乃多、晶化而形成p—Si膜113。此處,由於a 一 Si膜對於短波長區域的光之吸收係數很大,因此如果使 用準分子雷射做為能束,即可以只對a- Si膜選擇性地加 熱。從而’因為絕緣性基板111之溫度上昇幅度小,所以 具有可以採用低成本之玻璃基板以做為絕緣性基板U i之 材料的優點。 上述說明中所形成之p—Si膜113上以常壓CVD法(化 學氣相沈積法Chemical Vapor..Deposition )將第1絕緣膜予 以成膜,接著於第1絕緣膜114之上形成閘極電極115。其 次,將上述閘極電極115做成罩幕,在p_ Si膜113之上, 以例如,離子摻雜法植入構成施體或受體之不純物離子, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) II ^ ^ / I (請先閱饋背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央橾準局員工消費合作社印製 ____ 407303 B7 五、發明説明(6 ) 具體而言,磷或硼等的不純物離子。藉此,於上述p—si 膜113形成通道區域113a和源極區域113b以及汲極區域 113 c 〇 接著.’將第2絕緣膜116於閘極115上予以成膜後,再 形成接觸孔118 · 118 ,例如使鋁蒸發沈積以形成圖案化之 源極電極117s以及没極電極117d。 如上所述之p — Si膜形成過程中,準分子雷射等之脈 衝振動方式的雷射,其輸出功率大,例如,藉著使線性光 束狀的雷射光在基板上移動而—邊掃描的照射程序,雖然 因為一次可以使大面積的非晶矽結晶化,而有利於半導體 裝置之量產,然而在提高結晶品質的課題上卻有困難。亦 即,此種雷射,其1個脈衝的照射時間為數1〇 nS左右,非 常的短,而因為照射時與非照射時的溫度差變大,故而熔 融的矽膜係於急速冷卻的過程中結晶化β因而難以控制 晶趙的成長程度和晶體取向,.不易進行充分的晶體成長, 不但晶體粒徑變小而且晶體的晶間密度變大,偏差也時常 變大,同時結晶缺陷往往變多。更詳細而言,在雷射照射 後的冷卻過程中,晶核係無序地產生,且無序地產生之各 各ΒΒ核化各個無秩序的方向成長。而結晶粒相互間並藉碰 撞、’口 σ的狀態以終止晶體之成長^經由此種成長過程所生 成之結晶粒,係呈小顆粒且無規的形狀。因此乃變成存 在多數的晶體晶間之聚石夕膜;由於此種聚㈣中之電荷載 子無法平順的移動,因此電場效應移動度等 之TFT變差。 以下將就晶體成長的機制以及良好的晶體成長在實 本紙張尺度朝t關家 297公釐) I---------^ —;------ir (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再镇寫本頁) 經濟部中央橾準局員工消費合作社印製 —_ 407303 B7__ 五、發明説明(~ ~ 一~~~ 施上有其困難的理由更詳細的加以說明。上述準分子雷射 係藉由將氙(Xe)、氪(Kr)等的稀有氣體與氯(c丨)、氟(F)等 的函素之混合氣體以電子束予以激發而產生者,就這樣子 難以適當的使用。因此,使用稱做光束勻化器(Beam H〇m〇geniser)之光學系統將之整形成具有數cm角左右的矩 形或者線狀的均勻光強度之光束,係在雷射回火法中被使 用。而在基板上所形成之非單晶質.薄膜(通常稱為非晶薄 膜)的結晶化之際,係使用一邊掃描此經整形之光束,並 一邊照射的手段》 但是,此方法中所必須解決的課題有數個,例如尚有 , 晶體粒徑和結晶化度的均一性不良,電晶體特性不安定, 電%效應移動度低等課題。為此,做為解決該等課題之方 法而被提出者有: (1) 藉由被覆反射膜和吸收膜於照射面的一部分以控 制薄膜面的光吸性,形成強度分布,並誘導晶體的成長方 向之技術,和 (2) 藉由在加熱基板(400°C )的狀態下進行雷射照射 以使結晶化圓順地進行之技術(Extended Abstracts of the 1991 International Conference on Solid State Devices and Materials, Yokohama, 1991,p.p· 623-625)等。再者,例如jpn. J_ Appl. Phys· 3 1 (1992) p 45)0-4554所揭示者亦屬已知。 其係如第3圖所示,將前驅體半導體膜122所形成之玻璃基 板121載置於基板座124,在以基板加熱器125將基板座124 加熱至400°C左右的狀態下,將準分子雷射123之雷射光 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨〇 X 2?7公釐〉 /--;--;--1T------岣· 1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填¾本頁) -10 - 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印裝 407303 二 - 〇7 五、發明説明(8 ) ~ 123a照射於前驅體半導體122所成者。以此方式,藉由在 雷射光的照射時合併使用加熱玻璃基板的方法,而可以獲 得高結晶品質,亦即比較大而且均勻的晶體粒,並提高電 氣的特性。 其中,前者(1)亦可以謀得單晶化’而後者(2)可以比 較簡單地適用;若使用此種技術,則電場效應移動度的偏 差即可以被控制在±10。/❶以内。然而,上述技術中有以下 的問題點,其無法充分地對應謀求多次元的積集和—層底 塗之最新的技術動向。 亦即,上述(1)的技術因為必須有使用反射膜等的步 . 驟,而導致該部分之製造過程變得既煩雜而且成本也上昇 。再者,由於被限定在狹窄的區域内使用反射膜並非容易 的事,因此難以完成微小的特定區域之結晶化。 另一方面,上述(2)的方法中,由於為了加熱基板而 必須進行加熱步驟,使得該部分之生產性降低。亦即,在 固相成長法時並不加熱至高溫,而將基板加熱以及冷卻的 過程同樣的相當花時間(例如30分鐘〜丨小時左右),因而 有產迠降低的問題存在。當基板的面積越大,為了缓和基 板的變形,其加熱以及冷卻所需要的時間就越長,該問 題點就更為顯著。又,該技術雖然可以將電場效應移動度 的偏差減少至某一程度,卻無法將電場移動度本身充分地 提向’因此對於形成要求高速性的電路而言並不足夠。亦 即,為了不產生玻璃基板的變形等,不能夠將玻璃基板 加熱至550 C左右以上’因而難以獲得更高的結晶品質。 本紙浪尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210χ297公釐) ---------裝--_---_--訂 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁:>Device Letters, 7 (1996) ρρ · 276-278 and IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices, 42 (1995) PP. 251.257, are disclosed by the use of high-energy UV light excimer lasers to illuminate amorphous silicon thin films. In order to make the * crystallize, instead of directly heating the glass brick substrate, it can be successfully learned that the polycrystalline silicon thin film β with high electric field effect mobility (> 100 cm2 / V · sec) and better electrical characteristics, that is, non- The crystalline silicon system has the transmittance characteristics as shown in the figure. For example, compared to laser light with a wavelength of 308 nm according to XeC 丨 excimer laser, its absorption coefficient is about 106 cm-i. Laser light is generally absorbed in an area of about 100 people from the surface of the amorphous silicon ', and the temperature of the substrate hardly rises (approximately 60 (below rc)), and only the amorphous stone becomes crystalline. (Polycrystalline or single crystal). Therefore, inexpensive glass substrates can be used. Furthermore, since the light beam can be locally irradiated to crystallize, it is possible to keep pixel areas that do not require such high-speed characteristics to be non-critical Crystal thin film, and clever. Will be like The crystallization of the periphery of the prime region will not cause thermal damage to the so-called multi-dimensional accumulation of the formation of the drive circuit that requires high speed and the already formed circuit, and will cause the specific regions in sequence on the same substrate. It is possible to form a good crystalline film. This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Zhuge (210X297 mm) III ^ | Order (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) Central standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Bureau Coconut Consumer Cooperative Co., Ltd. 407303 A7 B-7 V. Invention Description (4) Furthermore, if this technology is used, CPU (Central Processing Unit) can even be accumulated on the same substrate. Here, the general structure and manufacturing method of a TFT which is an example of a semiconductor device using ρ-Si as described above will be described. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a TFT 110 having a coplanar structure, and FIG. (a) is a plan view of the TFT 110, and 2 (b) 圊 is a cross-sectional view taken from the arrow P-P 'in FIG. 2 (a). As shown in FIG. 2, the above tft 110 is located at Provided on the insulating substrate 111 Coatings 1 and 2 and p-Si film 113 and, first insulating film (gate insulating film) 114 and second insulating film 116 and 'gate electrode 115, source electrode 117s, and j: and electrode There are three types of 117d, electrodes. The P-Si film 113 is formed on the undercoat layer 112 and is formed into a predetermined shape. In addition, the p-Si film 113 is composed of a channel region ina and a source region 113b and The electrode region 113c is formed, and the source region 113b and the drain region 113c are located on both sides of the channel region 113a. The source region 113b and the non-electrode region 1136 are formed by doping impurity impurities such as cans or boron. The β first insulating film 114 is formed of, for example, silicon dioxide (Si02), and is formed on the above. Above the p-Si film 113 and the undercoat layer Π2. The gate electrode 115 is a metal thin film made of, for example, aluminum (A1). The gate electrode 5 is located above the first insulating film 114, and is provided at a position corresponding to the channel region 113a of the p-film 113. In the second insulation, the edge film 116 is made of, for example, SiO2, and is laminated on the gate 115 and the first insulating film 114. Contact holes ns are formed in the first insulating film 114 and the second insulating film 116 to the source region 113b or the non-electrode region 113c of the p-Si film 113. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297). (Slim, thin) Packing-^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Order printed by the Shell Standard Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 A7 ~~ — __B7 V. Description of the invention (5) • 118. The source electrode 117S and the drain electrode ii 7 £ 1 are in contact with the source region u3b or the drain region 113c between the contact holes 118 and 118. The above-mentioned gate electrode 115 and source electrode 117s and the drain electrode 117d are formed into a pattern of a predetermined shape in a portion other than the cross section shown in the figure to constitute a wiring pattern. The above-mentioned TFT 110 is manufactured in the following manner. First, an undercoat layer 112 made of, for example, SiO2m is formed on the insulating substrate 111. Thereby, in order to prevent impurities from diffusing into the p-Si film 113 formed later, secondly, an amorphous silicon a-Si film (not shown) is formed on the undercoat layer 112 by, for example, plasma CVD. A film is formed, and the a_si film is engraved into a predetermined shape. Alternatively, the etching pattern may be performed after crystallization. Next, the a_Si film is irradiated with a short-wavelength excimer laser or the like to cool it (laser tempering). Thereby, the modified one, that is, the above-mentioned a-Si film is numerous and crystallized to form the p-Si film 113. Here, since the a-Si film has a large absorption coefficient for light in a short wavelength region, if an excimer laser is used as the energy beam, only the a-Si film can be selectively heated. Therefore, because the temperature rise of the insulating substrate 111 is small, there is an advantage that a low-cost glass substrate can be used as the material of the insulating substrate U i. On the p-Si film 113 formed in the above description, a first insulating film is formed by a normal pressure CVD method (Chemical Vapor .. Composition), and then a gate electrode is formed on the first insulating film 114. Electrode 115. Secondly, the gate electrode 115 is made into a mask, and the impurity ions constituting the donor or acceptor are implanted on the p_Si film 113 by, for example, an ion doping method, and the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) II ^ ^ / I (Please read the notes on the back of the page before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ____ 407303 B7 V. Invention Description (6) In other words, impurities such as phosphorus or boron. Thereby, a channel region 113a, a source region 113b, and a drain region 113c are formed on the p-si film 113. Then, a second insulating film 116 is formed on the gate 115, and then a contact hole 118 is formed. 118, for example, aluminum is evaporated to form a patterned source electrode 117s and a non-electrode 117d. As described above, during the formation of the p-Si film, a pulsed laser such as an excimer laser has a large output power, for example, by moving a linear beam of laser light on a substrate while scanning the Although the irradiation procedure can crystallize a large area of amorphous silicon at a time, which is beneficial to the mass production of semiconductor devices, it is difficult to improve the quality of crystals. That is to say, the irradiation time of such a laser is about 10 nS, which is very short. Because the temperature difference between the irradiation and non-irradiation becomes large, the molten silicon film is subjected to rapid cooling. Medium crystallization β makes it difficult to control the growth degree and crystal orientation of crystals. It is not easy to perform sufficient crystal growth. Not only does the crystal grain size become smaller, but the intercrystalline density of the crystal becomes larger, the deviation also becomes larger, and the crystal defects often change. many. In more detail, in the cooling process after laser irradiation, crystal nuclei are generated disorderly, and each of the TB nuclei generated disorderly grows in a disorderly direction. And the crystal grains mutually collide with each other to stop the growth of the crystal by the state of 口 σ. The crystal grains produced through this growth process are small particles and random shapes. Therefore, it becomes a polysilicon film that exists among most crystals; since the charge carriers in such polyfluorene cannot move smoothly, TFTs such as electric field effect mobility are deteriorated. The following will discuss the mechanism of crystal growth and good crystal growth on real paper scales toward 297 mm in diameter. I --------- ^ —; ---- ir (please read the back first) Please pay attention to this page and write this page) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs _ 407303 B7__ V. Description of the Invention The molecular laser is generated by exciting a rare gas such as xenon (Xe), krypton (Kr), and a mixed gas of chlorine (c 丨), fluorine (F), and the like with an electron beam. It is difficult to use it properly. Therefore, an optical system called a beam homogenizer (Beam Homogenizer) is used to form a beam with a uniform light intensity of a rectangular or linear shape with an angle of about several cm, which is tied to the laser. Tempering method is used. In the crystallization of a non-single-crystal. Thin film (commonly called an amorphous film) formed on a substrate, it is a method of scanning the shaped beam and irradiating it. However, there are several issues that must be solved in this method, for example, crystal size Problems such as poor uniformity of crystallinity, unstable transistor characteristics, and low mobility of the electrical% effect. For this reason, the following have been proposed as solutions to these problems: (1) Covering the reflective film and absorbing A part of the film on the irradiation surface to control the light absorption of the film surface, to form an intensity distribution, and to induce the growth direction of the crystal, and (2) by performing laser irradiation while heating the substrate (400 ° C) to Techniques for smoothly performing crystallization (Extended Abstracts of the 1991 International Conference on Solid State Devices and Materials, Yokohama, 1991, pp. 623-625), etc. Furthermore, for example, jpn. J_ Appl. Phys · 3 1 ( 1992) p 45) 0-4554 is also known. As shown in FIG. 3, the glass substrate 121 formed by the precursor semiconductor film 122 is placed on the substrate holder 124, and the substrate holder 124 is heated to about 400 ° C by the substrate heater 125, and the standard Laser light of molecular laser 123 This paper is sized to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (2 丨 〇2? 7mm> /-;-; --- 1T ------ 岣 · 1 ( Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -10-Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives 407303 II-〇7 V. Description of the invention (8) ~ 123a Irradiated by precursor semiconductor 122 In this way, by combining the method of heating the glass substrate during laser light irradiation, high crystal quality can be obtained, that is, relatively large and uniform crystal grains, and electrical characteristics are improved. Among them, the former (1) Single crystallization can also be achieved, and the latter (2) can be applied relatively simply; if this technique is used, the deviation of the electric field effect mobility can be controlled within ± 10 ° / ❶. However, there are some The following problems cannot adequately correspond to those seeking multiple elements. Jihe-the latest technical trend of layer undercoating. That is, the above-mentioned (1) technology requires steps such as the use of a reflective film, which causes the manufacturing process of this part to become both complicated and costly. In addition, since it is not easy to use a reflective film in a narrow area, it is difficult to complete the crystallization of a small specific area. On the other hand, in the method (2), a heating step is necessary to heat the substrate. This reduces the productivity of this part. That is, the solid-phase growth method does not heat to a high temperature, but the process of heating and cooling the substrate also takes a considerable amount of time (for example, about 30 minutes to 丨 hours), so it is productive. The problem of 迠 reduction exists. When the area of the substrate is larger, in order to alleviate the deformation of the substrate, the longer it takes to heat and cool, the problem becomes more significant. Moreover, although this technology can shift the effect of the electric field effect, The deviation of the electric field is reduced to a certain degree, but the electric field mobility itself cannot be sufficiently raised to 'so it is not necessary to form a circuit requiring high speed That is, in order not to deform the glass substrate, etc., the glass substrate cannot be heated to about 550 C or higher, so it is difficult to obtain higher crystalline quality. The paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) (Li) --------- install --_---_-- order (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page: >

II 五、 發明説明(9 ) 更有甚者,该技術為將基板全體加熱的方法,因此不適用 於要求只有基板上之限定區域的結晶化。 如上所述之(1)、(2)的技術,其中任何一個都有製造 成本昇高的問題。因而上述(1)、(2)的技術(關於其他的 先前技術也是同樣的)特別具有難以實現多樣而且多次元 的積層之本質上的問題。亦即,此等技術所採用之溫度分 布的控制手段係不適用於將要求高速性的電路區域(多晶 化區域)與不要求高速性的電路區域(非晶區域)選擇性 地形成於同一基板上之手段;從而,高度積集化和低成本 的目標難以藉由該等技術而同時實現。 在此,將就可以只讓限定的任意區域結晶化之技術的 有用性加以說明。先前技術所相關之雷射回火法係如第4 圖所示般’使用光束的側邊(邊緣部分)陡峻而頂部平坦 (每單位面積之能量強度相同)之光束。即便是使用此種 特性之光束的聚石夕膜,在過去並不要求那樣高速的動作, 例如為了形成像素電極的切換電路等而使用即已足夠。 但是,將閘極驅動電路和源極驅動電路,尤其Cpu等 必須要求高速動作的元件也都一體的形成於同一基板上時 ’以上述之先前技術所能實現的程度之多晶質薄膜的品質 則有所不足。具體而言,例如在LCD的像素區域中,雖然 0.5〜10 cm2/Vs左右的移動度.即已足夠,但是在為控制像 素的閘極電路和源極電路等的周邊驅動電路中,則必須要 有100〜300 cm2/Vs左右的移動度。所以,使用上述特性之 光束的先則技術中並不能獲得既安定又高的移動度a亦即 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榇準(CNS ) A4祝格(210X2?7公釐) ----------外衣------1T------Λ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再.4寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 12 五、 407303 -at B7 發明説明(10 ) ’ 一般在多晶矽薄琪中,雖然晶體的粒徑係儘可能的大以 使移動度等的電晶體特性變高,但是根據如上所述之多晶 化處理並不能獲得充分的電晶體特性。 其原因在於,在上述特性的光束中,晶體粒和結晶化 度的不均一性變大’再者,若為獲得大的晶體粒並提高其 結晶化度’而同時加強照射強度並增加照射次數,則晶體 粒的大小會變得更不一致並造成結.晶化度的偏差。以下將 就該原因詳細地檢討β 第5圖係以上述矩形光束照射形成於基板上之非晶質 石夕薄膜時的結晶化度分布表示模式圓。第5圊中,丨7〇丨表 示照射光的境界’ 1702、1704表示結晶化度低的部分,斜 線1703表示結晶化度高的部分β如該圖中所示,若係以 使用能量強度均一的準分子雷射之習知方法,則會形成結 晶化度只有在由照射光的境界1701稍微進入内側的斜線部 1703處變高’而在其他部分(境界附近1702以及中央部1704 )結晶化度變低的特徵之結晶化度分布圖案。而此種現象 可以藉由顯微拉曼(7 γ y)分光法獲得確認。 亦即,將沿第5圖之A— A線的部分之拉曼強度測定結 果表示於第6圖;第6圖中,由境界稍微進入内側之處有陡 峭的波峰存在而可以得知該部分之結晶化度高的事實。 其次’一邊參照第7圖以.考察此種結晶化度的不均一 之產生機制。以光束照射非晶質矽薄膜,將薄膜溫度加熱 至矽的蓉融溫度以上(約14〇〇。〇以上)之後,停止光照射 ,則薄骐溫度因放熱而下降,在此過程中,熔融的矽析出 I I MI I" 訂 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印^ 13 經濟部中夬標準局貝工消費合作社印製 ·Α7 __ ___Β7 五 '發明説明(11 ) 並結晶化。於此,照射如同第7⑷圖之光強度分布均勾的 光束時,在薄膜面形成如第7⑻圖所示之溫度分布圖案。 亦即,雖然在中央部係形成沒有溫度梯度的平坦的溫度區 域,在周邊部分則因為熱向周圍逃逸乃形成陡山肖的溫度梯 度,此時,若t央部的溫度在矽的熔融溫度以上,於照射 元成後,則溫度分布曲線1901與結晶化溫度線19〇2的交點 附近(境界附近)之溫度會先達到結晶化溫度。因而,在 其附近會產生晶核(1903)(第”勾圖)。亦即,藉由非晶質 矽薄膜超過熔融點,在超過熔融點的區域中,非晶質矽薄 骐經熔融再固化時會起結晶化作用,而可以獲得多晶化。 .接著,若溫度更進一步的下降(第7(d)圖),雖然結晶化 係以前述晶核1903做為起始點,向尚未達到結晶化溫度之 中央部的方向進行,在使用光能強度均—的光束之情^中 ,如第7(b、d、f)圊所示’溫度係在面向中央部的方向幾 乎沒有溫度梯度的狀態下下降。因而,在有溫度下降的時 點上,比較廣的範圍會同時達到結晶化溫度(第7(f)圖) ,而可以使得在該範圍(1904)的任何部位均以相等的機率 產生晶核。因此,如第7(g)圖所示般,在19〇4的全面同時 產生微小的晶核;其結果即是形成了由許多微小的結晶粒 所構成之聚矽薄膜。此種聚矽臈理所當的晶體晶間密度大 。因而,由於在晶體晶間載子被捕捉的程度變大,所以電 場效應移動度變小。又,第7(c)圖之1900係表示薄膜的斷 面。 又,如上所述之產生結晶化度不均一的機制,在以第 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A<1規格(210X297公釐) I ; ; 訂 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 14 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 .A7 -- -_一- B7 五、發明説明(丨2 ) ~ ~~ 8圓所示之線狀雷射光束照射時也是相同的。於此,在第8 /圖中’⑷表示使用的準分子雷射之X,y t向的能量密度 分布;(b)表示以具有此種能量密度分布的準分子雷射照 射於非晶質石夕薄膜時,非晶質石夕薄膜之溫度上昇分布;(c) 表不實施如上述(a)及(b),而被雷射照射之多晶矽薄膜電 晶體的斜視圖。亦即,因為使用具有如第8⑷圖所示之能 量分布的雷射,被照射區域的丫方向之溫度分布大致上均 ,而如第8(b)圊所示,在x方向上則發生中央部高而兩 侧低的溫度分布。此種溫度分布的結果係結晶化自X方 向的周邊部起向中央進行,藉由許多的核之生成,其等之 成長面在中央部匯合,如第8(c)圖中做為模型所表示之多 日曰矽薄膜的結晶化狀態,詩光束之線狀光束蹲量密度低 的部分之晶體粒大,而能量密度高的部分(中央部)之晶 體粒則變小。再者,在第8圖中,131為透明絕緣性基板, 134為多晶矽薄膜,而141則為晶體粒。又,139為絕緣膜 ’且一般係使用二氧化矽(Si〇2)膜,14〇則為非晶質矽薄 膜〇 再者,在上述例中,雖然為了簡化說明而例示實施i 次能量光束的照射之情形,惟照射多次的情形亦相同。 又’在習知的雷射回火中,在如上所述之難以提昇電 場效應移動度的情形之外,也難以提昇半導體膜的膜質之 均一性,特別是具有難以使上述二者兼得的問題。 於此,係以第9圖為基礎以就有關於習知之雷射回火 裝置的構成加以說明。在第9圖中’ 151代表雷射振蕩器, ---------1 _---_--ir (請七閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)II V. Description of the Invention (9) Even more, this technology is a method of heating the entire substrate, so it is not suitable for crystallization that requires only a limited area on the substrate. As described above, in any of the techniques (1) and (2), there is a problem that the manufacturing cost increases. Therefore, the above-mentioned techniques (1) and (2) (the same applies to the other prior arts) have a fundamental problem in that it is difficult to realize a multi-layer and multi-dimensional stacking. That is, the temperature distribution control means used in these technologies is not suitable for selectively forming the same circuit area (polycrystalline region) that requires high speed and the circuit area (amorphous region) that does not require high speed. Means on the substrate; therefore, the goal of high accumulation and low cost cannot be achieved by these technologies at the same time. Here, the usefulness of a technique for crystallizing only a limited arbitrary region will be described. The laser tempering method related to the prior art uses a beam with steep sides (edge portions) and a flat top (same energy intensity per unit area) as shown in Fig. 4 '. Even a polysilicon film using such a light beam has not required such a high-speed operation in the past, and it is sufficient to use it, for example, to form a switching circuit for a pixel electrode. However, when the gate drive circuit and the source drive circuit, especially CPUs and other components that require high-speed operation, are also integrated on the same substrate, the quality of the polycrystalline film is as high as that achieved by the above-mentioned prior art. It is not enough. Specifically, for example, in a pixel area of an LCD, a movement degree of about 0.5 to 10 cm2 / Vs is sufficient. However, in a peripheral driving circuit such as a gate circuit and a source circuit for controlling a pixel, it is necessary to Have a degree of movement of about 100 to 300 cm2 / Vs. Therefore, in the prior art using the above-mentioned beam characteristics, it is not possible to obtain both stable and high mobility a, that is, this paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Zhuge (210X2 ~ 7mm) ---- ------ Coat ----- 1T ------ Λ (Please read the notes on the back before writing. 4 Write this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 12 V, 407303 -at B7 Description of the invention (10) 'Generally, in polycrystalline silicon thin kiln, although the particle size of the crystal is as large as possible to make the transistor characteristics such as mobility high, but the polycrystallization treatment as described above cannot Obtain sufficient transistor characteristics. The reason is that in the light beam with the above characteristics, the heterogeneity of the crystal grains and the degree of crystallinity becomes larger. 'Moreover, in order to obtain large crystal grains and increase the degree of crystallinity', at the same time, the intensity of irradiation and the number of irradiations are increased. , The size of the crystal grains will become more inconsistent and cause the deviation of the crystallinity. In the following, β will be reviewed in detail for this reason. Fig. 5 shows a pattern circle of the crystallinity distribution when the above-mentioned rectangular light beam is irradiated on the amorphous iris thin film formed on the substrate. In the 5th, 丨 7〇 丨 indicates the realm of irradiated light '1702, 1704 indicates the part with low crystallinity, and the oblique line 1703 indicates the part with high crystallinity β As shown in the figure, if the energy intensity is uniform The conventional method of excimer laser will form a degree of crystallinity that increases only at the slash portion 1703 that enters the inside slightly from the realm 1701 of the irradiated light, and crystallizes in other parts (near the realm 1702 and the central part 1704). The degree of crystallinity distribution pattern of the characteristic that the degree becomes low. This phenomenon can be confirmed by micro Raman (7 γ y) spectrometry. That is, the Raman intensity measurement results of the part along the A-A line in FIG. 5 are shown in FIG. 6; in FIG. 6, there is a steep wave peak from the point where the realm enters the inside slightly, and the part can be known The fact that the degree of crystallization is high. Secondly, while referring to Fig. 7, the mechanism of generating such non-uniformity of crystallinity is examined. Irradiate the amorphous silicon film with a light beam, heat the film temperature to above the melting temperature of silicon (above about 140,000), and then stop the light irradiation, and the temperature of the thin film will decrease due to the exotherm. In the process, the melting Order of Silicon Precipitation II MI I " (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 13 Printed by the Shellfish Consumers' Cooperative of the China Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 __ ___ Β7 'Explanation (11) and crystallization. Here, when irradiating a light beam with uniform light intensity distribution as shown in FIG. 7 (a), a temperature distribution pattern as shown in FIG. 7 (b) is formed on the film surface. That is, although a flat temperature region without a temperature gradient is formed in the central portion, a steep temperature gradient is formed in the peripheral portion due to heat escaping to the surrounding area. At this time, if the temperature of the central portion is at the melting temperature of silicon, Above, after the irradiation of the element, the temperature near the intersection (near the boundary) of the temperature distribution curve 1901 and the crystallization temperature line 192 will first reach the crystallization temperature. Therefore, a crystal nucleus (1903) is generated in the vicinity of it (that is, the "tick"). That is, when the amorphous silicon film exceeds the melting point, in a region exceeding the melting point, the amorphous silicon thin film is melted and then melted. When solidified, it will crystallize, and polycrystallization can be obtained. Then, if the temperature decreases further (Figure 7 (d)), although the crystallization system uses the aforementioned crystal nuclei 1903 as the starting point, The direction of reaching the central part of the crystallization temperature, in the case of using a light beam with uniform light energy intensity ^, as shown in Section 7 (b, d, f) '' The temperature is almost no temperature in the direction facing the central part Decline in the state of the gradient. Therefore, at the time when the temperature drops, a relatively wide range will reach the crystallization temperature at the same time (Figure 7 (f)), and any part in the range (1904) can be made equal. Probability of generating crystal nuclei. As shown in Figure 7 (g), minute crystal nuclei are generated at the same time in the entire area of 1904; as a result, a polysilicon film composed of many minute crystal grains is formed. The crystal density of such polysilicon crystals is high. Therefore, Since the degree of carrier trapping between crystals becomes larger, the mobility of the electric field effect becomes smaller. Moreover, the 1900 series in Fig. 7 (c) shows the cross section of the thin film. Moreover, the degree of crystallization that occurs as described above does not occur. Uniform mechanism, applying Chinese National Standard (CNS) A < 1 specification (210X297 mm) I;; Order (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 14 Staff of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Consumer Cooperatives. A7--_ 一-B7 V. Description of the Invention (丨 2) ~ ~~ The same is true when the linear laser beam shown by 8 circles is irradiated. Here, in Figure 8 / Figure ' ⑷ indicates the energy density distribution in the X and yt directions of the excimer laser used; (b) indicates that the amorphous stone film is irradiated with an excimer laser having such an energy density distribution. (C) is an oblique view of a polycrystalline silicon thin-film transistor irradiated with laser light as shown in (a) and (b) above. That is, because the energy distribution shown in FIG. 8 is used. Laser, the temperature distribution in the y direction of the illuminated area is roughly uniform, and as As shown in Fig. 8 (b) (i), a temperature distribution is high in the central part and low on both sides in the x direction. The result of this temperature distribution is that the crystallization proceeds from the peripheral part in the x direction to the center, with many cores As shown in Figure 8 (c), as the model shows the crystalline state of the silicon thin film for many days, the linear beam of the poem beam has a low beam density. The crystal grains are large, but the crystal grains in the high energy density part (central part) become smaller. Furthermore, in Fig. 8, 131 is a transparent insulating substrate, 134 is a polycrystalline silicon thin film, and 141 is a crystal grain. 139 is an insulating film, and generally a silicon dioxide (SiO2) film is used, and 14 is an amorphous silicon thin film. Furthermore, in the above example, although the implementation of the i-th energy beam is exemplified for the sake of simplifying the description. The irradiation is the same, but the same is true for multiple irradiations. It is also difficult to improve the uniformity of the film quality of the semiconductor film in the conventional laser tempering, in addition to the difficulty in improving the mobility of the electric field effect as described above, and in particular, it is difficult to achieve both. problem. Here, the structure of the conventional laser tempering device will be described based on FIG. 9. In Figure 9, '151 stands for laser oscillator, --------- 1 _---_-- ir (please read the precautions on the back and fill in this page)

-15 - A7 B7 407303 五、發明説明(13 ) 152代表反射在兄,153代表均一化裝置,154代表窗口,155 代表非晶質矽層所構成之基板,156為基板座,157則代表 控制裝置β而,在非晶質矽層的雷射回火時,以反射鏡丨52 將由雷射振蕩器151所振蕩出的雷射光導引至均一化裝置 153,而被整形成能量均一之預定形狀的雷射光束則通過 窗口 154照射於固定在處理室内的基板座156上之基板155 〇 使用如上所述之雷射回火裝置以進行回火處理時,由 於難以使雷射光束匯集地照射於基板的全面上,因此實際 上係一面使雷射的照射區域重合,一面依序地錯開而將基 ’ 板全面以相同的條件照射(例如I. Asai,N. Kato, M. Fuse and Τ· Hamano,十六 > 夕工彳·γ 巧八Λ η、、,々 X(Jpn. J. Appl. Phys.) 32 (1993) 474)。然而,在此種一 面將雷射光束的照射區域重合,一面依序錯開照射的雷射 回火方法中’如果雷射能量密度高’則半導體膜特性的評 價基準之一的移動度變高,膜質整體性地提昇,但是在照 射區域的連績處發生膜質的不均一,使得半導體膜整體的 均一性變低。另一方面,若以比較低的能量密度雷射照射 之,則雖然在提高膜質的均一性一事上會變得容易,但是 因為能量密度低,所以在提高電場效應移動度上則會變得 困難。 因此,例如於液晶顯示器中使用TFT所形成之基板時 ’如第10圖所示般地,難以形成滿足必須要有比較大面積 的影像顯示區域15 8之膜質的均一性,以及必須要有周邊 . 批衣 訂 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局真工消費合作社印製-15-A7 B7 407303 V. Description of the invention (13) 152 stands for reflection, 153 stands for homogenization device, 154 stands for window, 155 stands for substrate made of amorphous silicon layer, 156 stands for substrate, and 157 stands for control Device β, and when the laser of the amorphous silicon layer is tempered, the laser light oscillated by the laser oscillator 151 is guided to the homogenization device 153 by the mirror 丨 52, and is formed into a predetermined uniform energy The shaped laser beam is irradiated to the substrate 155 fixed on the substrate holder 156 fixed in the processing chamber through the window 154. When the laser tempering device described above is used for tempering, it is difficult to irradiate the laser beam collectively. On the overall surface of the substrate, in fact, the laser irradiation areas are overlapped, and the substrates are sequentially staggered to illuminate the substrates under the same conditions (for example, I. Asai, N. Kato, M. Fuse and Τ). Hamano, sixteen > Xi Gongyu · γ Qiaoba Λ η, 々, X (Jpn. J. Appl. Phys.) 32 (1993) 474). However, in such a laser tempering method in which the irradiation areas of the laser beams are overlapped and the radiation is sequentially shifted, 'if the laser energy density is high', the mobility of one of the evaluation criteria of the characteristics of the semiconductor film becomes high, The film quality is improved as a whole, but unevenness of the film quality occurs at successive places in the irradiated area, which makes the uniformity of the entire semiconductor film low. On the other hand, if it is irradiated with a laser with a relatively low energy density, it will become easier to improve the uniformity of the film quality, but because the energy density is low, it will be difficult to improve the mobility of the electric field effect. . Therefore, for example, when a substrate formed of a TFT is used in a liquid crystal display, as shown in FIG. 10, it is difficult to form a uniform film quality that satisfies the need for a relatively large image display area 158, and it must have a periphery. . Approval of clothes ordering (please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

你 S } IYou S} I

5 JN5 JN

* 公 7 9 Z 16 五、發明説明(Μ ) 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作衽印震 電路部(驅動電路)159之電場效應移動度的半導體膜。 再者’針對此種問題點,例如於美國USP 5,756,343號中 所揭不者’雖然提議於影像顯示區域158和周邊電路部159 施以強度不同的雷射光束,但是此種僅僅是以強度不同的 雷射光束’難以在周邊電路部159保持充分的電場效應移 動度。 如上所述’在習知之雷射回火方法中,難以控制晶體 粒徑與結晶方向,而且不但難以形成具有均一的晶體粒徑 ,而結晶缺陷也少的半導體薄膜,同時在提昇產能並降低 製成本上也有其困難,並且有不能同時達成提高半導體薄 膜的膜特性(電場效應移動度等)和膜質的均一性之問題 點。 本發明之目的即是有鑑於上述各點,而提供不會導致 產能降低,並且可以形成高結晶品質之半導體薄膜,更甚 者,可以同時達成提昇半導體薄膜之膜特性和膜質的均一 性之半導體薄膜的製造方法與裝置.,以及使用此種半導體 薄膜之電場效應移動度等TFT特性優良的薄臈電晶體,以 及其製造方法。 再者,在本說明書中所稱的結晶化涵蓋單結晶化和多 結晶化的雙重意義,而本發明之結晶質半導體薄膜的製作 方法則係特別地於製作聚矽臈時為有用者。 發明之揭示 本發明之目的係有鑑於上述各點,而提供不會導致產 能降低’並且可以形成高結晶品質之半導體薄膜,更甚者 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梯準(CNS ) A4規格(210X2,97公廢) 請 先 閲 背 之 注 項 再 .填 窝 本 頁 裝 訂 17 五、發明説明(15 ) ’可以同時達成提昇半導料膜之膜特性和膜質的均一性 之半導體薄膜的製造方法與裝置,以及使用此種半導體薄 膜之電場效應移動度等叮丁特性優良的薄膜電晶體及 其製造方法。 為解決上述課題,發明人等經過種種檢討所獲得之結 果’乃著眼於多晶石夕薄膜之晶體粒變小的原因,係因為以 準分子雷射照射時之石夕薄膜的溫度分布,而想出至少使關 於形成電晶體之區域具有大的粒徑而多晶#薄膜化成之方 法。 亦即本發明人等研究完成於以雷射進行多晶化處理時 ,藉由將形成電晶體的區域挾住,並於其兩側設置熱傳導 性高的區域’於使形成電晶體區域的周目區域之溫度變高 ’而電晶體形成區域之溫度則相對的做成比周圍為低的情 形下,獲得使電晶體形«域之料膜最減晶化再進行 粒徑之增大化。 經濟部中夬標準局貝工消費合作杜印製 因此,申請專利範圍第丨項之發明特徵在於包括有, 於基板上將具有第1熱傳導.率之第丨絕緣膜和,具有與上述 第1熱傳導率不同的第2熱傳導率,並選擇性地形成於部分 區域上之第2絕緣膜,予以積層的步驟;於上述第丨絕緣膜 以及第2絕緣膜上將非單結晶半導體薄膜予以積層之步驟 ,以及於上述非單晶半導體薄膜上照射以能量光束以使晶 體成長之步驟。 具體而言,例如藉由使非晶質矽薄膜之絕緣膜的熱傳 導率在形成電晶體之區域和其他區域成為互異,而使得形 本氏張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公麓) 18 $7303 - 五、發明説明(16 成電晶體之區域的非晶質矽薄 ^ 导膜之熟傳導性較之其他區域 的非晶質矽薄膜為高。 若根據此構成,因為於進行多晶化時之電晶體形成區 域的㈣膜之溫度比其他的區域低,所以結晶化乃自電晶 體形成區域開始發生,而得以使電晶體形成區域之多_ 製成大的粒徑。 又,申請專利範圍第12項之發明特徵為,於半導體膜 表面的周緣之至少-部分上,設置沿相對於半導體膜之略 呈水平的方向延伸之一個以上的突起部。 於此,將就本發明所完成之方法簡單地說明,以供了 解本發明。首先,本發明人等重複地研究並檢討先前技術 之上述問題的主要原因,雖然無法十分明確地解釋清楚, 惟獲致以下的事項為其主要原因之假設。亦即一般晶核 的發生以及晶體成長係因半導體膜回火處理,經由一時的 被加熱’之後再被冷卻而生成。 經濟部4-央標準局貞工消費合作社印製 ---------------^—— (請it'閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 然而,在先前技術中,經回火處理後之半導體膜,不 論在其中央部以及周邊部,大致上是一樣地被冷,其結果 ,因為晶核係於無規的位置上大致同時期地發生,所以假 設晶體粒徑與結晶方位之控制變得困難。又,以此之故, 晶核在比較接近的位置上有大致同時發生之虞,此時,晶 趙相互之間在晶體成長的過程.中互相干涉,而變成難以獲 得足夠的晶體粒徑。 又’經過銳意地檢討上述事項之結果,本發明人等乃 創作出「使在半導體膜周邊部的晶核比在中央部的晶核於 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4現格(210 X 297公釐) 19 407303 五、 發明説明(π ) I---------^------ΐτ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 的日、期發生’之後,於中央部發生晶核或者晶體成長 :,使發生於周邊部之晶核朝向中央部成進行晶體成長 广匕不但可以控制晶艘粒徑與結晶方位,同時並防止晶 體成長過中之晶體相互間的干涉,而獲得充分的晶體粒徑 °」之本發明的技術思想。 亦即,根據申請專利範圍第12項,在回火處理後之半 導趙膜中,蓄積在周㈣突起部之熱係在水平面上向外側 的複數個方向(例如,當突起部具有矩彬形狀時,3方向 )擴散,而蓄積在中央部的熱則在水平面之内只能向尚未 冷卻的周緣侧逃逸;因此包括突㈣,周緣相較於中央部 相當早即被冷卻。 其結果’在周緣的晶核亦比在中央部的晶核於更早的 時期發生,而且在中央部發生晶核或者晶體成長以前,於 此周緣所發生的晶核即已朝向中央部進行晶體成長因此 :體粒徑與結晶方向的控制乃成為可能。藉此,可以防止 的體成長過中之晶體相互間的干涉,而獲得充分的晶體粒 徑。 趣濟部中夹#準局員工消費合作衽印製 又,根據申請專利範圍第13項,在突起部只發生一個 的核’②晶核即構成晶體的成長。再者,根射請專利範 圍第14 15項,晶體的粒控比較整齊,在每一個突起部均 確實地發生一個晶核/ 又,根據申請專利範圍第16項,於突起部發生並成長 之結晶,進一步地向中央部成長,此時,相對於自緊鄰的 大起。卩朝向中央部的晶體成長以及,自相對邊的突起部朝 210X2.97 公釐) -20 ^07303* Public 7 9 Z 16 V. Description of the invention (M) Semiconductor film of 159 field-effect mobility of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, and consumer cooperation. Furthermore, for such problems, such as those disclosed in USP No. 5,756,343, although it is proposed to apply laser beams of different intensities to the image display area 158 and the peripheral circuit portion 159, but this is only a matter of intensity. It is difficult to maintain sufficient electric field effect mobility in the peripheral circuit portion 159. As described above, in the conventional laser tempering method, it is difficult to control the crystal grain size and crystal orientation, and it is not only difficult to form a semiconductor thin film with uniform crystal grain size and few crystal defects. There are also difficulties in terms of cost, and there is a problem in that it is not possible to simultaneously improve the film characteristics (such as electric field effect mobility) of the semiconductor thin film and the uniformity of the film quality. An object of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor thin film that can reduce the production capacity and can form a high crystalline quality in view of the foregoing points, and moreover, a semiconductor that can improve the film characteristics and uniformity of the semiconductor thin film at the same time. Method and device for manufacturing thin film, thin chirped crystal with excellent TFT characteristics such as electric field effect mobility of the semiconductor thin film, and manufacturing method thereof. Furthermore, the crystallization referred to in this specification covers the dual meanings of single crystallization and polycrystallization, and the method for producing a crystalline semiconductor thin film of the present invention is particularly useful when producing polysilicon. DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION The purpose of the present invention is to provide semiconductor films that do not cause a reduction in production capacity and that can form a high crystalline quality in view of the above points. Furthermore, the paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X2) (97 public waste) Please read the note of the back first. Bookmark this page for binding 17 V. Description of the invention (15) 'Semiconductor thin film manufacturing method that can simultaneously improve the film characteristics and uniformity of semiconductor film And device, and a thin film transistor having excellent tint characteristics such as electric field effect mobility using such a semiconductor film, and a method for manufacturing the same. In order to solve the above problems, the results obtained by the inventors and others through various reviews' are focused on the reason why the crystal grains of the polycrystalline stone film become smaller because of the temperature distribution of the stone film when it is irradiated with excimer laser light. A method of forming a polycrystalline thin film having a large particle diameter at least in a region where the transistor is formed is conceived. That is, when the present inventors completed the research on the polycrystallizing treatment by laser, the region where the transistor is formed is pinched, and the regions having high thermal conductivity are provided on both sides of the region. In the case where the temperature of the target region becomes higher and the temperature of the transistor formation region is relatively lower than the surroundings, it is possible to obtain a crystal film with a minimum crystal size and then increase the particle size. Printed by the Chinese Ministry of Economic Affairs, China Bureau of Standards and Technology, and printed by DuPont. Therefore, the invention of the patent application item No. 丨 is characterized by including a first insulating film on the substrate that has the first thermal conductivity, and A step of laminating a second insulating film having a different thermal conductivity and selectively forming a second insulating film on a partial region; and laminating a non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film on the aforementioned first insulating film and the second insulating film And a step of irradiating the non-single-crystal semiconductor film with an energy beam to grow a crystal. Specifically, for example, by making the thermal conductivity of the insulating film of the amorphous silicon thin film mutually different in the region where the transistor is formed and other regions, the scale standard is applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297). Male foot) 18 $ 7303-V. Description of the invention (16% of amorphous silicon in the transistor region) The conductivity of the conductive film is higher than that of the amorphous silicon film in other regions. If this structure is used, because The temperature of the rhenium film in the region where the crystal is formed during polycrystallization is lower than in other regions, so crystallization starts from the region where the crystal is formed, so that the number of the region where the crystal is formed can be made larger. In addition, the invention according to claim 12 is characterized in that at least a part of the peripheral edge of the surface of the semiconductor film is provided with one or more protrusions extending in a direction slightly horizontal to the semiconductor film. The method completed by the present invention is briefly explained for the purpose of understanding the present invention. First, the present inventors repeatedly studied and reviewed the main reasons of the above problems of the prior art, although it is impossible to Clearly explained, only the following assumptions are the main reasons. That is, the occurrence of general crystal nuclei and crystal growth are generated by tempering the semiconductor film, and then cooled after being heated temporarily. Ministry of Economic Affairs 4-Printed by the Central Standards Bureau Zhengong Consumer Cooperatives —————— (Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page) However, in the prior art, The tempered semiconductor film is almost uniformly cooled regardless of its central portion and peripheral portion. As a result, since the crystal nuclei occur at random at approximately the same time, it is assumed that the crystal grain size It is difficult to control the orientation of the crystal. For this reason, the crystal nuclei may occur approximately simultaneously at relatively close positions. At this time, Jing Zhao interferes with each other in the process of crystal growth, and It becomes difficult to obtain a sufficient crystal particle size. As a result of intensive review of the above matters, the inventors have created "to make the crystal nucleus in the peripheral portion of the semiconductor film more than the crystal nucleus in the center portion at the paper scale applicable to China." country Standard (CNS) A4 now (210 X 297 mm) 19 407303 V. Description of the invention (π) I --------- ^ ------ ΐτ (Please read the precautions on the back before (Fill in this page) after the date and period occur, the nucleus or crystal growth occurs in the central part: the nucleus that occurs in the peripheral part toward the central part for crystal growth can not only control the size and crystal orientation of the crystal boat At the same time, the interference of the crystals during the growth of the crystals is prevented, and a sufficient crystal particle size ° is obtained. That is, according to the 12th scope of the patent application, the semiconducting after tempering In Zhao Membrane, the heat accumulated in the protrusions of Zhou Zhen is spread outward in multiple directions on the horizontal plane (for example, when the protrusions have a rectangular shape, three directions), and the heat accumulated in the central portion is in the horizontal plane. The inside can only escape to the uncooled peripheral edge; therefore, including the ridge, the peripheral edge is cooled considerably earlier than the central portion. As a result, the nucleus at the periphery also occurred earlier than the nucleus at the center, and before the nucleus occurred at the center or the crystal grew, the nucleus that occurred at the periphery had crystallized toward the center. Growth is therefore: control of body size and crystallization direction becomes possible. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the crystals in the body from growing and interfering with each other, and obtain a sufficient crystal grain diameter. According to Article 13 of the scope of patent application, only one nucleus'② crystal nucleus occurred in the protruding part, which constitutes the growth of crystals. In addition, according to the scope of patent application No. 14-15, the grain control of the crystal is relatively neat, and a nucleus surely occurs at each protrusion. According to No. 16 of the scope of patent application, the nucleus occurs and grows. The crystal grows further toward the center, at this time, it is relatively large compared to the immediately after.成长 Crystal growth toward the center and projection from the opposite side toward 210X2.97 mm) -20 ^ 07303

-A7 B7 五、發明説明(is ) 向中央部的晶體成長,係盡可能地不互相干涉而可預見地 進行晶體成長。 又’根據申請專利範圍第18項,突起部係設置於對應 閘極電極的區域’因此可以獲得良好的導電特性。 再者,申請專利範圍第19項之半導體骐的製造方法, 其特徵在於包括形成非晶質半導體膜之步驟和,在前述非 晶質半導體膜的周緣之至少-部分上沿略呈水平的方向延 伸出之一個以上的突起部之選擇性的形成步驟和,將前述 形成有突起部之非晶質半導體膜施以回火處理使其結晶化 之步驟。 根據申請專利範圍第19項所製造之半導體膜可以產生 和申請專利範圍第12項相同的功效。 再者,根據申請專利範圍第22項,使在半導體膜周邊 部的晶核比在中央部的晶核於較早的時期發生之後使 於前述周邊部所發生之前述晶核,於在前述中央部内之晶 核發生或者晶體成長以前,即朝向中央部進行晶體成長, 因而可以控制晶體粒徑與結晶方位。 藉此,可以防止晶體成長過程中之晶體相互間的干涉 作用而獲得充分的晶體粒徑。 又,為解決上述課題,在申請專利範圍第26項中所記 載之發明的特徵在於,具有通道區域和,配置於前述通道 區域兩側之源極區域,以及汲極區域之結晶質半導體層被 形成於基板上所構成之結晶質薄膜電晶體中,前述結晶質 半導體層係將非單晶質薄膜予以結晶化所構成者,並於前 本紙張尺度it用巾關家梯準(CNS ) A4離(21〇><297公楚) (請先閲讀艿面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝- 經濟部中央標準局βς工消費合作社印裝 -21 ___407303 37 一 ——一 -~~ — 五、發明説明(丨9 ) 述結晶質半導趙層之至少通道區域上,設有控制晶體成長 方向之晶體成長方向控制空隙。 根據上述的構成,於通道區域所形成之晶體成長方向 控制空隙係在非單晶質薄膜的結晶化時控制通道區域之晶 體成長方向。因而,具有此種晶體成長方向控制空隙所成 之結晶質半導體層可以適用於限制結晶形狀與晶體晶間密 度,因此上述構成之結晶質薄膜電晶體具有優良的電場效 應移動度等TFT特性》 此處,上述晶體成長方向控制空隙係於結晶質半導體 層(在製造階段中為非單晶質薄膜)的面上所形成之低窪 ’(凹)處,該低窪處可通達結晶質半導體層的下層(基板 面或底塗層)為止,或者未達下層者亦可。因此,可以考 慮結晶質半導體層之表面精的大小、厚度,或者所希望的 電場效應移動度等以適當地設定。例如表面形狀可以例示 為圓形、方形的凹穴,或者細長的溝槽等,而凹穴或溝槽 之斷面形狀則可以例示為C字型與V型、3字型等。此外 ,晶體成長方向控制空隙之角色.機能將於下再行詳述。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印裝 装--^---;---ΐτ (請4·閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 申請專利範圍第27項中記載之發明的特徵在於,具有 通道區域和,配置於前述通道區域兩側之源極區域,以及 汲極區域之結晶質半導體層被形成於基板上所構成之結晶 質薄膜電晶體中’前述半導體層係將非單晶質薄膜予以結 晶化所構成者,並於前述結晶質半導體層之至少通道區域 中’在連結源極區域與没極區域的方向上設有兩列以上之 溝狀的空隙。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉Λ4規格(210><297公^~ ·—- -22 - 407303 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(2〇 根據此構成,由於所設置之兩列以上的溝狀空隙在非 單晶質薄膜的結晶化時,係作用為誘導晶體的成長方向朝 向連結源極區域與祕區域时向,所以成為其結果之聚 矽膜即在連結源極區域與汲極區域的方向上變成又長又大 粒的晶體粒之集合艘。此種聚錢因為在連結源極區域與 汲極區域的方向上之晶體晶間密度小,所以在此方向上之 載子移動速度快。亦即’上述構成之結晶f薄膜電晶體具 有優良的載子移動度等之特性。 於此,將一邊參照第11以及第20圖,一邊詳細的說明 設置晶體成長控制空隙而可以獲得晶體成長方向受到控制 之大粒的晶體粒之理由。 如第20圖.所示,在疋為結晶質半導體層之前驅體的非 單晶質薄膜表面上’沿連結源極區域與汲極區域的方向形 成2列以上之溝狀的晶體成長方向控制空隙(符號411 ),然 後’根據一般的方法於該薄膜上照射可吸收性的能量光束 時,薄膜面的溫度會形成在晶體成長方向控制空隙和其近 傍以及半導體薄臈周緣部低’而在通道區域本體部分(未 形成晶體成長方向控制空隙之薄膜部分)則高之溫度分布 〇 原因是’溝部分(晶體成長方向控制空隙)與其他部 分相比,其薄膜的厚度變薄,..或者沒有薄膜的存在,所以 吸收之能量光束少,其結果造成溝部分的溫度與其他部分 相比變低。又,通常在半導體薄膜之外側沒有薄膜的存在 ,所以吸收的能量光束少’同時在周緣部熱係向外側擴散 表紙浪尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ---------裝I^-----訂 (請先閲讀f.面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 23 .A7 B7_ 五、發明説明(21 ) ' ' ,所以相較於薄祺中央部分其溫度即變低。 其次’將就具有晶體成長方向控制空隙以及周緣部低 溫分布的非單晶質薄膜中之晶體成長過程加以說明。此外 ’非單晶質薄膜之周緣部的溫度低之情形係與先前技術相 同,因此將一面參照第丨丨圖加以說明。 第11圊為用做概念性地說明晶體成長方式之圖。首先 ,在比起本體部分也屬低溫的晶體成長方向控制空隙的周 邊產生結晶核。接著,該結晶核伴隨著薄膜全體的溫度下 降而向更高溫的方向,亦即自溝狀的晶體成長方向控制空 隙朝遠離的方向(對溝呈垂直的方向)成長。此處,在上 述構成中',因為晶體成長方向控制空隙係沿連結源極區域 與汲極區域的方向設有2列以上,所以在相對的2個晶體成 長方向控制空隙附近所分別產生的結晶核係自相反方向朝 各別的通道區域本體部分之中央而.成長。 經濟部中央榇準局貝工消費合作社印製 I I ~^ 訂 (請-先閲讀背面之注意事項再-4寫本頁) 因此,晶體粒相互間在通道區域本體部分的中央附近 遇〇而自曰曰艘成長方向控制空隙遠離的中央附近較之其 他部分的溫度高,分子尚處於得以自由活動的狀態。因而 ’避開遇合时向,料料晶體沿連結源極區域與沒極 區域的方向(與溝平行的方向)而成長(參照第lla圖)。 其結果,在連結源極區域與没極區域的方向上形成長而大 粒的晶體粒(參照第llb圖)。·若以此種形狀的晶體粒之集 合體構成通道區域,則因為連結源極區域與没極區域的方 向之晶體晶間密度小,所以可以構成電場效應移.動度等 TFT特性優良的結晶質薄膜電晶體。 本紙張尺度朝巾關家縣(CNS ) Α4·_ ( 21Qx29^^y 24 4073C3 五、發明説明(22 ) 申請專利範圍第28項中所記載之發明的特徵為,在連 結源極區域與汲極區域的方向上不連續的設置複數個申請 專利範圍第2 6項中之前述晶體成長方向控制空隙。 右為不連續地配置複數個晶體成長方向控制空隙之構 成,則晶體成長被更小規模地控制,特別是在配置有2列 以上的晶體成長方向控制空隙的場合中,晶體粒的大小和 形狀可以更進一步相當小規模地加.以控制。其理由說明如 次0 如在上述申請專利範圍第27項中所說明的,結晶核在 較早降/JR至結晶化溫度的晶趙成長方向控制空隙附近產生 ,若各別的結晶核之間隔狹小,則因為在充分地成長之前 即會與其他的晶體粒碰在一起而終止晶體成長,所以由許 多微小的晶鱧粒構成多晶質,同時在晶體粒相互碰撞的界 面附近晶體構造會變得變形;因而無法獲得所期望的TFT 特性。由此情形可知,為了提高電場效應移動度等TFT特 !生,在控制晶體成長方向的同時,也必須適切地控制結晶 核的產生密度。 在此,若將空隙不連續地配置,則雖然在空隙的附近 會產生結晶核,惟在空隙與相鄰空隙的中間部分則難以產 生結晶核。因而,藉由調節空隙的數目和空隙相互間的間 隔,乃可以控制結晶核的發生密度^ .再者,在空隙與相鄰 空隙的中間部分難以產生結晶核的情形,係由於此部分( 薄膜物質存在的部分)因著雷射的照射 而充分地昇溫所致 請 先. 閲 讀 背 1¾ 之 注 2 装 訂 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消費合作社印衮 25 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作杜印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(23 ) ~ 申請專利範圍第29項之發明係在形成於基板上之具有 通道區域與配置在前述通道區域兩側之源極區域,以及汲 極區域的半導體層所構成的結晶質薄膜電晶體中,前述結 B曰質半導體層乃將非單晶質薄膜予以結晶化而形成者;其 特徵在於,至少在通道區域中,設置有相較於通道區域本 體部分,結晶化開始溫度高之早期結晶化區域。 根據上述之構成,早期結晶化區域發揮控制通道區域 本體部分之晶體成長的機能之結果,乃得以形成晶體晶間 密度小之良質結晶質半導體層。其理由如次。 因為早期結晶化區域與通道區域本體部分相較為結晶 化開始溫度高的部分,所以於放冷過程中首先在最初的早 期結曰曰化區域生成結晶核。因而,其後即以此結晶核做為 中心而進行晶體成長。所以,藉由早期結晶化區域之設置 ,可以防止同時產生許多結晶核的現象,其結果乃得以使 更大的晶體粒集合成多晶質半導體層。 於此,早期結晶化區域至少可以在通道區域設置“固 以上,在不妨礙載子朝連結源極區域與汲極區域的方向移 動的位置上設置複數個早期結晶化區域亦可。由於若在薄 膜面上以適當的位置以及間隔散置複數個早期結晶化區域 ,即可以適當地控制結晶核的生成密度,所以可以獲致更 好的結果。再者,在上述構成中所謂之「結晶化開始溫度 高」,係指與通道區域本體部分相比較,係在較高的溫度 開始發生結晶化的意思。 申請專利範圍第30項之發明特徵為,在申請專利範圍 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4im ( 210Χ2^5~)" m. i i 1^^ I. «^0^ ml -li n^i·!·__ w -J=° (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 26 407303 A7 ____ B7 五、發明説明(24 ) 第29項所記載之結晶質薄膜電晶體中,前述的早期結晶.化 領域係沿連結源極區域與汲極區域的方向為長形物者。 由於早期結晶化區域並非能使載子移動的區域,所卩 ; 該區域相對於連結源極區域與汲極區域的方向範圍狹小I |-A7 B7 5. Description of the Invention (is) The crystal growth toward the center is to predictably grow the crystal without interfering with each other as much as possible. According to item 18 of the scope of the patent application, the protruding portion is provided in a region corresponding to the gate electrode, and therefore, good conductive characteristics can be obtained. Furthermore, the method for manufacturing a semiconductor plutonium under the scope of application for patent No. 19 is characterized by including a step of forming an amorphous semiconductor film, and at least a part of the periphery of the amorphous semiconductor film in a slightly horizontal direction. A step of selectively forming one or more protrusions and a step of subjecting the amorphous semiconductor film having the protrusions to a tempering treatment to crystallize the amorphous semiconductor film. A semiconductor film manufactured in accordance with the scope of patent application 19 can produce the same effect as that in the scope of patent application 12. Furthermore, according to item 22 of the scope of the patent application, the crystal nucleus in the peripheral portion of the semiconductor film is generated earlier than the crystal nucleus in the central portion, and the crystal nucleus generated in the peripheral portion is caused to occur in the center. Before the nucleation of the part occurs or the crystal grows, the crystal grows toward the center, so the crystal size and orientation can be controlled. Thereby, it is possible to prevent interference between crystals during crystal growth and obtain a sufficient crystal grain size. In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the invention described in claim 26 is characterized in that it has a channel region and a crystalline semiconductor layer disposed on both sides of the source region and the drain region of the drain region of the channel region. In the crystalline thin film transistor formed on the substrate, the aforementioned crystalline semiconductor layer is formed by crystallization of a non-single crystalline thin film, and it is used in the former paper scale (CNS) A4 Li (21〇 > < 297 Gongchu) (Please read the precautions for the noodles before filling out this page) Packing-Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy βς Industrial Cooperative Cooperative -21 ___407303 37 I—— 一-~~ — V. Description of the invention (丨 9) The crystal growth direction control gap controlling the crystal growth direction is provided on at least the channel region of the crystalline semiconductor layer. According to the above configuration, the crystal growth direction control void formed in the channel region controls the crystal growth direction of the channel region during the crystallization of the non-single crystalline thin film. Therefore, a crystalline semiconductor layer formed with such a crystal growth direction controlling void can be used to limit the crystal shape and crystal intercrystalline density. Therefore, the crystalline thin film transistor having the above structure has excellent TFT characteristics such as mobility of electric field effect. Here, the above-mentioned crystal growth direction controlling voids are at the low depressions (concavities) formed on the surface of the crystalline semiconductor layer (non-single-crystalline thin film in the manufacturing stage), and the low depressions can reach the lower layer of the crystalline semiconductor layer. (Substrate surface or undercoat layer), or those below the lower layer. Therefore, the size and thickness of the surface of the crystalline semiconductor layer, the desired electric field effect mobility, and the like can be considered in order to appropriately set it. For example, the shape of the surface can be exemplified by circular or square pits or slender grooves, and the shape of the cross section of the pits or grooves can be exemplified by C-shapes, V-shapes, and 3-shapes. In addition, the crystal growth direction controls the role of voids. The function will be detailed later. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives-^ ---; --- ΐτ (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) The characteristics of the invention described in the 27th scope of the patent application are: A crystalline semiconductor layer having a channel region and a source region disposed on both sides of the aforementioned channel region and a drain region is formed in a crystalline thin film transistor formed on a substrate. The aforementioned semiconductor layer will not be a single crystal. A thin film is formed by crystallization, and at least two channel-shaped gaps are provided in at least the channel region of the crystalline semiconductor layer in a direction connecting the source region and the non-polar region. This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS> Λ4 specifications (210 > < 297 Gong ^ ~ ·---22-407303 A7 B7) Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In the structure, since the two or more rows of groove-shaped voids are formed during the crystallization of the non-single-crystalline thin film, the growth direction of the crystal is directed toward the time when the source region and the secret region are connected, so the result is polysilicon. The film becomes a collection of long and large crystal grains in the direction connecting the source region and the drain region. This type of money is because the crystal density in the direction connecting the source region and the drain region is small. Therefore, the carrier movement speed in this direction is fast. That is, the crystalline f thin film transistor having the above structure has excellent characteristics of carrier mobility, etc. Here, it will be described in detail while referring to Figs. 11 and 20 The reason why crystal growth control voids are provided to obtain large crystal grains with controlled crystal growth direction is shown in Fig. 20. As shown in Fig. 20, non-single crystals of the precursor before rhenium is a crystalline semiconductor layer On the surface of the film, two or more rows of groove-shaped crystal growth directions are formed along the direction connecting the source region and the drain region to control the void (symbol 411), and then the film is irradiated with an absorbable energy beam according to a general method. When the temperature of the thin film surface is formed, the temperature of the crystal growth direction control gap and its vicinity and the peripheral edge of the semiconductor thin ridge are low, and the channel region body portion (the film portion where the crystal growth direction control gap is not formed) has a high temperature distribution. It ’s compared with other parts, the thickness of the thin film is thinner than other parts, or there is no thin film, so there is less energy beam absorbed. As a result, the temperature of the groove part is similar to that of other parts. The ratio becomes lower. Also, there is usually no thin film on the outer side of the semiconductor thin film, so the absorbed energy beam is small. At the same time, the thermal system diffuses to the outside at the peripheral edge. The paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). --------- Install I ^ ----- Order (please read the precautions on f. Before filling this page) 23 .A7 B7_ V. Invention Ming (21) ', so the temperature is lower compared to the central part of the thin Qi. Secondly, the process of crystal growth in a non-single-crystalline film with a crystal growth direction controlling void and a low-temperature distribution at the periphery will be explained. In addition, the case where the temperature of the peripheral portion of the non-single-crystalline film is low is the same as that of the prior art, so it will be explained with reference to FIG. 丨. Fig. 11 is a diagram for conceptually explaining the crystal growth method. First, A crystal nucleus is generated around the space where the crystal growth direction is also lower than that of the body part, and the crystal nucleus is generated. Then, the crystal nucleus moves to a higher temperature as the temperature of the entire film decreases. Grow away from you (vertical to the trench). Here, in the above configuration, since the crystal growth direction controlling voids are provided in two or more rows along the direction connecting the source region and the drain region, crystals generated near the voids are controlled in two opposite crystal growth directions. The nuclear system grows from the opposite direction toward the center of the body part of each channel area. Printed by the Central Laboratories of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives II ~ ^ Order (please-read the precautions on the back, and then -4 write this page) Therefore, the crystal grains meet each other near the center of the body part of the channel area. Said that the growth direction of the ship controls the temperature near the center far from the gap, and the temperature is higher than other parts, and the molecules are still in a state of free movement. Therefore, 'avoiding the direction of the junction, the material crystal grows in a direction (parallel to the trench) connecting the source region and the non-polar region (see FIG. 11a). As a result, long and large crystal grains are formed in a direction connecting the source region and the non-polar region (see FIG. 11b). · If the channel region is formed by an aggregate of crystal grains of this shape, since the crystal intercrystalline density in the direction connecting the source region and the non-polar region is small, a crystal having excellent TFT characteristics such as electric field effect shift and mobility can be formed. Thin film transistor. The size of this paper is toward Chaojia County (CNS) Α4 · _ (21Qx29 ^^ y 24 4073C3 V. Description of the invention (22) The feature of the invention described in item 28 of the scope of patent application is that it connects the source region with the drain The direction of the polar region is discontinuously provided with the aforementioned crystal growth direction controlling voids in the plurality of patent application scope items No. 26. The right is a structure in which a plurality of crystal growth direction controlling voids are arranged discontinuously, and the crystal growth is further reduced. Control, especially in the case where two or more rows of crystal growth direction control gaps are arranged, the size and shape of the crystal grains can be further increased in a relatively small scale to control. The reason is as follows. As explained in the item 27 of the range, crystal nuclei are generated near the crystal growth direction control voids that have fallen earlier / JR to the crystallization temperature. If the interval between the individual crystal nuclei is narrow, it will occur before full growth. It collides with other crystal grains to stop the crystal growth. Therefore, many tiny crystal grains form polycrystalline material, and the crystal structure is near the interface where the crystal grains collide with each other. It will become deformed; therefore, desired TFT characteristics cannot be obtained. From this situation, it can be seen that, in order to improve the TFT characteristics such as the electric field effect mobility, it is necessary to appropriately control the density of crystal nuclei while controlling the crystal growth direction. Here, if the voids are arranged discontinuously, although crystal nuclei may be generated near the voids, it is difficult to generate crystal nuclei in the middle of the voids and adjacent voids. Therefore, by adjusting the number of voids and the voids, The interval can control the occurrence density of crystal nuclei ^. Moreover, the situation where it is difficult to generate crystal nuclei in the middle part of the gap and adjacent gaps is because this part (the part where the thin film material exists) is irradiated by laser Please read first. Note 2 of the back 1¾ 2 Binding of Seals of the Central Laboratories of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumption Cooperatives. 25 Printing of A7 B7 Duties of Consumers' Cooperation, Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the Invention (23) ~ The invention with the scope of patent application No. 29 is based on a channel region formed on a substrate and source regions arranged on both sides of the aforementioned channel region. In the crystalline thin film transistor composed of the semiconductor layer in the drain region, the foregoing junction B refers to a semiconductor layer formed by crystallization of a non-single crystalline thin film; it is characterized in that a phase is provided at least in the channel region. Compared to the channel region body part, the early crystallization region with a higher crystallization start temperature. According to the above-mentioned structure, as a result of the function of controlling the crystal growth of the channel region body part, the early crystallization region can form a crystal with a small intercrystalline density. A good crystalline semiconductor layer. The reason is as follows. Because the early crystallization region and the channel region body are relatively high in the temperature at which the crystallization starts, the crystal nucleus is first generated in the initial early junction region during the cooling process. Therefore, crystal growth was then performed with the crystal nuclei as the center. Therefore, by setting the early crystallization region, it is possible to prevent many crystal nuclei from being generated at the same time. As a result, larger crystal grains can be assembled into a polycrystalline semiconductor layer. Here, the early crystallization region may be provided at least “solid” in the channel region, and a plurality of early crystallization regions may be provided at positions that do not prevent carriers from moving in a direction connecting the source region and the drain region. By dispersing a plurality of early crystallization regions at appropriate positions and intervals on the film surface, the formation density of the crystal nuclei can be appropriately controlled, so that better results can be obtained. Furthermore, the so-called "start of crystallization" in the above configuration "High temperature" means that it starts to crystallize at a higher temperature than the body part of the channel area. The invention characteristic of the 30th scope of the patent application is that the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4im (210 × 2 ^ 5 ~) is applied to the paper size in the scope of the patent application. M. Ii 1 ^^ I. «^ 0 ^ ml -li n ^ i ·! · __ w -J = ° (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 26 407303 A7 ____ B7 V. Description of Invention (24) In the crystalline thin film transistor described in item 29, the aforementioned The early crystallization and crystallization field is an elongated object along the direction connecting the source region and the drain region. Because the early crystallization region is not a region that can move carriers, the range of the direction of the region relative to the source region and the drain region is narrow. I |

宜。其原因在於,若早期結晶化區域係於和連結源極區域 I 與汲極區域的方向相互交叉成直角之方向上成為長形則 | 早期結晶化區域即會成為載子移動度的阻礙因素。 | 申請專利範圍第31項之發明特徵為,在中請專利範圍 |should. The reason is that if the early crystallization region is elongated in a direction that intersects the source region I with the direction of the drain region at right angles to each other, the early crystallization region becomes a factor that hinders carrier mobility. The 31st invention characteristic of the scope of patent application is, in the scope of patent application |

第29所記載之結晶質薄膜電晶體中,前述之早期結晶化區 I 域係含有通道區域本體部分之構成成分和不純物而形成者 〇 若於半導體層中使其含有不純物,以做為昇高結晶化 開始溫度之手段,則可以比較簡單地形成早期結晶化區域 。因而,上述構成之結晶質薄膜電晶體之電場效應移動度 等TFT特性優良,而且價格便.宜。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印装 申請專利範圍第32項之發明特徵為·,在申請專利範圍 第26項所記載之結晶質薄膜電晶體中,前述之結晶質半導 層係以矽,或矽與鍺之化合物做為主成分者。 矽,或矽與鍺之化合物不但易於取得而且易於結晶化 。因此,若為上述構成,即可以價廉地提供高品質之結晶 質薄膜電晶體。 以下所載申請專利範圍第3 3〜3 9項之發明係有關於上 述申請專利範圍第26〜32項之結晶質薄膜電晶體的製造方 法。而申請專利範圍第33〜39項之發明的作用大致與上述 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) M現格(am97公着) 27 經濟部中夬標準局員工消費合作社印製 407303 五、發明説明(25 ) 、 申請專利範圍第26〜32項之說明内容中所記載者相同。因 此,以下將省略作用效果之詳細說明。 申清專利範圍第33項之發明係有關於結晶質薄膜電晶 體之製k方法,係在裝備了具有通道區域與,配置於前述 通道區域兩側之源極區域,以及没極區域之結晶質半導體 層的、。晶質4膜電晶趙之製造方法中,至少具備於絕緣性 基板上堆積非單晶質薄膜之步驟;於前述單晶質薄膜上形 成晶體成長方向控制空隙之步驟;和於形成有晶體成長方 向控制空隙之非單晶質半導體膜上照射能量光束以使該薄 骐結晶化之步驟。 ’ 纟上述巾請專利範㈣33項之發日种,可以在連結源 極區域與汲極區域的方向上將前述晶體成長方向控制空隙 形成為;冓& mx進_步地在連結源極區域與沒極區域 的方向上將前述晶趙成長方向控制空隙不連續地形成複數 個。而根據此等構成即可以.製作上述申請專利範圍第 26〜28項的結晶質薄膜電晶體。 申請專利範圍第36項之發明係有關於結晶質薄膜電晶 體之製造方法,係在具有通道區域與配置於前述通道區域 兩側之源極區域以及没極區域的結晶質半導體層被形成而 構成之結晶質薄膜電晶趙的製造方法中,至少具備於 性基板上堆積非單晶質薄膜的步驟;於前述非單晶質半導 體薄膜的-部分植入離子做為昇高該部分之結晶化開始溫 度的不純物,以形成包含不純物之早期結晶化區域的早期 結晶化區域形成步驟;和於前述早期結晶化區域形成步驟 本紙張尺度適用中國國家樣準(CNS ) A4現格(210 X 297公廣) (請先閣讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) i裝- 、11 28 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 ^07303 λ? _____B7 五、發明説明(26 ) 之後,照射能量光束以進行該薄膜之結晶化的步驟。 在上述申請專利範圍第36項之發日月中,藉由前述早期 結晶化區域形成步驟,可以在連結前述源極區域與前述汲 極區域的方向上形成長帶狀之早期結晶化區域;更可以進 •"步地將則述早期結晶化區域在連結前述源極區域與前述 汲極區域的方向上不連續地配置。而藉由該等構成乃可以 製作前述申請專利範圍第29〜31項的結晶質薄膜電晶體。 此外,在*與製造方法相關之上述各發明中,做為前述 能量光束者,可以使用準分子雷射。 準分子雷射不僅其光能大,同時因為係1;乂光而可以 良好地被矽所吸收。因而,若使用準分子雷射光束,即可 以效率佳地進行非單晶質半導體層之結晶化,特別是在以 矽等紫外線吸收性物質組成非單晶質半導體層的情形中, 可以選擇性地只對半導體層加熱而使之熔融。從而,不會 對照射區域以外的部分造成熱的不良影響,而且因為在進 行半導體層的結晶化之同時,基板溫度的上昇幅度小,所 以可以使用價格便宜的玻璃基板。更進一步地’若為準分 子雷射與UV吸收性的溥膜材料之組合,則因為晶體成長 方向控制空隙與吸半導體層本體部分之溫度差變大,所以 晶體成長方向控制空隙之功能(控制晶體成長方向的功能 )可以充分地被發揮/ 又,本發明人等根據針對結晶化之機構的上述探討而 銳意地研究關於使晶體充分地成長之方法。其結果為,藉 由刻意地使光束範圍内之光強度分布成為不均一,結晶 本捕尺度適用中國國家標率(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I---------^-------,1T (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 29 ΑΊ B7 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 白 之 五、發明説明(27 ) 乃圓順地進行,而其結果収發現可以獲得良f的結晶質 薄膜。基於从上之知識而完成了以下之本發的構成。 亦即,申請專利範圍第40項之發明特徵為,在藉由將 光束照射於由形成於基板上之非單晶質所構成的薄膜上, 而使前述非單晶質結晶化或者再結晶化,以形成結晶質半 導體薄膜之結晶質半導體薄膜的製造方法中,做為上述之 光束者,係使用在被照射面之前述薄膜表面上形成不均一 的溫度梯度或溫度分布.的方式,以調節其光能強度之分布 圊案的光束。 若為此種構成,則由於被光束所照射之非單晶質薄膜 表面上,其溫度梯度或者溫度分布產生不均一現象’所以 可以防止在廣範圍同時產生微小的結晶核之如上述第7 f、 g圖中所說明之現象。因而’可以獲得相對的大晶體粒, 並且提高結晶化度的均-性。此結果為,晶體晶間密度變 小,而電場效應移動度則提昇.。 申請專利範圍第41項之發明特徵為,在中請專利範圍 第4〇項所載之結晶質薄膜的製造方法中,做為前述之光束 者,係使用具有在光束範圍内之光強度乃自—方朝他方單 調地增加’或者自-方朝他方單調地減少之分布圖案的光 束。 若為此構成,則對應於光能強度之高低,係於被照射 面之非單晶質薄膜表面上形成溫度梯度,並誘導結晶化 溫度低的地方朝向溫度高的方向。因&,由於無;:曰:核之 之產生和無序晶體之成長被防止’所以可以確實的防止如 ( cns ) .^ϋ n -- - t— ml I - m^i i, nn 1 In { 一ffJ (请先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 30 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 407303 五、發明説明(28 ) 上述第7f、g圖中所說明之現象。 此處’在將結晶質薄膜使用於例如,由源極區域—通 道區域一汲極區域所構成之半導體電路中的情形時,以沿 著和源極一汲極方向平行的方向而形成光能之強度梯度為 且。如此,晶體成長的方向即被限制於和載子的移動方向 平行之方向上,而在此方向之晶體晶間密度則變小。因而 ’藉由採用此方法’即可以實現例如3〇〇 cm2/Vs程度乃至 以上的移動度》 申請專利範圍第42項之發明特徵為,在申請專利範圍 第40項所記載之結晶質薄膜的製造方法中’做為前述之光 束者,係使用具有在光束範圍内,其相對的光強度強之部 刀和相對的光強度弱之部分乃呈平面的交替配列之分布圓 案的光束。 若以具有由光強度之強的部分和弱的部分所構成之帶 狀圖案的光束照射時,則可以在照射面形成由溫度高的部 分和低的部分構成之帶狀的溫度分布圖案。在此種帶狀的 狐度分布圖案中,晶體成長被誘導自溫度低的部分(形成 觳的帶狀)朝向溫度高的部分。而在溫度高的部分(帶 )之中央部附近晶體粒相碰撞,於此形成晶體晶間的連續 線(如山脈般的連續線),同時在平行於此連續線的方向 上形成稍長的晶體粒。 因而,若根據此種構成,亦可以防止在上述第7f、g 圖中所說明的現象,而且可以獲得與上述申請專利範圍第 41項之發明同樣的效果。亦即,使相對的光強度之強的區 本紙張尺度適财國^標準(cm) ^—.1» i In I I - -i 1 n^— —^ϋ i (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 31 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 .A 7 ____B7 五、發明説明(29 ) 域和光強度之弱的區域平行於源極~汲極方向而配置以進 行結晶化》如此,晶體粒之碰撞線即成為與源極—汲極方 向平行,而橫斷晶體粒的碰撞線(晶體晶間的境界線)之 成為載子移動度大幅下降的原因之情形即會消失。因而, 可以形成具有高移動度之通道區域。 申請專利範圍第43項之發明特徵為,在申請專利範圍 第42項所記載之結晶質薄膜的製造方法中’做為前述之光 束者,係使用同時照射以至少2個互相相干之光,而且藉 由將前述光之至少一個的光相位予以動態地調制而形成波 動的干涉圖案者。 在利用動態的光干涉圖案之構成中,光束的能量強度 分布係波動地變化,而對應於此,照射面之溫度即向著一 個方向移動並波動地變化。因此,若為此構成,即可以將 非晶質薄膜中所含有的不純物慢慢地逼到有效區域之外, 其結果則可以形成高純度而且移動度優良之結晶質薄膜。 再者,在上述申請專利範圍第4〇〜44項所記載之結晶 質薄膜的製造方法中,一邊使前述光束對於基板上之非單 晶質薄膜相對地#動而一邊照射之亦可。若為以照射面( 非單晶質薄膜面)上生成溫度梯度或者溫度分布之不均— 的方式,而一邊使光能強度之分布圖案被調節的光束對於 薄膜面相對地移動並一邊加q照射的構成,則可以極小規 模地誘導晶體成長方向。因此,可以獲得結晶化度之均一 性高,而且在一定方向之晶體晶間密度小之良質的結晶質 薄膜。 本紙張尺度適财SS家縣(CNS ) ( 21GX297公瘦) ! · I I I i -I- - m - - I -I I I ·- i 1 -I tj— —I--——. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 32 407303 • A7 B7 面 則 請 五、發明説明(3〇 申請專利範圍第45項之發明特徵為,在將光束照射至 由形成於基板上之非單晶質所構成之薄膜上,其後將之放 熱,以使前述非單晶質結晶化或者再結晶化之結晶質半導 體膜的製造方法中’藉由將環境的大氣壓力保持於一定值 以上,以使被光束照射的薄膜面上生成不均一的溫度分布 .若為此構成,則構成大氣氣體的氣體分子碰撞薄膜w 而在脫離時將薄膜的熱帶走,形成局部性的低溫度部位 。因此’結晶核在此部位發生,而且此結晶核會促進晶趙 成長所以可以防止如上述第7f、g圓所說明之現象。 申請專利範圍第46項之發明特徵為,在巾請專利範圍 第45項中所記載之結晶質薄膜的形成方法中,當大氣氣體 為氫氣時,前述一定值以上之大氣壓力為1〇-5_以上。 若在1〇-5 ton·以上的氫氣壓中進行雷射回火處理, 藉由比熱1¾之氫氣分子的運動,即可以確實獲得上述申 專範圍第45項所記載之作用效果。 "又’為解決上述課題,申請專利範圍第47項之發明為 半導體膜之製造方法,其特徵在於,具有於基板上所形成 之前驅體半導體膜上,照射以至少,料上述前驅體半導 趙膜之能使上述前驅體半導體膜結晶化的能量之第一能量 光束與’比上述第1能量光束,上述前驅體半導體膜的吸 :!而且給予上述前驅體半導體膜之能量也比能使上 述前驅體半導體膜結晶化的能量為小之第2能量光束之使 上述則驅體半導體膜結晶化之步驟。 k紙張尺度適用 -I. - -I - ——-I - HI I— - - n. I -^1 I I -- -- i { 1 1 I - * 、T (請4·閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 33 經濟部中夬標準局員工消費合作社印製 -A7 ----------— B7 _ 五、發明説明(31 ) — - 藉此,第2能量光束可以容易地到達前驅體半導體膜 之下部以及基板,而前驅體半導體膜在經過厚度方向被加 $的同時’基板也被加熱,而第旧量光束照射時和照射 疋成後之溫度差則減少。所以,藉第j能量光束之照射而 被加熱並熔融之前驅體半導體膜在照射完成之後,即一邊 緩緩地冷卻,-邊結晶化。因此,晶體成長被促進,而在 形成比較大的晶體粒之同時,結晶缺陷減少,而半導體膜 的電氣特性則向上提昇。 申清專利範圍第48項之發明,係申請專利範圍第47項 之半導體膜的製造方法,而以上述前驅體半導體膜之為非 ’ 晶蒽矽薄膜做為其特徵者。 藉此,即可以容易地形成結晶品質良好,而且電場效 應移動度等電氣特性良好之多晶矽薄膜。 申請專利範圍第49項之發明,係申請專利範圍第47項 之半導體膜的製造方法,而以上述第!能量光束之上述前 驅體半導體膜的吸收係數大致上為上述前驅體半導體膜之 膜厚的倒數以上,而上述第2能量光束之上述前驅體半導 體膜的吸收係數則大致上為上述前驅體半導體膜的膜厚之 倒數以下,為其特徵者。 藉此’一方面有許多的第1能量光束在前驅體半導體 膜的表面附近被吸收,而許多的第2能量光束則到達前驅 體半導體膜的下部以及基板,所以在前驅體半導體膜被有 效率地加熱的同時,基板也被加熱,而在第1能量光束之 照射完成後,則缓地被冷卻並促進晶體成長,因此確實地 (CNS ) A4· ( 210X297公釐) ^衣 ^ ; 訂 (請也閲讀免面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 34 ^07303 五、發明説明(32 ) 形成比較大的晶體,並形成結晶品質良好之丰導體膜。 申請專利範圍第50項之發明係申請專利範圍第47項之 半導體膜的製造方法,而以上述第!能量光束之上述前驅 體半導體膜的吸收係數為上述前驅體半導體膜之膜厚的倒 數大致10倍以上,而上述第2能量光束之上述前驅體半導 體膜的吸收係數則大致為上述前驅體半導體膜的膜厚之倒 數,為其特徵者。 藉此,前驅體半導體膜更有效率地被加熱,並形成結 晶品質更優良之半導體膜。 申請.專利範圍第51項之發明係申請專利範圍第47項之 •半導體膜的製造方法,而以上述第丨能量光‘以及第2能量 光束為波長互異的光做為其特徵者。 藉此’可以容易地賦與如上所述之吸收率差。 上述之波長互異的光可以適用者為,例如,上述第丄 能量光束係單波長之能量光束,而上述第2能量光束則為 至少含有可見光區之波長成分的光β 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 t.^---ΐτ (請先閱讀像面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 更具體而言,第1能量光束與第2能量光束可以使用者 為,例如,雷射光與紅外線燈,雷射光與白熱光,或者雷 射光與準分子燈光等。又,如上所述之波長互異的光係可 以使用,例如,上述第2能量光束為氙閃光燈等,至少包 含自可見光區至紫外光區的竦長成分之光。 此外,上述之第1能量光束以及第2能量光束亦可為雷 射光。 亦即,若使用雷射光,由於可以容易地照射以能量密 本纸浪尺度適用中國國家襟準(CNS ) Α4祝格(210X297公釐) 35 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 -A7 〜_________B7 __ 五、發明説明(33 ) 度大之能量光束,因而可以容易地將前驅體半導體膜以及 基板高效率地予以加熱。 具體而言’例如,當上述前驅體半導體膜為非晶質矽 薄膜時’上述第1能量光束可以使用氬氟準分子雷射、氪 氟準分子雷射、氙氣準分子雷射,或者氙氟準分子雷射中 之任何一種雷射光;而上述第2能量光束則可以使用氬雷 射之雷射光。 又’上述基板為玻璃基板,而上述前驅體半導體膜為 非晶質石夕薄膜時,上述第1能量光束可以使用氬氟準分子 雷射、氪氟準分子雷射、氙氣準分子雷射,或者氙氟準分 子雷射中之任何一種雷射光;而上述第2能量光束則可以 使用碳酸氣(二氧化碳)雷射之雷射光。 一方面’上述各種準分子雷射係易於獲得大輸出功率 同時易於在非晶矽薄膜的表面附近被吸收;而上述氬雷 射之雷射光則相當程度的穿透非晶矽薄膜,並易於在橫貫 非晶石夕薄膜的厚度方向上被吸收;二氧化破雷射之雷射光 ㈣為比㈣夠穿透非晶硬薄膜’而易於被玻璃基板所吸 收而可以更有效率的將.非晶石夕薄膜加熱;因而可以容易 地形成結晶品質良好之多晶石夕薄膜,同時,可以容易地提 高生產性。 申請專利範圍第61項之發明為申請專利範圍第47項之 半導體膜的製造方法,而以上述^能量光束以及第2能量 光束係照射在上述前驅體半導體膜中之帶狀區域為其特徵 者。 ( CNS ) A4^ ( 2l^^iT--- I —J I ^ 訂 (請尤聞讀骨面之注意事項再填寫本育) 36 -Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(34 藉由照射於此種帶狀區域可以容易地以均一的溫度分 布予以加熱,而可以容易地形成—樣的結晶品質之半導體 膜,同時也可以容易地在結晶化步驟中將所需要的時間縮 短。 “申請專利範圍第62項之發明為申請專利範圍第47項之 半導體膜的製造方法,而以在上述第2能量光束中之照向 上述前驅體半導體膜的照射區域係.,比在上述第丨能量光 束中之照向上述前驅體半導體膜的照射區域為大,而且包 含上述第1能量光束之照射區域,為其特徵者。 藉此,即可以容易地均一的溫度分布而予以加熱,而 可以容易地形成一樣的結晶品質之半導體膜。 一申凊專利範圍第63項之發明為申請專利範圍第47項之 半導體膜的製造方法,而以上述第i能量光束以及第2能量 光束係以大致上呈垂直入射之方式而照射至上述前驅體半 導體膜為其特徵者。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 如此,由於藉著各能量光束大致上係垂直地入射至上 述則驅體半導體膜’而使得各能量光束之照射不勻的現象 被減低,所以可以容易地形成_樣的結晶品質之半導體膜 申請專利範圍第6 4項之發明為中請專利範圍第4 7項之 半導體膜的製造方法,而以上述第2能量光束係至少比上 述第1能量光束之照射先行照射為其特徵者。比上述第1能 量光束先行之上述第2能量光束的照射係藉由控制各能量 光束之照射時序而得以實施之外,也可以藉由例如,在使 本紙乐尺度適用中國國家禕準(CNS ) Α4祝格(2丨Ο X 297公楚 37 A7 •B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 五、發明説明(35 ) 形成有上述别驅體半導體膜之基板移動的同時,上述第2 月色量光束也較之在上述前驅體半導體膜中之上述第1能量 光束的’’’、射位置,係照射於上述移動方向前方側之位置上 等等力式而進行。 藉由實施此種照射,因為半導體膜和基板藉第2能量 光束而處於被充分加熱的狀態,再藉第〗能量光束而實施 結晶化,所以可以進行高效率之結晶化步驟。 申請專利範圍第66項之發明為申請專利範圍第47項之 半導體膜的製造方法,而以上述第1能量光束係間歇性地 3射,而另一方面,上述第2能量光束則是連續性地照射 為其特徵I具趙而言,例如可以❹脈衝㈣的雷射光 做為第1能量光束’而第2能量光束則可以使用連續振盈的 雷射光和燈光。 如此’藉由將第2能量光束連續地照射,可以容易地 將基板以及前驅體半導韻加熱至預定的安定溫度,同時 藉由將第1能量光束間歇性地照射以至少壓制傳至基板的 熱傳導,而—方面防止基板因過大的加熱而產生溶融和變 形,一方面可以使前驅體半導體骐之結晶化容易而確實 的進行。 申請專利範圍第6 9項之發明為中請專利範圍第4 7項之 半導體膜的製造方法,'其特微在於使上述第i能量光束以 及第2能量光束互相成為同時的間歇性的照射。具體的照 射時序係在照射上述第2能量光束的期間以内,而且,以 上述第2能量光束之照射周期的2/3以下的期間為宜… 本紙張财ϋ g家標準(CNS ) A4雖(210X297公釐)'~~~---- -38 - 裝 ^ \ 訂------、'^ (妹先閱讀f·面之注意事項再填寫本頁)In the crystalline thin film transistor described in item 29, the aforementioned early crystallization region I domain is formed by containing the constituents of the channel region body portion and impurities, and if the impurities are contained in the semiconductor layer, it will be raised. By means of the crystallization start temperature, an early crystallization region can be formed relatively easily. Therefore, the crystalline thin film transistor having the above structure has excellent TFT characteristics such as electric field effect mobility, and is inexpensive. The feature of the invention in the 32nd patent application scope of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs for the printed application scope of the patent application is that, in the crystalline thin film transistor described in the 26th scope of the patent application scope, the aforementioned crystalline semiconductive layer is made of silicon. , Or silicon and germanium compounds as the main component. Silicon, or a compound of silicon and germanium, is not only easy to obtain but also easy to crystallize. Therefore, with the above configuration, a high-quality crystalline thin film transistor can be provided at a low cost. The inventions described in the following patent applications Nos. 33 to 39 are related to the method for manufacturing crystalline thin film transistors in the aforementioned patent applications Nos. 26 to 32. The application of inventions with the scope of patent applications Nos. 33 to 39 is roughly the same as the above-mentioned paper standard applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) M Appearance (published by am97) 27 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the China Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 The description (25) is the same as that described in the description of the 26th to 32nd patent application. Therefore, a detailed description of the effects will be omitted below. The invention claimed in item 33 of the patent claim relates to a method for manufacturing a crystalline thin film transistor, which is equipped with a crystal region having a channel region, a source region disposed on both sides of the channel region, and a crystalline region of an electrodeless region. Semiconductor layer. The manufacturing method of the crystalline 4-film electro-crystal Zhao includes at least a step of depositing a non-single-crystalline film on an insulating substrate; a step of forming a crystal growth direction control void on the aforementioned single-crystalline film; and a step of forming crystal growth A step of irradiating an energy beam on a non-single-crystalline semiconductor film with direction-controlled voids to crystallize the thin film. '纟 The above-mentioned patents are issued on the basis of item 33, which can form the aforementioned crystal growth direction control gap in the direction connecting the source region and the drain region as: 冓 & mx further in the source region A plurality of voids are formed discontinuously by controlling the growth direction of the aforementioned crystals in the direction of the electrodeless region. According to these structures, the crystalline thin film transistor of the above-mentioned application patent scope Nos. 26 to 28 can be produced. The invention in the 36th aspect of the patent application relates to a method for manufacturing a crystalline thin film transistor, which is formed by forming a crystalline semiconductor layer having a channel region and a source region and an electrodeless region arranged on both sides of the channel region. The method for manufacturing a crystalline thin film transistor includes at least a step of depositing a non-single crystalline film on a sexual substrate; implanting ions in a portion of the aforementioned non-single crystalline semiconductor film to increase the crystallization of the portion Impurities at the starting temperature to form an early crystallized region forming step including an early crystallized region containing the impurities; and the aforementioned early crystallized region forming step The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297) Guang) (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) i--, 11 28 Printed by the consumer cooperation department of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 07303 λ? _____B7 5. After the invention description (26), irradiate the energy beam To perform the crystallization step of the thin film. In the issue date of item 36 of the aforementioned patent application scope, through the aforementioned early crystallization region forming step, a long band-shaped early crystallization region can be formed in a direction connecting the aforementioned source region and the aforementioned drain region; more The early crystallization region can be arranged discontinuously in a direction connecting the source region and the drain region. With these structures, the crystalline thin film transistor of the aforementioned patent application scope items 29 to 31 can be produced. In addition, in each of the above inventions related to the manufacturing method, as the aforementioned energy beam, an excimer laser can be used. The excimer laser not only has a large light energy, but also can be well absorbed by silicon because it is a light source. Therefore, if an excimer laser beam is used, crystallization of a non-single-crystalline semiconductor layer can be efficiently performed, particularly in the case where a non-single-crystalline semiconductor layer is composed of an ultraviolet-absorbing substance such as silicon. Ground only heats the semiconductor layer to melt it. Therefore, there is no adverse thermal effect on parts other than the irradiated area, and because the semiconductor layer is crystallized, the increase in the substrate temperature is small, so that inexpensive glass substrates can be used. Furthermore, 'if it is a combination of excimer laser and UV-absorbing osmium film material, since the temperature difference between the crystal growth direction controlling void and the semiconductor layer body portion becomes larger, the function of the crystal growth direction controlling void (control The function of the crystal growth direction) can be fully exerted. Further, based on the above-mentioned discussion on the mechanism of crystallization, the present inventors have earnestly studied a method for sufficiently growing a crystal. As a result, by deliberately making the light intensity distribution in the beam range non-uniform, the crystal capture standard is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) I --------- ^ -------, 1T (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 29 ΑΊ B7 Printing of White No.5, Invention Description (27) by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs As a result, it was found that a crystalline thin film of good f can be obtained. Based on the above-mentioned knowledge, the following constitutions have been completed. That is, the invention according to item 40 of the scope of patent application is characterized in that the aforementioned non-monocrystalline material is crystallized or recrystallized by irradiating a light beam on a thin film composed of non-monocrystalline material formed on a substrate. In the method for manufacturing a crystalline semiconductor thin film that forms a crystalline semiconductor thin film, as the above-mentioned light beam, a method of forming an uneven temperature gradient or temperature distribution on the surface of the aforementioned film on the illuminated surface is used to adjust A beam of light whose intensity distribution varies. With this structure, the temperature gradient or temperature distribution on the surface of the non-single-crystal film irradiated by the beam is uneven, so it is possible to prevent the simultaneous generation of minute crystal nuclei in a wide range as described in Section 7f above. , G The phenomenon illustrated in the figure. Therefore, a relatively large crystal grain can be obtained, and the homogeneity of the degree of crystallinity can be improved. As a result, the intercrystalline density of the crystal becomes smaller, and the mobility of the electric field effect increases. The invention of item 41 in the scope of patent application is characterized in that, in the method for manufacturing a crystalline film contained in item 40 in the scope of patent application, as the aforementioned beam, the use of light intensity within the beam range is —Patterns that monotonically increase towards each other ', or decrease monotonically towards others. According to this structure, a temperature gradient is formed on the surface of the non-single-crystalline film corresponding to the light energy intensity according to the level of the light energy, and the place where the crystallization temperature is low is induced in the direction of high temperature. Because &, because there is no ;: said: the generation of the nucleus and the growth of disordered crystals are prevented ', so it can be reliably prevented (cns). ^ Ϋ n--t- ml I-m ^ ii, nn 1 In {IffJ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 30 Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 V. Description of the invention (28) The phenomenon described in Figures 7f and g above. Here, when a crystalline film is used in, for example, a semiconductor circuit composed of a source region, a channel region, and a drain region, light energy is formed in a direction parallel to the source-drain direction. The intensity gradient is. In this way, the direction of crystal growth is limited to a direction parallel to the moving direction of the carrier, and the intercrystalline density of the crystal in this direction becomes smaller. Therefore, "by adopting this method", for example, a degree of movement of 300 cm2 / Vs or more can be achieved. The invention characteristic of the 42nd patent application is that the crystalline film described in the 40th patent application In the manufacturing method, as the aforementioned light beam, a light beam having a circular distribution pattern in which the relative light intensity knife and the relatively weak light intensity portion are arranged alternately in a plane in the beam range is used. When irradiated with a light beam having a band-shaped pattern composed of a strong light portion and a weak portion, a band-shaped temperature distribution pattern composed of a high-temperature portion and a low portion can be formed on the irradiation surface. In such a band-shaped foxness distribution pattern, crystal growth is induced from a portion where the temperature is low (a band-shaped formation of tadpoles) is directed toward a portion where the temperature is high. The crystal grains collide near the central part of the high-temperature part (band), where a continuous line (such as a mountain-like continuous line) between the crystals is formed, and a slightly longer direction is formed in a direction parallel to the continuous line. Crystal grains. Therefore, according to this structure, the phenomenon described in the above-mentioned 7f and g diagrams can be prevented, and the same effect as that of the invention in the 41st patent scope can be obtained. That is, make the relative light intensity of the paper size suitable for the country ^ standard (cm) ^ —. 1 »i In II--i 1 n ^ — — ^ ϋ i (Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page again.) 31 Consumption cooperation by employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. A 7 ____B7 V. Description of the invention (29) The area and the area with weak light intensity are arranged parallel to the source-drain direction for crystallization " In this way, the collision line of the crystal grains becomes parallel to the source-drain direction, and the collision line (the boundary line between the crystal grains) that traverses the crystal grains becomes the cause of the drastic decrease of the carrier mobility. Therefore, a channel region having a high degree of movement can be formed. The invention of item 43 of the scope of patent application is characterized in that in the method for manufacturing a crystalline film described in the scope of application of the patent scope, as the aforementioned beam, at least two mutually coherent lights are irradiated simultaneously, and A pulsating interference pattern is formed by dynamically modulating the optical phase of at least one of the aforementioned lights. In the configuration using a dynamic light interference pattern, the energy intensity distribution of the light beam fluctuates, and correspondingly, the temperature of the irradiation surface moves in one direction and fluctuates. Therefore, with this configuration, the impurities contained in the amorphous thin film can be gradually pushed out of the effective region, and as a result, a crystalline thin film having high purity and excellent mobility can be formed. Furthermore, in the method for manufacturing a crystalline thin film described in the above-mentioned application patent scope Nos. 40 to 44, the aforementioned light beam may be irradiated while relatively moving the non-single crystalline thin film on the substrate. If the temperature gradient or uneven temperature distribution is generated on the irradiated surface (non-single-crystalline thin film surface), while the light beam whose adjusted distribution pattern of the light energy intensity is relatively moved to the thin film surface, q is added. The structure of the irradiation can induce the crystal growth direction on a very small scale. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a good crystalline film having a high degree of uniformity of crystallinity and a small intercrystalline density of crystals in a certain direction. This paper is suitable for SS home counties (CNS) (21GX297 male thin)! · III i -I--m--I -III ·-i 1 -I tj— —I --——. (Please read the back first Please pay attention to this page before filling in this page) 32 407303 • A7 B7 surface, please V. Description of invention (30 invention patent item No. 45 invention feature is that the beam is irradiated by non-single crystal material formed on the substrate In the manufacturing method of the formed thin film, it is then exothermed to crystallize or recrystallize the non-single crystalline semiconductor film. The method is to maintain the atmospheric pressure of the environment at a certain value or more so that A non-uniform temperature distribution is generated on the surface of the film irradiated by the light beam. With this configuration, the gas molecules constituting the atmospheric gas collide with the film w and move away from the tropical zone of the film to form a localized low-temperature portion. It occurs in this part, and this crystal nucleus promotes the growth of Jing Zhao, so it can prevent the phenomenon as described in the above 7f, g circle. The invention feature in the 46th patent application is characterized in the 45th patent application. Crystalline thin film In the formation method, when the atmospheric gas is hydrogen, the atmospheric pressure above a certain value is above 10-5_. If laser tempering is performed in a hydrogen pressure of 10-5 ton · or more, the specific heat is 1¾ The motion of the hydrogen molecule can definitely obtain the action and effect described in item 45 of the above-mentioned application range. "In order to solve the above-mentioned problem, the invention of item 47 in the patent application is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor film, which is characterized by The first energy beam having the energy of the precursor semiconductor film formed on the substrate is at least equal to the energy of the precursor semiconductor film that can crystallize the precursor semiconductor film and is greater than the first energy. Beam, the absorption of the precursor semiconductor film :! Also, the energy given to the precursor semiconductor film is smaller than the energy that can crystallize the precursor semiconductor film. The second energy beam makes the crystal of the precursor semiconductor film smaller. K paper size is applicable -I.--I-——- I-HI I—--n. I-^ 1 II--i {1 1 I-* 、 T (Please read the back of 4. (Notes for filling in this page) Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Central Bureau of Standards of the People's Republic of China for Du Duan 33 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the China Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-A7 ------------ B7 _ V. Description of the Invention (31) —- The second energy beam can easily reach the lower part of the precursor semiconductor film and the substrate, and the precursor semiconductor film is heated at the same time as the substrate is heated, and the first amount of light beam is irradiated and after the irradiation is completed. The temperature difference is reduced. Therefore, the precursor semiconductor film is heated and melted by the irradiation of the j-th energy beam. After the irradiation is completed, the semiconductor film is slowly cooled and crystallized. Therefore, crystal growth is promoted, and crystal defects are reduced while relatively large crystal grains are formed, and the electrical characteristics of the semiconductor film are improved. The invention of claim 48 in the patent scope is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor film in the scope of patent application 47, and the above-mentioned precursor semiconductor film is a non-crystalline anthracene silicon thin film as its feature. This makes it possible to easily form a polycrystalline silicon thin film having good crystal quality and good electrical properties such as electric field effect mobility. The invention of the 49th scope of the patent application is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor film in the 47th scope of the patent application. The absorption coefficient of the precursor semiconductor film of the energy beam is approximately the reciprocal of the film thickness of the precursor semiconductor film, and the absorption coefficient of the precursor semiconductor film of the second energy beam is substantially the precursor semiconductor film. Characteristic is the inverse of the film thickness. Thereby, on the one hand, many first energy beams are absorbed near the surface of the precursor semiconductor film, and many second energy beams reach the lower part of the precursor semiconductor film and the substrate, so the precursor semiconductor film is efficiently At the same time of ground heating, the substrate is also heated, and after the first energy beam irradiation is completed, it is slowly cooled and promotes the growth of the crystal. Therefore, (CNS) A4 · (210X297 mm) ^ 衣 ^; Order ( Please also read the precautions for face-free, and then fill out this page) 34 ^ 07303 V. Description of the invention (32) Form a relatively large crystal and form a rich conductor film with good crystal quality. The invention with the scope of patent application No. 50 is the manufacturing method of the semiconductor film with scope of patent application No. 47. The absorption coefficient of the precursor semiconductor film of the energy beam is approximately 10 times or more the inverse of the film thickness of the precursor semiconductor film, and the absorption coefficient of the precursor semiconductor film of the second energy beam is approximately the precursor semiconductor film. The inverse of the film thickness is its characteristic. Thereby, the precursor semiconductor film is heated more efficiently, and a semiconductor film with better crystal quality is formed. Application. The invention of item 51 of the patent scope is the method of manufacturing the semiconductor film of item 47 of the scope of patent application. The feature of the above-mentioned 丨 energy light ′ and the second energy beam is light with different wavelengths. Thereby, it is possible to easily impart a difference in absorption rate as described above. The above-mentioned light having different wavelengths can be applied, for example, the first energy beam is a single-wavelength energy beam, and the second energy beam is light containing at least a wavelength component in the visible light region. Printed by Industry and Consumer Cooperatives t. ^ --- ΐτ (please read the precautions on the image surface before filling out this page) More specifically, the first energy beam and the second energy beam can be used by the user, for example, laser light and Infrared light, laser light and incandescent light, or laser light and excimer light. As described above, light systems having different wavelengths can be used. For example, the second energy beam is a xenon flash lamp or the like, and it contains at least light of a long-length component from the visible region to the ultraviolet region. The first energy beam and the second energy beam described above may be laser light. In other words, if laser light is used, it can be easily irradiated at the energy-tight paper scale. China National Standards (CNS) Α4 Zhuge (210X297 mm) 35 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy ~ _________ B7 __ V. Description of the invention (33) A large energy beam, so that the precursor semiconductor film and substrate can be easily and efficiently heated. Specifically, for example, when the precursor semiconductor film is an amorphous silicon thin film, the first energy beam may be an argon-fluorine excimer laser, a krypton-fluorine excimer laser, a xenon excimer laser, or a xenon-fluorine laser. Any kind of laser light in an excimer laser; and the above-mentioned second energy beam may use laser light of an argon laser. When the substrate is a glass substrate and the precursor semiconductor film is an amorphous silicon thin film, the first energy beam may be an argon fluoride excimer laser, a krypton fluoride excimer laser, or a xenon excimer laser. Or any kind of laser light of xenon fluoride excimer laser; and the second energy beam can use the laser light of carbon dioxide gas (carbon dioxide) laser. On the one hand, the above-mentioned various excimer laser systems are easy to obtain large output power and are easily absorbed near the surface of the amorphous silicon thin film; and the laser light of the argon laser penetrates the amorphous silicon thin film to a certain extent, and is easy to It is absorbed across the thickness direction of the amorphous stone film; the laser light of the laser diode breaks through the amorphous hard film rather than ㈣, which is easily absorbed by the glass substrate and can be more efficiently. The Shi Xi film is heated; therefore, a polycrystalline Shi Xi film with good crystal quality can be easily formed, and at the same time, productivity can be easily improved. The invention according to the 61st patent application scope is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor film under the 47th patent scope, and the above-mentioned energy beam and the second energy beam are characterized by a band-shaped region irradiated on the precursor semiconductor film. . (CNS) A4 ^ (2l ^^ iT --- I —JI ^ Order (please read the notes on the bones and fill in this education) 36-Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (34 The shaped region can be easily heated with a uniform temperature distribution, and a semiconductor film of the same crystal quality can be easily formed. At the same time, the time required for the crystallization step can be easily shortened. "Scope of Patent Application No. 62 The invention of claim 1 is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 47 of the patent application, and the irradiation area of the precursor semiconductor film with the illumination in the second energy beam is larger than that in the aforementioned energy beam. The irradiation area of the precursor semiconductor film is large, and it includes the irradiation area of the first energy beam, which is characteristic of the irradiation area. Thus, it can be easily heated with a uniform temperature distribution, and the same can be easily formed. Crystalline quality semiconductor film. An invention claimed in item 63 of the patent scope is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor film in item 47 of the patent scope, and the i-th energy beam and the second energy beam are used. It is characterized by irradiating the above-mentioned precursor semiconductor film in a substantially perpendicular incidence manner. This is printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, because each energy beam is incident on the above-mentioned precursor substantially perpendicularly. The semiconductor film 'reduces the phenomenon of uneven irradiation of the energy beams, so it can be easily formed. A semiconductor film with the same crystal quality as the one in the patent application No. 64 and the invention is the semiconductor in the patent application No. 47 The method of manufacturing a film is characterized in that the second energy beam is irradiated at least prior to the irradiation of the first energy beam. The irradiation of the second energy beam before the first energy beam is controlled by controlling each energy. In addition to the timing of beam irradiation, it can also be implemented by, for example, applying the Chinese paper standard (CNS) to the paper scale. A4 Zhuge (2 丨 Ο X 297 公 楚 37 A7 • B7 Staff of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumption Cooperation Du Print 5. Description of the Invention (35) While the substrate on which the above-mentioned semiconductor film is formed is moving, the above-mentioned second month color beam is also In the above-mentioned precursor semiconductor film, the first energy beam "'" and the emission position are irradiated at positions on the front side of the moving direction, and so on. By performing such irradiation, the semiconductor film And the substrate is fully heated by the second energy beam, and then crystallization is performed by the second energy beam, so a high-efficiency crystallization step can be performed. The invention in the 66th scope of the patent application is the 47th in the patent scope. According to the method for manufacturing a semiconductor film, the first energy beam is intermittently fired three times, while the second energy beam is continuously irradiated as a feature. For example, Zhao can use ❹pulse❹ The laser light is used as the first energy beam ', and the second energy beam can use continuous laser light and lights. In this way, by continuously irradiating the second energy beam, the substrate and the precursor semiconductive rhyme can be easily heated to a predetermined stable temperature. At the same time, the first energy beam is intermittently irradiated to at least suppress the transmission of the energy to the substrate. On the one hand, heat conduction prevents melting and deformation of the substrate due to excessive heating. On the other hand, the crystallization of the precursor semiconductor can be easily and reliably performed. The invention according to claim 6 and claim 9 is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to claim 47, which is characterized in that the i-th energy beam and the second energy beam are simultaneously and intermittently irradiated with each other. The specific irradiation timing is within the period in which the second energy beam is irradiated, and it is preferable that the period of the irradiation period of the second energy beam is less than 2/3 of the period of time ... This paper financial standard (CNS) A4 although ( 210X297 mm) '~~~ ---- -38-Preparing ^ \ Order ------,' ^ (Girls should read the precautions of f · face before filling in this page)

經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印I A7 _ B7 _ --- —^ 1 II | "* ' ~ || _ 五、發明説明(36 ) 具體的各能量光束係,可以使用脈衝振盪的雷射光做為第 1能量光束,而第2能量光束則可以使用脈衝振盪的雷射光 和間歇性的開燈所產生之燈米。 如此,藉由間歇性地照射第1能量光束以及第2能量光 束’可以容易地在每單位面積上照射以大的光量,而由於 可以一面防止基板因過大的加熱而發生熔融和變形,一 面可以施以大的能量而加熱,所以可以容易而確實的進行 前驅體半導體膜之結晶化。特別是脈衝振盪雷射光,不但 易於得到大輸出功率,而且可以容易的橫過廣大的面積加 熱至高溫’所以可以容易地縮短結晶化步驟所需要的時間 • 並使生產性提高》 申請專利範圍第73或74項之發明為申請專利範圍第47 項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特徵在於使上述第1能量光 束以及第2能量光束將上述前驅體半導體膜加熱至3〇〇。〇以 上’ 12〇〇°C以下;更佳者為加熱至6〇〇°C以上,11〇(rc以 下之溫度。 藉由將前驅體半導體膜加熱至此種範圍的溫度,可以 防止因部分地發生微細結晶所導致之結晶缺陷與不均一的 結晶化’使結晶化的時候溫度缓慢的變化以促晶體成長, 而可以容易地形成大的晶趙粒。 申請專利範圍第75項之發明為申請專利範圍第47項之 半導體膜的製造方法’其特徵在於進一步具有以熱源加熱 形成有上述前驅體半導體膜之基板的步驟。具體而言,例 如將形成有上述前驅體半導體膜之基板加熱至3 〇〇乞以上 ----------袭 ^ . 訂 (請λ-.閱讀t.®·之注意事項再.4寫本頁) 39 I----'—五、 _ ^0?3C3發明説明(37 ) A7 B7 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 ,600°C以下之溫度者為宜。 如此,加入第2能量光束,藉由以熱源將基板加熱, 可以更有效率地將前驅體半導體膜加熱,同時可以容易地 緩緩促進晶體成長。而且,和僅僅以習知之加熱器加熱基 板的情形相比較,由於可以在短時間即加熱至預定的溫度 ’所以可以容易地使生產性提高' 申請專利範圍第77項之發明為申請專利範圍第47項之 半導體膜的製造方法,其特徵在於前述第丨能量光束照射 至上述前驅體半導體膜中之複數個區域的同時,上述第2 能量光束只照射至上述複數個區域的一部份。 由於藉此種部份地照射第2能量光束之方式可以只把 ’例如特別須要有高電氣特性的區域之結晶性予以提高, 因而可以容易地以短時間的結晶化步驟而進行必要而充分 的結晶化,並使生產性提高》 申請專利範圍第78項之發明為申請專利範圍第47項之 半導體膜的製造方法,其特徵在於前述第2能量光束在上 述基板之吸收率比在上述前驅體半導體膜之吸收率為大。 又,進一步地,上述第1能量光束係以上述前驅體半導體 膜之吸收係數為上述前驅體半導體膜之膜厚的倒數之大致 10倍以上者為宜。 具體而言,例如,當上填基板為玻璃基板,而上述前 驅體半導體膜為非晶矽薄膜時,上述第1能量光束可以使 用氬氟準分子雷射、氪氟準分子雷射、氙氯準分子雷射, 或氙氟準分子雷射中之任一種雷射光;而第2能量光束則 卜紙張尺度適用中國國家樣準(匚〜5〉六4規格(2!0/2.9*7公釐 ----------^----^--1T (讀先閲讀t.面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 40 A7 B7 4073C3 五、發明説明(38 ) 可以使用二氧化碳雷射之雷射光。 藉此’由於在前驅體半導體膜的表面附近有許多的第 1能量光束被吸收,另一方面許多的第2能量光束為基板所 吸收,所以半導體膜被高效率地加熱,同時基板也被加熱 ,因為在第1能量光束的照射成之後,緩慢地冷卻以促進 μ體成長,所以確實地形成比較大的晶體粒,並形成結晶 品質良好之半導體膜。. 申請專利範圍第81項之發明為,使形成於基板上之前 驅體半導體膜結晶化之半導體膜的製造裝置,其特徵在於 具備照射第1能量光束之第1照射手段,與照射比上述第i 能量光束之上述前驅體半導體膜的吸收率小之第2能量光 束的第2照射手段。 ^ 藉此,第2能量光束易於到達前驅體半導體膜的下部 以及基板,而前驅體半導體臈在橫過其厚度方向被加熱的 同時,基板亦被加熱,第1能量光束之照射時與照射完成 後的溫度差則減少。因此,以照射第〗能量光束而被加熱 並溶融之前驅體半導體膜,在照射完成後,一邊緩緩地冷 ,一邊結晶化。因而,晶體成長被促進而形成比較大的晶 體粒,同時結晶缺陷減少,彳以製造電氣特性提高之半導 體膜。 申請專利範圍第82項為辛請專利範圍第81項之半導體 膜的製造裝置,其特徵在於上述第2照射手段為放射狀地 發出第2能量光束之燈,並進一步具備將上述第2能量光束 聚光的凹面反射鏡。 本纸張尺度適用中國國家榇準(CNS) ( 2]〇Χ297公着) ----------1--^---^--ΐτ (請先閲讀#.面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 41 經濟部中夬標準局員工消費合作社印製 .A7 ______B7五、發明説明(39 ) 藉此’可以將基板等高效率地予以加熱,同時使溫度 分布均一化,而可以容易地形成一樣的結晶品質之半導體 膜。 申請專利範圍第83項為申請專利範圍第81項之半導體 膜的製造裝置,其特徵在於,進一步具備一方面將上述第 1能量光束與第2能量光束中之任一者反射,而使另一者穿 透之反射板,並且使上述第1能量光束以及第2能量光束之 任一者均大體上垂直地入射至上述前驅體半導體膜而構成 者。 如此,藉由使各能量光束大體上垂直地入射至前驅體 ’ 半導體膜’而使得各能量光束之照射不勻現象被降低,所 以終究可以容易地形成一樣的結晶品質之半導體膜。 如上所述之第1照射手段以及第2照射手段之具體例為 ’當上述前驅體半導體膜為非晶砂薄膜時,上述第1照射 手段可以使用氬氟準分子雷射、氪氟準分子雷射、氙氣準 分子雷射’或氣氟準分子雷射中之任一者;而第2照射手 段則可以使用氬雷射。 又’上述基板為玻璃基板,而上述前驅體半導體膜為 非晶矽薄膜時’上述第1能量光束可以使用氬氟準分子雷 射、氪氟準分子雷射、氙氣準分子雷射,或氙氟準分子雷 射中之任一種雷射光;而第2能量光束則可以使用二氧化 碳雷射之雷射光。 又’為解決上述課題,申請專利範圍第86項之發明為 具有將能量光束照射至形成於包括畫面顯示區域與驅動電 本g尺度適用中關家標準(CNS) A4規格⑺〇χ2.97公袭) ; -42 - 4G73C3 - A7 ____-____B7 五、發明説明(4〇 ) 路部區域之基板上的非單晶質半導體薄膜上,以使晶體成 長之步驟的半導體薄膜之製造方法,其特徵在於照射至上 述畫面顯示區域的第1照射係使用光束之斷面形狀為線狀 的旎量光束而進行者;另一方面,照射至上述驅動電路部 區域之第2照射係使用光束的斷面形狀為方形的能量光束 ,而且,係以比上述第1照射為高的能量密度而進行者。 又,申請專利範圍第87項之發明為具有將能量光束照 射至形成於包括畫面顯示區域與驅動電路部區域之基板上 的非單晶質半導體薄膜上,以使晶體成長之步驟的半導體 薄膜之製造方法,其特徵在於照射至上述畫面顯示區域的 第1照射係,相對地對上述基板掃描能量光束,—邊將能 量光束的照射區域以預定的重叠量錯開並_邊照射之掃描 照射;另一方面,照射至上述驅動電路部區域之第2照射 係以,相對地對上述基板將能量光束固定而進行之靜止'照 射,而且係以比上述第〗照射為高之能量密度進行者。 經濟部中夬標準局員工消費合作衽印製 ί批衣------1Τ (請先閱請f.面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 具體而t,例如在構成液晶顯示裝置之薄膜電晶體的 ,要求半導體膜特性之均-性的畫面部分與,需要有特性 (特別是移動度之高度)之驅動電路部分令,使其雷射照 射方法互異n進行將f射光照射至形成於基板上之 非晶矽以將非晶矽熔融,再使其結晶化以形成多晶矽之雷 射回火時’係將照射至基板帝内之驅動電路部區域的雷射 光之能量密度設為比照射至畫面部區域的雷射光之能量密 度為高,以進行雷射回火,而形成在驅動電路部區域與晝 面部區域之特性成為互異的多晶矽。 本紙張尺準(CNS ) 43 經濟部中央榡準局負工消費合作社印製 4G73C3 -A7 ___ ___B7 五、發明説明(41 ) 若根據此構成,驅動電路部區域的多晶矽之移動度變 得比畫面部區域之多晶矽的移動度為高,一方面可以使畫 面部區域之多晶矽的特性在面内成為均一。 又’藉由使第1雷射光照射時之雷射光為線狀,而第2 雷射光照射時之雷射光為方形,則可以在無需使固定基板 之檯座轉動90度的情況下進行雷射回火。 進一步地,,藉由將第1雷射光照射做成—邊錯開雷射 光束之照射位置一邊進行複數次照射的掃描照射,,而第2 雷射光照射則做成固定雷射光束的照射位置以進行照射之 靜止照射,則可以提高驅動電路部區域之多晶矽的移動度 ’同時可以達成均一性。 又,將具有不同的能量密度之雷射光照射至驅動電路 部區域内的複數個區域以進行雷射回火,即可以在前述驅 動電路部區域内形成特性不同的多晶矽。此時,在閂鎖( 今7千)與移位寄存器内之形.成有轉移閘的區域和其他區 域中以具有不同的能量密度之雷射光照射之而進行雷射回 火者為宜。 在更進一步的雷射回火方法中,以雷射光束端不會在 TFT圖案上的方式照射雷射光者為宜。 又,本發明之半導體薄膜的製造裝置之特徵在於,具 備能量光束產生手段,’以及將上述能量光束產生手段所發 出之能量光束整形成能量均一之預定的光束斷面形狀之均 一化手段;其係將上述被整形的能量光束照射至形成於基 板上之非單晶半導體薄膜以使晶體成長之半導體薄膜的製 n^iin n^i i nn nn n 1^1 * In *i 1 n i TJ 身 T° (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperatives of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs I A7 _ B7 _ --- — ^ 1 II | " *' ~ || _ V. Description of the invention (36) Specific energy beam systems can use pulse oscillation The laser light is used as the first energy beam, and the second energy beam can use the pulsed laser light and the light meter generated by intermittently turning on the light. In this way, by intermittently irradiating the first energy beam and the second energy beam ', it is possible to easily irradiate a large amount of light per unit area, and since the substrate can be prevented from melting and deforming due to excessive heating, it is possible to Since heating is performed with a large amount of energy, the precursor semiconductor film can be easily and reliably crystallized. In particular, the pulsed laser light is not only easy to obtain large output power, but also can be easily heated to high temperature across a large area. Therefore, the time required for the crystallization step can be easily shortened and the productivity can be improved. The invention of 73 or 74 is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 47 of the patent application, characterized in that the first energy beam and the second energy beam heat the precursor semiconductor film to 300. 〇 'above 1200 ° C; more preferably, it is heated to a temperature above 600 ° C and below 110 ° C. By heating the precursor semiconductor film to a temperature in this range, it is possible to prevent the semiconductor film from being partially heated. Crystal defects and non-uniform crystallization caused by fine crystals' cause the temperature to change slowly during crystallization to promote crystal growth, and large crystal grains can be easily formed. The 75th invention of the scope of patent application is an application The method of manufacturing a semiconductor film according to the 47th aspect of the patent includes a step of heating the substrate on which the precursor semiconductor film is formed by a heat source. Specifically, for example, the substrate on which the precursor semiconductor film is formed is heated to 3 〇〇Begging above ---------- Strike ^. Order (please λ-. Read t.® · Notes again. 4 Write this page) 39 I ----'— V. _ ^ 0 ~ 3C3 Invention Description (37) A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, the temperature below 600 ° C is suitable. In this way, by adding a second energy beam and heating the substrate with a heat source, it can be more Efficiently heating precursor semiconductor film At the same time, it is easy to slowly promote crystal growth. Compared with the case where the substrate is heated only by a conventional heater, it can be heated to a predetermined temperature in a short time, so the productivity can be easily improved. The invention of item 77 is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 47 of the patent application, characterized in that, while the aforementioned energy beam is irradiated to a plurality of regions in the precursor semiconductor film, the second energy beam is irradiated only to A part of the above-mentioned plurality of regions. Since this method of partially irradiating the second energy beam can only improve the crystallinity of, for example, a region that particularly requires high electrical characteristics, it can easily be achieved in a short time. The crystallization step performs necessary and sufficient crystallization and improves the productivity. The invention in the 78th patent application is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor film in the 47th patent application, characterized in that the second energy beam is The absorptivity of the substrate is larger than that of the precursor semiconductor film. Further, The first energy beam is preferably one in which the absorption coefficient of the precursor semiconductor film is approximately 10 times or more the reciprocal of the film thickness of the precursor semiconductor film. Specifically, for example, when the overfill substrate is a glass substrate, and When the precursor semiconductor film is an amorphous silicon thin film, the first energy beam may be any of argon-fluorine excimer laser, krypton-fluorine excimer laser, xenon-chlorine excimer laser, or xenon-fluorine excimer laser. A kind of laser light; and the second energy beam is based on the Chinese standard (匚 ~ 5> 6 4 size (2! 0 / 2.9 * 7mm) -------- ^^ -^-1T (Read the notes on t. Before filling in this page) 40 A7 B7 4073C3 V. Description of the invention (38) The laser light of carbon dioxide laser can be used. By this, since many first energy beams are absorbed near the surface of the precursor semiconductor film, and many second energy beams are absorbed by the substrate, the semiconductor film is efficiently heated and the substrate is also heated. After the first energy beam is irradiated, it is slowly cooled to promote the growth of the μ body, so relatively large crystal grains are reliably formed, and a semiconductor film with good crystal quality is formed. The invention according to item 81 of the scope of patent application is a semiconductor film manufacturing device for crystallizing a precursor semiconductor film formed on a substrate, and is characterized in that it includes a first irradiation means for irradiating a first energy beam, and an irradiation ratio is i A second irradiation means of a second energy beam having a small absorptivity of the precursor semiconductor film of the energy beam. ^ With this, the second energy beam easily reaches the lower part of the precursor semiconductor film and the substrate, and the precursor semiconductor 臈 is heated across the thickness direction, and the substrate is also heated. The irradiation and completion of the first energy beam are completed The subsequent temperature difference is reduced. Therefore, the precursor semiconductor film is heated and melted by irradiating the energy beam, and after the irradiation is completed, it is crystallized while slowly cooling. Therefore, crystal growth is promoted to form relatively large crystal grains, and at the same time, crystal defects are reduced, so that a semiconductor film having improved electrical characteristics is manufactured. Item 82 of the scope of patent application is a device for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 81 of the scope of patent application, characterized in that the second irradiation means is a lamp that emits a second energy beam radially, and further includes the second energy beam. Condensing concave mirror. This paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) (2) 〇297297 ---------- 1-^ --- ^-ΐτ (Please read #. 面 的 NOTE Please fill in this page again) Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 41 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economics While heating and uniformizing the temperature distribution, a semiconductor film with the same crystal quality can be easily formed. Article 83 of the scope of patent application is a device for manufacturing a semiconductor film of scope of the patent application No. 81, further comprising: reflecting one of the first energy beam and the second energy beam, and causing the other It is constituted by a reflection plate that is penetrated by the light source and that any one of the first energy beam and the second energy beam is incident substantially perpendicularly on the precursor semiconductor film. In this way, by causing each energy beam to enter the precursor 'semiconductor film' substantially perpendicularly, the uneven irradiation phenomenon of each energy beam is reduced, so that after all, a semiconductor film of the same crystal quality can be easily formed. As a specific example of the first irradiation means and the second irradiation means described above, when the precursor semiconductor film is an amorphous sand film, the first irradiation means may use an argon fluoride excimer laser or a thallium fluoride excimer laser. Either of Xenon Excimer Laser 'or Gas Fluorine Excimer Laser'; the second irradiation means can use argon laser. When the substrate is a glass substrate and the precursor semiconductor film is an amorphous silicon film, the first energy beam may be an argon fluoride excimer laser, a krypton fluoride excimer laser, a xenon excimer laser, or xenon. Any kind of laser light in the fluoro excimer laser; the second energy beam can use the laser light of the carbon dioxide laser. In order to solve the above-mentioned problem, the invention in the 86th aspect of the patent application is for irradiating an energy beam to the g-scale including the screen display area and the drive unit. The g-scale applies the CNS A4 specification. -42-4G73C3-A7 ____-____ B7 V. Description of the Invention (40) A method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film on a non-single-crystalline semiconductor thin film on a substrate in a road portion region for crystal growth, and its characteristics The first irradiation system irradiated onto the screen display area is performed using a large-volume beam whose cross-sectional shape is linear; on the other hand, the second irradiation system irradiated onto the drive circuit section area uses a cross-section using a light beam. The energy beam having a square shape is performed at a higher energy density than the first irradiation. In addition, the invention in the 87th aspect of the patent application is a semiconductor thin film having a step of irradiating an energy beam onto a non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film formed on a substrate including a screen display region and a driving circuit portion region to grow a crystal. The manufacturing method is characterized in that the first irradiation system irradiated onto the screen display area relatively scans the energy beam on the substrate, while scanning the irradiation beam while staggering the irradiation region of the energy beam by a predetermined overlap amount; On the one hand, the second irradiation to the region of the driving circuit portion is performed by relatively stationary irradiation with the energy beam fixed to the substrate, and is performed at a higher energy density than the first irradiation. The Ministry of Economic Affairs, China Bureau of Standards, Consumer Consumption Co-operation, printed 批 batch of clothes ----- 1T (please read the notes on f. Before filling out this page) Specific and t, such as the film constituting the liquid crystal display device The part of the transistor that requires the uniformity of the characteristics of the semiconductor film and the driving circuit part that has characteristics (especially the height of the mobility) are required to make the laser irradiation methods different from each other. The laser tempering of the amorphous silicon on the substrate to melt the amorphous silicon and then crystallize it to form polycrystalline silicon is to set the energy density of the laser light that is irradiated to the driving circuit portion area in the substrate. The laser light irradiated to the screen region has a high energy density to perform laser tempering, and forms polycrystalline silicon having different characteristics in the driving circuit region and the daytime facial region. This paper rule (CNS) 43 Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives 4G73C3 -A7 ___ ___B7 V. Description of the invention (41) According to this structure, the mobility of the polycrystalline silicon in the area of the driving circuit becomes larger than the screen The mobility of the polycrystalline silicon in the region is high, on the one hand, the characteristics of the polycrystalline silicon in the screen region can be made uniform in the plane. Furthermore, by making the laser light linear when the first laser light is irradiated, and making the laser light square when the second laser light is irradiated, the laser can be performed without rotating the pedestal of the fixed substrate by 90 degrees. Tempering. Further, the first laser light irradiation is made by scanning irradiation with a plurality of irradiations while staggering the irradiation position of the laser beam, and the second laser light irradiation is made by fixing the irradiation position of the laser beam to Performing the static irradiation can increase the mobility of the polycrystalline silicon in the area of the driving circuit portion and achieve uniformity. In addition, by irradiating a plurality of regions in the driving circuit portion region with laser light having different energy densities to perform laser tempering, polycrystalline silicon having different characteristics can be formed in the driving circuit portion region. At this time, it is advisable to perform laser tempering in the latch (now 7 thousand) and the shape of the shift register. The area where the transfer gate is formed and other areas are illuminated with laser light having different energy densities. In a further laser tempering method, it is desirable to irradiate the laser light in such a manner that the laser beam end does not lie on the TFT pattern. In addition, the device for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film according to the present invention includes energy beam generating means, and means for uniformizing the energy beam emitted by the energy beam generating means into a predetermined beam cross-sectional shape with uniform energy; The system of irradiating the shaped energy beam onto a non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film formed on a substrate to grow a crystal n ^ iin n ^ ii nn nn n 1 ^ 1 * In * i 1 ni TJ body T ° (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 A7 -------------B7 _ _ 五、發明説明(42 ) 造裝置;更進一步地,具備包括有上述能量光束之穿透率 互異的區域之遽器;穿透上述據器,在上述非單晶半導體 薄中之複數個區域上,以互異的能量密度進行上述能量光 束之照射所構成者。 藉此構成’可以在同一基板面内形成特性不同的複數 個多晶質半導體膜》 在上述的構成中,藉光罩的透射率係因光學薄膜等而 變化之雷射回火裝置可以作成正確的透射率分布,而且, 藉由將為能照射至光罩與雷射光處理室内之基板的窗口做 成一體之雷射回火裝置,可以簡化裝置之構造,同時也可 , 以降低光量的衰減。 又’具備能量光束產生手段,以及將上述能量光束產 生手&所發出之能量光束整形成能量均一之預定的光束斷 面形狀之均一化手段;其係將上述被整形的能量光束照射 至形成於基板上之非單晶半導體薄膜以使晶體成長之半導 體薄膜的製造裝置,其特徵在於上述均一化手段係以可以 將能量光束選擇性地轉換整形成複數個光束斷面形狀之方 式而構成者。 藉此構成,在基板上之各個位置照射最適當的形狀之 雷射光乃成為可能。 圖式之簡單說明’ . 第1 示為非晶矽薄膜之透射率特性的曲線圖。 第_所示為習知之薄膜電晶體(TFT)的大概情形之平 面圖、斷面圖。 .^1· _! - » - -1 ^^1 11-- ί I . I . Kt// - I 1^1 m >^^1 I. I ^ 、T (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準(匚阳)八4;1^格(2丨〇/297公釐) 45 A7 B7 其結Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, A7 ------------- B7 _ _ V. Description of the invention (42) Manufacturing device; Furthermore, it is equipped with a penetrator including the above-mentioned energy beam A device composed of areas with mutually different transmittances; a device formed by penetrating the above-mentioned device and irradiating the energy beam with different energy densities on a plurality of areas in the non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film. With this configuration, 'a plurality of polycrystalline semiconductor films having different characteristics can be formed on the same substrate surface. "In the above-mentioned configuration, the laser tempering device whose transmittance of the photomask is changed due to an optical film or the like can be accurately formed. Moreover, by using a laser tempering device that integrates a window that can be irradiated to a mask and a substrate in a laser light processing chamber, the structure of the device can be simplified, and at the same time, the amount of light can be reduced. . It also has means for generating energy beams, and means for uniformizing the energy beam emitted by the energy beam generating hand & to form a predetermined beam cross-section shape with uniform energy; it irradiates the shaped energy beams to form A device for manufacturing a non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film on a substrate to grow a crystal, characterized in that the above-mentioned homogenizing means is constituted so that energy beams can be selectively converted into a plurality of beam cross-sectional shapes. . With this configuration, it becomes possible to irradiate laser light of the most appropriate shape at various positions on the substrate. Brief description of the pattern '. The first is a graph showing the transmittance characteristics of an amorphous silicon thin film. Figure _ is a plan view and a cross-sectional view of the general situation of a conventional thin film transistor (TFT). . ^ 1 · _!-»--1 ^^ 1 11-- ί I. I. Kt //--I 1 ^ 1 m > ^^ 1 I. I ^, T (Please read the notes on the back first (Fill in this page again) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (Liyang) 8 4; 1 ^ grid (2 丨 〇 / 297 mm) 45 A7 B7

407303 五、發明説明(43 ) 第3圖所不為習知之聚矽薄膜的製造方法之說明圖。 第4圖為關於先前技術之具有乎坦的光強度分布之光 束的強度圖案.示意圖β 第5圖為先前技術中之結晶化區域内的結晶化度之不 均一性的示意模式圖。 第6圖為第5圖之A— a線部分中的拉曼強度曲線。 為說明使用具有平坦的光強度分布之光束時 進行狀況之說明圖。 第ί、興卞示為根據習知方式之藉雷射光照射的多晶化 原理說镇:撥/ 〇 第9圖為習知之雷射回火裝置的概略圖。 第10圖所示為液晶顯示之雷射回火區域的說明圖。 第示為在設置有晶體成長方向控制空隙之a-Si 膜申的晶長方向說明圖。 第i多p/所示為實施態樣1— 1的多晶化原理說明圖。 (紗) 第1今_所示為實施態樣1 — 1的多晶矽薄膜的結晶程度 示意曲線。 -----------扯衣-- (請先閲讀t.面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 第實施態樣1 — 2的TFT平面圖 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 第1:5圊為實施態樣1 — 3的TFT平面圖 第1H為實施態樣2- 1的TFT平面圖 ί^φ) . 第為實施態樣2—2的TFT平面圖 斷面圖 斷面圖 斷面圖 斷面圖 第實施態樣2 — 1之製造步驟說明圖。 第為實施態樣2—2之製造步驟說明圖。 c4>riei 第2座新示為實施態樣3 — 1之TFT的構成之平面圖 木紙張尺度適用中國國家榇準(CNS ) A4祝格(2丨0X297公釐) 46 4G73C3 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(44 ) 斷面圖。. (第20(a)圖為平面圖,第20(b)圖為第20(a)圖之A—A, 斷面圖) 第21圖為實施態樣3 — 1之第20(a)圖的B — B’斷面圖》 第2^圖>實施態樣3— 1的TFT之製造步驟說明圖。 第2#所示為實施態樣3 — 2之TFT的構成之平面圖、 ίούύΰΐ斷面圓(第23(a)圖為平面圖,第23(b)圖第23(a)圖的C-C, 斷面圖) 第24圖為實施態樣3 —2之第23(a)圖的D—D,斷面圖。 ‘ 第2#為f施態樣3-2的TFT之製造步驟說明圖。(<vWe) 第26圖為實施態樣3 —3的TFT之構成平面圖。第27圊所示為貫施態樣3 — 1〜3的變更例,為具有晶 體成長方向控制空隙之TFT的構成平面圊。第2 8圖所示為實施態樣3 — 1 ~3之其他的變更例,為 具有晶體成、長方向控制空隙之TFT的構成斷面圖。 / ;' ·;?§ 第2_^奧' 务為說明使用具有光強度梯度之光束時的结晶 • ⑼-if/化之進行狀況的圊式。 第純圖係一邊移動具有光強度梯度之光束,一邊照射 的狀態之模式示意圖。第31圖係為製作具有光強度梯度之光束的濾器之光透 射特性的,嗓#圖》第3^奧‘馬說明使用相對的光強度之強的部分與相對的 光強度之4#的部分係里平面地互相交又配列的光束時之|士 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八衫見格(210X297公釐) 锖先·閱讀背 之注意事項再 f 裝 訂 47 、Α7 Β7 經濟部中夬標隼局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(45 ) 晶化的進行狀況之圖式。 第33圖為一邊移動具有如第32a圖所示之分布圖案的 光束一邊照射的狀態之模式表示圖。 第3 4圖係為製作第3 2圖所示之光束而使用的濾器之光 透射特性的示意囷》 第35圖係將相對的光強度之強的部分與相對的光強度 之弱的部分平面地交又配列成之光束的其他態樣中之光強 度分布圖案的示意圖。 第36圖係藉光干涉以製作出第35圊所示之光強度分布 的原理之f意P式圖。 第,為說明在使用第35圖之光束的情形中之結晶 化進行範速的圖式。 第31¾係為說明來自明線部與暗線部波動所成之動態 的干涉圖案之光束的製作方法之模式圖。 第39圖為光的干涉圊案在薄膜的厚度方向上被形成的 狀態之不意模式圖。 第40圖為熱自因光照射而昇溫的薄膜向周圍流動之狀 態的示意圖。 第41圖為光照射時之大氣壓力以及照射次數與結晶化 度(拉曼強度)的關係之示意圖。 第4 2圖為使用準分子雷射以進行結晶化之狀態的示意 模示圖。 第43圖係為研究在雷射回火中之大氣壓力與結晶化度 之關係的實驗裝置之示意圖。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) 格(210 Χ 297公釐) I I I 訂 (請1先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 48 4073C3 A7 ΒΊ 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(4免) /'乂 第所'/朱為實施態樣5 — 1之聚矽薄膜的製造方法 Wib) / 說明圖。/'Ύ 1 第4¾所示為實施態樣5— 1、2之聚矽薄膜的拉曼散 射測定結果之曲線圖。 第46圖所示為實施態樣5 — 2之聚矽薄膜的製造方法之 說明圖。 第47圖所示為玻璃之透射率特性的曲線圊。 第48圖所不為實施態樣5—3之形成有微晶珍薄膜的破 璃基板之構成的斜視圊。 第4 9圖所示為實施態樣5 — 3之聚矽薄臈的製造方法之 ’ 說明圖。 第50圖所示為各實施態樣5 — 3〜9之TFT特性的曲線圖 〇 第51圖所示為實施態樣5 — 3之聚矽薄膜的其他的製造 方法之說明圖。 第5 2圖所示為實施態樣5 — 4之聚石夕薄膜的製造方法之 說明圖。 第5 3圖所示為實施態樣5 — 5之聚矽薄膜的製造方法之 說明圖。 第54圊所示為實施態樣5 — 6、7之聚矽薄膜的製造方 法之說明圖。 .. 第5 5圖所示為實施態樣5 — 7之加熱溫度與晶體粒徑關 係的曲線圖。 第5 6圖所示為實施態樣5 — 7之加熱溫度與電場效應移 詩 先, 閱 面407303 V. Description of the invention (43) The illustration of the method for manufacturing the conventional polysilicon film not shown in Figure 3 Fig. 4 is a diagram showing the intensity pattern of a light beam having a light intensity distribution of the prior art. Schematic diagram β Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram showing the heterogeneity of the degree of crystallization in the crystallization region in the prior art. Figure 6 is the Raman intensity curve in the A-a line of Figure 5. It is an explanatory diagram for explaining a state of progress when a light beam having a flat light intensity distribution is used. The first, Xingji is shown in the conventional method of polycrystallized by laser light irradiation, said the town: dial / 〇 Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the conventional laser tempering device. Fig. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing a laser tempering area of a liquid crystal display. The first is an explanatory diagram of a crystal length direction of an a-Si film provided with a crystal growth direction controlling void. The i-th poly / is an explanatory diagram of the principle of polycrystallization of Embodiment 1-1. (Yarn) The first curve shows the degree of crystallinity of the polycrystalline silicon thin film of Embodiment 1-1. ----------- Pulling clothes-(Please read the notes on t. Before filling out this page} Implementation Plan 1-2 TFT floor plan Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The first 1: 5 平面 is a TFT plan view of the implementation mode 1-3. The 1H is the TFT plan view of the implementation mode 2-1. (^^). The TFT plan view of the implementation mode 2-1 is a sectional view. The sectional view illustrates the manufacturing steps of the first embodiment 2-1. The first is an explanatory diagram of the manufacturing steps of the implementation aspect 2-2. c4 &rie; riei Block 2 Newly shown as the implementation of the 3-1 structure of the TFT floor plan Wooden paper scale Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Zhuge (2 丨 0X297 mm) 46 4G73C3 A7 B7 Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives V. Invention Description (44) Sectional drawing. (Figure 20 (a) is a plan view, Figure 20 (b) is A-A, Sectional view of Figure 20 (a), Figure 21 is Figure 20 (a) of Implementation Aspect 3-1 B-B 'cross-sectional view> FIG. 2 ^ > An explanatory view of the manufacturing steps of a TFT in Embodiment 3-1. # 2 is a plan view of the structure of the TFT of Embodiment 3-2, and a section circle of ίούύ ((Figure 23 (a) is a plan view, Figure 23 (b), Figure 23 (a), CC, Section (Figure) Figure 24 is a sectional view taken along line D-D of Figure 23 (a) of Embodiment 3-2. ‘No. 2 # is an explanatory diagram of the manufacturing steps of the TFT in Embodiment 3-2. (< vWe) FIG. 26 is a plan view showing a configuration of a TFT according to an embodiment 3-3. Fig. 27 (a) shows a modified example of Embodiments 3-1 to 3, and is a configuration plane TFT of a TFT having a crystal growth direction control gap. Fig. 28 is a cross-sectional view showing a structure of a TFT having crystal formation and a long-direction controlled void, as shown in Figs. /; '·;? § 2_ ^ 奥' The task is to explain the crystallization when using a light beam with a light intensity gradient. The pure figure is a schematic diagram of a state in which a light beam having a light intensity gradient is moved while being irradiated. Figure 31 is for the light transmission characteristics of a filter with a light intensity gradient beam. The third part of the "map" shows the use of the relative light intensity and the relative light intensity 4 # When the beams intersect and align in a flat plane in the department | The paper size of the paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Eight Shirts (210X297 mm) 锖 First · Notes on the back of the book f f Binding 47, A7 Β7 Ministry of Economy Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the China National Standards Bureau. V. Invention Description (45) Schematic diagram of the progress of crystallization. Fig. 33 is a schematic diagram showing a state in which a light beam having a distribution pattern shown in Fig. 32a is irradiated while being moved. Figure 34 shows the light transmission characteristics of the filter used to produce the light beam shown in Figure 32. Figure 35 shows the plane where the relative light intensity is strong and the relative light intensity is flat. Schematic diagrams of light intensity distribution patterns in other aspects of ground beams arranged in parallel. Fig. 36 is a diagram of the f-type P principle of the principle of light intensity distribution shown in Fig. 35 (a) by light interference. First, it is a diagram for explaining the crystallization speed in the case where the light beam of Fig. 35 is used. Item 31¾ is a schematic diagram illustrating a method of making a light beam from a dynamic interference pattern caused by fluctuations in the bright line portion and the dark line portion. Fig. 39 is a schematic view showing a state where an interference pattern of light is formed in a thickness direction of a thin film. Fig. 40 is a schematic diagram showing a state in which heat flows from the thin film heated by light irradiation to the surroundings. Fig. 41 is a diagram showing the relationship between the atmospheric pressure and the number of irradiations and the degree of crystallization (Raman intensity) during light irradiation. Fig. 42 is a schematic model view showing the state of crystallization using an excimer laser. Fig. 43 is a schematic diagram of an experimental device for studying the relationship between the atmospheric pressure and the degree of crystallinity during laser tempering. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) grid (210 x 297 mm) order III (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 48 4073C3 A7 ΒΊ Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 2. Description of the invention (4 exemptions) / '乂 第 所' / Zhu is a method for manufacturing a polysilicon thin film of the implementation aspect 5-1 Wib) / Explanatory diagram. / 'Ύ 1 No. 4¾ is a graph showing the results of Raman scattering measurement of the polysilicon films of Embodiments 5-1 and 2. Fig. 46 is an explanatory view showing a method for manufacturing a polysilicon film of Embodiment 5-2. Figure 47 shows the curve 圊 of the transmittance characteristics of glass. Fig. 48 is not a squint view of the constitution of a glass substrate with a microcrystalline film formed in Embodiment 5-3. Figures 4 and 9 are explanatory diagrams of a method for manufacturing a polysilicon sheet according to Embodiment 5-3. Fig. 50 is a graph showing TFT characteristics of each of Embodiments 5-3 to 9; Fig. 51 is a diagram illustrating another method of manufacturing the polysilicon film of Embodiments 5-3; Fig. 52 is an explanatory view showing a method for manufacturing a polysilicon film of Embodiment 5-4. Fig. 53 is a diagram illustrating a method for manufacturing a polysilicon film according to embodiments 5-5. Fig. 54 (i) is an explanatory diagram of a method for manufacturing a polysilicon film according to aspects 5 to 6 and 7. .. Figure 5-5 is a graph showing the relationship between the heating temperature and the crystal grain size of the embodiments 5-7. Figures 5 and 6 show the heating temperature and electric field effect shifts of implementation patterns 5 to 7.

I 頁 裝 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4祝格(2丨0'〆297公釐) 49 經濟部中央榡準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ___407303___£7 五、發明説明(47 ) 動度之關係的曲線圖。 第57圖所示為實施態樣5—8之聚矽薄膜的製造方法之 說明圖》 第58圖所示為實施態樣5—8之照射時序的說明圊。 第59圖所不為實施態樣5 — 9之聚石夕薄膜的製造方法之 說明圖。 第60圊所示為實施態樣6 — 1中之液晶顯示的雷射光照 射區域之說明圖。 第61.圖所示為實施態樣6 — 1中之雷射光的照射方法之 說明圊。 第62圖所示為實施態樣6—2中之雷射回火裝置的概略 圖。 第63圖實施態樣6 — 2、3中之雷射光的照射區域之說 明圖。 v 第64圖所示為實施態樣6 — 3中之移動度對雷射照射次 數的依存性曲線圖》 第65圖所示為實施態樣6_ 5中之雷射回火裝置的概略 圖。 第66圖為實施態樣6— 5之光罩裝置的構成平面圖。 第67圖所示為實施態樣6—6之雷射回火方法的說明圖 〇 第68圖所示為實施態樣6—6之其他的雷射回火方法之 說明圓。 實施發明之最佳態樣 本紙張尺度 eNS } A4_( 2T0 X 2.97 公 p 裝 訂 (請七閲讀免面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 50 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 407303 at ________B7 五、發明説明(48 ) 根據實施例以具體地說明本發明之内容。 (實施態樣1一 1) 根據第12圖以說明於基板上設置熱傳導率不同的區域 ,使於半導體薄膜中維持溫度分布而控制晶體成長之實例 〇 如第12(c)圊所示般地,於玻璃基板等之透明絕緣性 基板201上’橫過全面地形成下層絕緣膜2〇2 ^在下層絕緣 膜202上,局部地形成由熱傳導率比上述下層絕緣膜2〇2為 低之材料所構成之條紋狀的上層絕緣膜2〇3。進一步,於 上述下層絕緣膜202上,以及上層絕緣膜203上形成非晶矽 薄膜204 » 藉由於上述非晶矽薄膜2〇4上,照射具有如第12(a)圖 所示之X’ y方向的能量密度分布之線狀的雷射光,以形成 多晶矽薄膜210»其時,因為如上所述之上層絕緣膜2〇3之 熱傳導率比下層絕緣膜202之熱傳導率低,所以如第12(b) 圖所示般’在非晶矽薄膜204中之上層絕緣膜203上的區域 之部位係較上層絕緣膜203之間的區域變得高溫。此處, 非晶矽薄膜204之結晶化係由上層絕緣膜2〇3之間的區域開 始,晶體並向著上層絕緣膜203上的區域成長。因此,在 上層絕緣膜2 0 3之間的區域,晶體粒相互的碰撞易於發生 ,而形成晶體粒比較大的大晶體粒區域210b;另一方面, 在上層絕緣膜203的上方區域,則因為自上層絕緣膜203的 兩側成長而來之晶體粒相互碰撞,而形成小晶體粒區域 210a。 I— I— I I I— n n I n n I— n !1 T 、T (請先閱讀"面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > Λ4現格(21〇Χ29·7公釐〉 51 4〇73〇3 A7 B7 五、發明説明(49 ) 經濟部中央標準局—工消費合作社印製 將上述所形成之多晶石夕薄膜21 〇與根據習知的方法進 行多晶化而得之多晶矽膜的結晶化程度藉拉曼光譜分析之 波峰強度做比較。其結果示於第;13圖。 於此,在本實施態樣之多晶矽薄膜21〇中,下層絕緣 膜202係使用厚度2〇〇 nm的氮化矽薄膜(熱傳導率:〇19 W/cm °C ),而上層絕緣薄膜2〇3則使用厚度3〇 nm,寬度 約5仁m’間隔為20#m之氧化矽薄膜(熱傳導率:〇 14 w/cm c )。另一方面,在習知之方法中,係使用i層厚度為2〇〇 nm之氧化矽薄膜做為絕緣膜。又,二者之非晶矽薄膜的 膜厚均形成85 nm。再者,二者之拉曼波峰強度的測定位 置均為第12圖中之X方向的照射區域之中央部分。 由第13圖可知,相對於在習知之方法中整體的結晶化 度小,在本發明之情形中,以A、B、c所示之上層絕緣膜 203上的部分之結晶化度雖低,被上層絕緣膜2〇3夾住之下 層絕緣膜202上的部分之拉曼波峰強度則變大,可以確認 結晶化度被大幅的改善。 再者,上層絕緣膜203之條紋狀圖案的間隔,係對應 於下層絕緣膜202以及上層絕緣膜203之熱傳導率和照射的 能量密度等,而變化其最適值;在上述例中,5〜5〇#m, 較佳為10〜30 /2 m都可望為能夠安定地獲得大的晶體之範 圍。 , 再者,在上述說明中,關於第12圖中之y方向,雖示 出於石夕薄膜之表面維持溫度分布之例,惟使雷射光束靜止 而…、射時,同樣地有關於在χ方向使之維持溫度分布亦可 I 1— -- I- I -1 I I D . 士^- I- I 1 -I I- ! I I --- (说先閱讀面之注意事項蒋.4寫本育) 210X297 公楚) 52 五、 407303I-page bound paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 greetings (2 丨 0'〆297 mm) 49 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 ___ 407303 ___ £ 7 V. Description of Invention (47) A graph of the relationship of momentum. Fig. 57 is an explanatory diagram showing a method for manufacturing a polysilicon film according to an embodiment 5-8. Fig. 58 is an explanation of the irradiation timing of the embodiment 5-8. FIG. 59 is not an explanatory diagram of a method for manufacturing a polysilicon film of Embodiments 5-9. Figure 60 is an explanatory diagram of the laser light irradiation area of the liquid crystal display in Embodiment 6-1. Fig. 61 shows a description of a method of irradiating laser light in Embodiment 6-1. Fig. 62 is a schematic view showing a laser tempering device in Embodiment 6-2. Fig. 63 is an explanatory diagram of the irradiation area of the laser light in Embodiments 6-2 and 3. v Fig. 64 is a graph showing the dependence of the mobility on the number of laser irradiations in Embodiments 6-3. Fig. 65 is a schematic diagram of the laser tempering device in Embodiments 6-5. Fig. 66 is a plan view showing the constitution of a mask device according to an embodiment 6-5. Fig. 67 is an explanatory diagram of the laser tempering method of Embodiment 6-6. Fig. 68 is an explanatory circle of the other laser tempering method of Embodiment 6-6. Best practice sample paper scale for implementing the invention eNS} A4_ (2T0 X 2.97 male p binding (please read the precautions for face-free and then fill out this page) 50 Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 at ________B7 V. Invention Explanation (48) The content of the present invention will be specifically explained according to the embodiment. (Embodiment 1-11) According to FIG. 12, it will be explained that regions with different thermal conductivity are provided on the substrate to control the temperature distribution in the semiconductor thin film. Example of Crystal Growth: As shown in Section 12 (c) (ii), a lower-layer insulating film 2 is formed across a comprehensive insulating substrate 201 on a transparent insulating substrate 201 such as a glass substrate ^ on the lower-layer insulating film 202, locally A stripe-shaped upper insulating film 203 made of a material having a lower thermal conductivity than the lower insulating film 200 is formed. Further, an amorphous silicon thin film is formed on the lower insulating film 202 and the upper insulating film 203. 204 »The amorphous silicon thin film 204 is irradiated with a linear laser light having an energy density distribution in the X 'y direction as shown in Fig. 12 (a) to form a polycrystalline silicon thin film 210» At this time, since the thermal conductivity of the upper insulating film 203 is lower than that of the lower insulating film 202 as described above, the upper insulating film 203 is formed in the amorphous silicon thin film 204 as shown in FIG. 12 (b). The portion of the upper region becomes higher than the region between the upper insulating films 203. Here, the crystallization of the amorphous silicon thin film 204 starts from the region between the upper insulating films 203, and the crystals face the upper insulating film. The region on 203 grows. Therefore, in the region between the upper insulating films 203, the collision of crystal grains easily occurs, and a large crystal grain region 210b with relatively large crystal grains is formed; on the other hand, in the upper insulating film 203 In the upper region, small crystal grain regions 210a are formed because the crystal grains growing from both sides of the upper insulating film 203 collide with each other. I— I— III— nn I nn I— n! 1 T, T (Please Please read the "Notes on the side before filling in this page." This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS > Λ4 now (21〇 × 29 · 7 mm> 51 4〇73〇3 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (49 ) Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives The degree of crystallization of the polycrystalline silicon film 21 〇 formed as described above and the polycrystalline silicon film obtained by polycrystallization according to a conventional method is compared with the peak intensity of Raman spectroscopy. The results are shown in Fig. 13 Here, in the polycrystalline silicon thin film 21 of this embodiment, the lower insulating film 202 is a silicon nitride film (thermal conductivity: 019 W / cm ° C) with a thickness of 2000 nm, and the upper insulating film 2 For 〇3, a silicon oxide film (thermal conductivity: 014 w / cm c) with a thickness of 30 nm and a width of about 5 μm ′ and an interval of 20 # m is used. On the other hand, in the conventional method, a silicon oxide film with an i-layer thickness of 2000 nm is used as the insulating film. In addition, both the amorphous silicon thin films have a film thickness of 85 nm. It should be noted that the measurement positions of the Raman peak intensities of both are at the center of the irradiation area in the X direction in FIG. 12. It can be seen from FIG. 13 that, compared with the overall crystallinity in the conventional method, in the case of the present invention, although the crystallinity of the portion on the upper insulating film 203 indicated by A, B, and c is low, The Raman peak intensity of a portion sandwiched between the upper insulating film 203 and the lower insulating film 202 became larger, and it was confirmed that the degree of crystallization was greatly improved. In addition, the interval of the stripe-shaped pattern of the upper insulating film 203 changes the optimum value according to the thermal conductivity and the energy density of irradiation of the lower insulating film 202 and the upper insulating film 203. In the above example, 5 to 5 〇 # m, preferably 10 to 30/2 m, is expected to be a range in which large crystals can be obtained stably. In addition, in the above description, the y direction in FIG. 12 shows an example of maintaining the temperature distribution on the surface of the Shixi film, but the laser beam is still and ... It is also possible to maintain the temperature distribution in the χ direction. I 1 —-I- I -1 IID. 210X297 Gongchu) 52 V, 407303

發明説明(5〇 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 又,將雷射光束掃插至x方向3夺,一併考量因照射區域 之依序移動而對溫度分布的影響為宜。又,利用如上所述 =熱傳導率的差,同時進—步藉由使雷射光束之能量密度 刀布在每一㈤區域成為互異,以調整溫度分布者亦佳。 又,在上述例中,令上層絕緣膜2〇3之熱傳導率低於 下層絕緣膜202,而使得上層絕緣膜2〇3不存在的區域之晶 體粒徑大;相反地,令上層絕緣膜之熱傳導率大於下層絕 膜以使得形成有上層絕緣琪之區域上的晶體粒徑大者 亦可。但是,-般係以前者,由於料令熱傳導率高(石夕 薄膜的表面溫度低)的區域之面積為大,因而易於使石夕表 面的溫度分布中之溫度梯度成為較大。 又,熱傳導率的大小與積層的上下關係並不限於上述 情形,相反亦可,若形成預定的溫度分布則佳。 又,如上所述將絕緣膜做成2層構造時,因為若上層 絕緣膜與下層絕緣膜之蝕刻選擇比(蝕刻速率之比)設定 為大,即可以容易地將上層絕緣膜形成所希望的形狀(厚 度,)所以可以在橫過整個大面積上以均一的厚度形成上 1絕緣膜’其結果為’可以在橫過基板的全面上容易地獲 得均一粒徑之多晶矽薄膜。另一方面,為設置熱傳導率不 同的區域,例如將矽薄膜之厚度藉蝕刻加工使之變化亦佳 。於此情形中,雖然必須將餘刻加工之精密度設得比較高 ,但是沒有必要如上所述般的形成2層的絕緣膜,所以可 以獲致製造步驟之簡化。 又,將如上所述般地使熱傳導率成為不同之情形,亦 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(2丨〇><2.97公釐) 請· 先 閲 讀 背‘ 之 注[Explanation of the Invention] (50 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and the laser beam is swept into the x direction to capture 3, and it is appropriate to consider the effect on the temperature distribution due to the sequential movement of the irradiation area. It is also good to use the difference in thermal conductivity as described above to simultaneously adjust the temperature distribution of the laser beam by making the energy density of the laser beam different in each region to adjust the temperature distribution. Also, in the above example, The thermal conductivity of the upper insulating film 203 is lower than that of the lower insulating film 202, so that the crystal grain size of the area where the upper insulating film 203 does not exist is large. On the contrary, the thermal conductivity of the upper insulating film is larger than that of the lower insulating film. It is also possible to make the crystal grain size larger in the region where the upper insulating layer is formed. However, the former is generally easy to use because the area of the region where the thermal conductivity is high (the surface temperature of the Shixi film is low) is large, so it is easy. The temperature gradient in the temperature distribution on the surface of Shi Xi is made larger. Moreover, the up-and-down relationship between the magnitude of the thermal conductivity and the laminate is not limited to the above case, but it may be the opposite, and it is better to form a predetermined temperature distribution. When the insulating film has a two-layer structure as described above, if the etching selection ratio (ratio of the etching rate) of the upper insulating film and the lower insulating film is set to be large, the upper insulating film can be easily formed into a desired shape ( Thickness,) so that an insulating film can be formed with a uniform thickness across the entire large area. As a result, a polycrystalline silicon thin film having a uniform particle diameter can be easily obtained across the entire surface of the substrate. In areas with different thermal conductivity, for example, the thickness of the silicon film can be changed by etching. In this case, although the precision of the remaining processing must be set higher, it is not necessary to form it as described above. 2 Layer of insulating film, so that the manufacturing steps can be simplified. In addition, the thermal conductivity will be changed as described above, and this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0 > < 2.97 mm) Please read the note first

I 訂 53 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 ^07303 A7 ____ B7____ 五、發明説明(5l ) 可代之以藉由形成熱容量不同的區域而產生溫度分布,同 樣地可以使結晶性提高。 (實施態樣1 — 2 ) 說明使用如上述所形成之半導體薄膜而形成之多晶矽 薄膜電晶體之例。 第14(a)圖為多晶矽薄膜電晶體之平面圖,第圖 則為第14(a)圖中之A-A,斷面圊。.在第14圖中 201為透明性絕緣基板,2〇2為下層絕緣膜,2〇3為上層絕 緣膜, 205為閘極絕緣膜,206為源極電極膜,.207為汲極電極膜 .,208為閘極電極膜,20 lb為多晶矽薄膜2〇 1之大晶體粒區 域。亦即,該多晶矽薄膜電晶體係如前述實施態樣丨—i中 所說明般,只將被多晶化之多晶矽薄膜2丨〇中之被上層絕 緣膜203所夾住的區域之大晶體粒區域21〇{3,以蝕刻而選 擇性地保留並使用之,而且,以源極—汲極方向與上層絕 緣膜203之條紋狀圊案的方向成平行之方式而形成之。再 者’閉極絕緣膜205、源極電極膜2〇6、汲極電極膜2〇7以 及閘極電極膜208之形成方法可以適用根據與習知之薄膜 電晶體相同的薄膜堆積,圖案形成方法。 如此所獲得之多晶矽薄膜電晶體其電場效應移動度約 18 〇⑽2〜·咖’相較於藉t知之方法所製作的電晶體之 電場效應移動度為7〇cmVV.sec,可以使TFT特性大幅度 地提高。 再者,上層絕緣膜203之方向與源極—沒極之方向的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) ~~ il^i· nn —Bn a^l^i BI^H I «^^^1 Bl^^i mV m I' W - - i (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 54 經濟部中央榡隼局貝工消費合作杜印製 備 303 .at B7 五、發明説明(52 ) 關係並不限於如上所述之使成為一致者,使對應於上層絕 緣膜203之間隔而形成的晶體粒之長向成為源極一汲極的 方向者亦可。 (實施態樣1 一 3 ) 說明比上述實施態樣1 — 2更大尺寸之多晶矽薄膜電晶 體的形成例。 如第15圖所示,該多晶矽薄膜電晶體與上述實施態樣 的相異點為,其使用在3條上層絕緣膜2〇3之間所形成 的2個大晶體粒區域21〇b。又,下層絕緣膜2〇2係使用以電 漿CVD所形成之厚度約200 nm的氧氮化矽薄膜,而上層 * 絕緣膜203則使用厚度約40 nm之氧化矽薄膜。又,大晶 體粒區域210b係藉由在被圊案化而形成之上層絕緣膜2〇3 上形成厚度為85 nm之非晶矽薄膜204,並進行和實施態 樣1—1相同的準分子雷射光之照射而多晶矽薄膜化所形成 者。 亦即,若為使電晶體之尺寸大而將上層絕緣膜203的 間隔做得寬,則進行多晶化的處理時,很難以使得在矽薄 膜表面之電晶體形成區域與電晶體形成區域的周圍區域之 間的溫度梯度成為足夠大,其結果乃有無法使在電晶體形 成區域之石夕的晶體粒徑成為足夠大之虞。此處,並未如上 所述般地將上層絕緣膜203冬·間隔設定成寬的,並積極地 將溫度梯度做成大的,以形成複數個結晶狀態良好之大晶 體粒區域210b,藉由組合其等,即可以形成尺寸大,而且 特性良好之薄膜電晶體。具體而言,可以獲得例如電場效 1纸承尺度適用中國國家標準(cns M4麟(2!ox297公釐)' --— ------------1 » , ------訂 * * (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 55 407303 A7 57 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消費合作社印裝 五、發明説明(53 ) 應移動度約200 cm2/V · sec並具有非常良好的特性之薄骐 電晶體。 如以上所述,根據本發明之多晶矽薄膜電晶體的製造 方法,可以只將製作電晶體的區域做成大的晶體粒,而形 成於透明絕緣性基板上之絕緣膜則不限於氮化矽與氧氮化 石夕以及氧化石夕,若以熱傳導率做不同的組合,並且可以選 擇性地蝕刻,則不限定於特殊的材料。 (實施態樣2— 1) 說明以晶體粒大的半導體元件做為實施態樣2 —丨之半 導體元件的薄膜電晶體。 ' 第16圖為薄膜電晶體之概略圖;第16(a)圖所示為平 面圖,第16(b)圖為第16(a)圖中之A—A’斷面圖。 在第16圖中,301為絕緣性基板,於此絕緣性基板的 上方有底塗層302,進一步,於其上方設置由幻所構成之 非晶質半導體膜經結晶化而成之半導體層3〇3。如第l6(a) 圖所示,於此半導體層303上,在半導體層303之一對相對 的邊上’在與半導體層303相同的平面内,向·外側延伸出 的複數個突起部303a空出並形成預定的間隔。再者,突起 部303a大致形成長方形,其長度(自半導體3〇3突出之長 度)以及寬度(與前述突出長度成直角方向之長度)被設 定為1从m。進一步,以覆蓋上述半導體層3〇3的方式,於 半導體層303的上方設置第1絕緣層3〇4;於此第!絕緣層3〇4 上之預疋位置设置做為第1電極之閘極電極3 〇 5。再以覆蓋 閘極電極305之方式設置第2絕緣層306,並於第2絕緣層306 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )以規格(2丨0><2?7公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· -訂 56 407303 _ A7 --- -——: _87___ 五、發明説明(54 ) 上之預定位置,設置做為源極電極3〇7s與汲極電極3〇7(1之 電氣性地接觸半導體層303的一對第2電極。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 於此,上述突起部303a之寬度雖不限於i # m,但為 更進一步整合晶體粒徑使每一個突起部3〇3a各自產生一個 結晶核,希望其在半導體層3〇3之厚度(例如〇〇5em) 以上3以m以下的範圍。採取上述數值範圍之技術理由在 於’當突起部303a之寬度比膜厚小·時,在突起部3〇3a產生 的結晶核會受到表面張力的作用,並且被拉進半導體層3〇3 内,造成結晶核無法存續的問題;另一方面,當突起部3〇3a 之寬度大於3/zm時,在突起部303a伍有產生3個以上的結 ’ 晶核之虞。又’突起部303&之形狀並不限於長方形,半圓 形和三角形等其他的形狀亦可。突起部3〇3a亦不限於在橫 過半導體.層303的相對邊之全長上形成,例如,只在對應 於閘極電極305的部分形成亦可,必要時,形成於對元件 之特性賦與影響的通道部分亦可。此外,在源極、汲極間 之中間附近的位置上形成者亦可。又,®比鄰的突起部3 〇 3 a 之間隔雖可以依所希望的粒徑等條件而適當的選擇,但是 在本實施態樣中,突起部303a之間隔係設定成使設有此突 起部303a的邊與互相交叉成直角的邊之長度(w)約略等長 。再者,雖然此種設定因易於形成各個方向之晶體粒的長 度大致相等的大晶體粒而成為所欲者;惟不依此方式設定 時’亦可以獲得形成比自周邊部分規則地使晶體成長為大 的晶體粒之效果。 藉由如上所述之突起部303a的形成,於半導體層3〇3 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) μ規格(21〇X_297公釐) 57 ^07303 .A7 "——_ B7 五、發明説明(55) 照射雷射光束使之加熱後,由於突起部3〇3a的部分被早期 冷卻,而易於蓋生結晶核’同時,晶體自該結晶核起向半 導趙層303的中央部分成長。又,此時,由於自她鄰的突 起部他,以及相對邊上的突起部3〇3&成長而來的晶體粒 並未互相干涉,可容易地成長至半導體層3〇3的甲央部分 附近,因而形成比較大的晶趙粒。因此,提高了電場效應 移動度,並可以容易地使TFT特性提昇。 接著,一邊參考第18圖一邊說明有關如上所述之薄膜 電晶體的製造方法。第18圖所示為薄膜電晶體之製造方法 的工程圖。 , 首先,如第18(a)圖所示,於絕緣性基板301上形成底 塗暦302,並將矽粘著於上述底塗層上以形成非晶質(非 單晶)的半導體層303。其次,於半導體層3〇3上將光阻( 未圖示)選擇形成預定的形狀;以此光阻係做為光罩,其 如前述第16(a)圊所示地,形成具有於橫過非晶質的半導 體層303之相對邊的全長’而在同一平面内延伸之突起部 303的形狀之後,再除去上述光阻。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 m I----- !-. 1 -I n - -I K \li^-- I I I 1 I I I -I - - T -° -· « · (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 接著,如第18(b)圖所示般’於上述非晶質的半導體 層303上照射做為能量光束之準分子雷射光使其結晶化, 以做為聚矽之改質層。此處,在雷射光之照射後,由於相 對於蓄積在周緣的突起部3〇3.a内之熱係在與半導體層3〇3 平行之平面内向著外側3的方向而擴散,而蓄積在中央部 的熱又除了向尚未冷卻的周緣側逸散之外並可逃逸之處, 所以包含突起部303a之周緣部比起中央部係相當早就冷卻 度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4祝格(210X297公釐) ---— 58 407303 .A7 B7 五、發明説明(56) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 。所以,在突起部303a之結晶核比在中央部之結晶核於更 早期發生’而由於在中央部之結晶核發生或者晶體成長以 前,於此周緣所發生之結晶核即已向著中央部而進行晶體 成長,所以晶體粒徑和結晶方向即成為可以控制者。以此 方式,可以容易地防止晶體成長過程中之晶體相互的干涉 ,並獲得足夠的晶體粒徑。 繼續,如第18(C)圖所示般,於半導體層3〇3以及底塗 層302上形成第1絕緣層304,再於前述第1絕緣層304上選 擇形成是為第1電極之閘極電極3〇5 » 之後,如第18(d)圊所示,使用前述閘極電極3〇5做為 光罩,藉由於前述半導體層303以離子植入法或者不行質 量分離之離子摻雜法,添加構成施體或受體之不純物,而 形成源極區域303s以及汲極區域3〇3d。 最後,如第18(e)圖所示般,形成第2絕緣層3〇6之後 ,將接觸孔開口,並選擇形成源極電極3〇7s、汲極電極3〇3d 而獲得薄膜電晶體。 再者,在上述之例中,雖使用Si做為半導體層3〇3, 但疋以Si和Ge之化合物做成之其他材料亦可。又,如SiC 之第IV族互相的其他組合、如GaAs之第瓜族與第V族的 組合、如CdSe之第π族與VI族之組合亦可。另外,雖例 不多晶矽薄膜電晶體進行說明’惟並不限於此,當然亦可 能適用於其他各種半導體元件。 進一步’於使非晶質的半導體層303多晶化時,雖使 用準分子雷射做為能量光束,惟亦可以使用其他的能量光 請 先. 閱 讀 背. ιέ 之 注 項 再 •填J裝 頁 訂 本紙張尺度適财關家標準(CNS ) (训幻97公疫) 59 407303 t A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(57 ) 束如Ar雷射、YAG雷射等的雷射光、離子束,電子束等 〇 (實施態樣2-2) 實施態樣2—2之半導體元件係以逆參差(只夕力,)型的 薄膜電晶髅例加以說明》 第17圖為薄膜電晶體之概略圖;第17(句圖所示為平 面圖’第17(b)圖為第17(a)圖中之A—A,斷面圖。 此薄膜電晶體與前述實施態樣2~丨相比較,主要有逆 參差構造、突起部303a係形成於橫過半導體層3〇3全周上 等各點的差異。 , 在第17圖中,3〇1為絕緣性基板,於此絕緣性基板3〇1 的上方為底塗層302,並於其上方敉置有為第1電極之閘極 電極305。進一步,設置覆蓋閘極電極3〇5之第丨絕緣層3〇4 ,並於第1絕緣層304上設置半導體層303。於此半導體層 係如第17(a)圖所示者,於半導體3〇3的全周上,在與半導 體層303相同的平面内向外側延伸之複數個突起部3〇3&係 分隔預定的間隔而形成。此突起部3〇3a之形狀等與實施態 樣2—1相同。此處,同一圖式中,雖為了方便起,將各突 起部303a之間隔畫得狹小,惟仍以同樣地設定為和實施態 樣2_1的半導體層303之寬度相同程度者為宜。但是,如 同一圖所示般地,一面緊密地形成,反之又一面將間隔形 成長長的’則亦可以獲得形成比自周邊部分規則地使晶體 成長者為大之晶體粒的效果,於半導體層303上,形成電 氣性地接觸於半導體層3〇3之一對為第2電極的源極電極 本紙張尺度適财國國家橾準(CNS ) M規格(2—廣) 裝— .. ^訂 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 60 .A7 B7 五、發明説明(58 ) 3〇7s、汲極電極307d。 其次’有關如上所述之薄膜電晶體的製造方法係一邊 參照第19圖而加以說明。第19圊所示為薄膜電晶體之製造 方法的工程圖。 首先,如第19(a)圊所示’於絕緣性基板301上形成底 塗層302,並於底塗層302上選擇形成為第1電極之閘極電 極305。 接著,如第19(b)圖所示,於前述閘極電極3〇5以及底 塗層302上形成第1絕緣層304 ’再將ί夕粘著於前述第1絕緣 層304上,以形成非晶質(非單晶)的半導體層。其次, • 於半導體層3〇3上將光阻(未圊示)選擇形成預定的形狀 ;以此光阻係做為光罩’其如前述第n(a)圖所示地,形 成具有於橫過邦晶質的半導體層3〇3之相對邊的全長,而 在同一平面内延伸之突起部303的形狀之後,再除去上述 光阻。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 接者’如第19(c)圖所不般’於上述非晶質的半導體 層303上照射做為能量光束之準分子雷射光使其結晶化, 以做為聚矽之改質層。此處,藉由如上所述之形成突起部 3〇3a,即可以與在前述實施態樣中所說明的—樣容 易地獲得足夠的晶體粒徑。 其後,如第19(d)圖所示坱,於前述半導體層3〇3上將 做為對應於摻雜之光罩的光阻308選擇形成預定的形狀; 以前述光阻308做為光罩,而於前述半導體層3〇3藉離子植 入法或者不行質量分離之離子摻雜法將構成施體或受體之 本紙張尺度it财81S家操準(CNS ) ( 210X^97公釐) 61 407303 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(59 ) 不純物添加進去,藉以形成源極區域303s以及汲極區域 303d ’之後再除去光阻308。 再者’在本實施態樣2 —2中,與前述實施態樣2—1中 所說明的相同,亦可以適用於各種的變更。 另外’並不限於如上所述之逆參差型的薄膜電晶體, 若形成與前述前述實施態樣2 — 1相同的參差型薄膜電晶體 ,亦可以獲得同樣的效果。又,如.上所述之於橫過半導體 層303的全周上形成突起部3〇3a的情形,亦可代之以和實 施態樣2— 1相同的,只在相對的邊上形成之情形。 (實施態樣3—1) • 根據第20圖至第22圖加以說明。一開始,將說明本 實施態樣所相關之薄膜電晶體(TFT: Thin Film Transis-tor) 的構造。 第20圖所示為順參差型之tFT4i〇的概略模式圖,第 20(a)圖為TFT410之平面圖,第20(b)圖為。第21圖為第20(a) 圖中之B-B’箭頭視之的斷面圖。如第2〇圖所示,TFT410 係於絕緣性基板401上設置底塗層402、p— Si膜403、第1 絕緣膜404、第2絕緣膜406,和閘極電極405、源極電極407s 以及汲極電極407d等三個電極而構成者。 上述絕緣性基板401為,例如應變點593°C,厚度1.1 mm之玻璃基板,而底塗層40.?則為,例如由Si02A構成之 薄膜。另外,上述p— Si膜403係於底塗層402上以適用於 本發明之方法而形成的多晶質半導體層本體部分β此?_ Si膜403係以通道區域403a與源極區域4〇3b,以及汲極區 --------------訂 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再娘寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CfJS ) A4祝格(210X297公釐) 62 407303 ' -A7 _ ______B7___ 五、發明说明(的) 域403c所構成者;而源極區域403b以及汲極區域403c係位 於通道區域403a的兩側。該源極區域4〇3b以及汲極區域 403c係藉由摻雜磷或硼等的不純物所構成。 上述p — Si旗403係使用例如矽(Si),或者矽與鍺(Ge) 之化合物做為材料*又,p_Si膜403之膜厚以200A-1500 A為宜,更佳者則為300A~1000A的範園β若為木及200 Α之厚度,則在膜厚的均一性上會·產生問題;若超過.1500 A,則因為光照射而有發生電流在源極汲極間流動之虡 的所謂光傳導的問題•針對於此,若在300 A〜1〇〇〇 A的 範圍内,即可以同時顧及膜厚的均一性以及光傳導導雙方 , .面· . 此外,第20(a)圖之通道區域403a的箭頭X方向之寬度 為,例如约12 m,而在p — Si膜403之箭頭Y方向的寬度 則為,例如14只m · 此處,在上述通道區域403a中,如第20(a)以及第21 圖所示,於平行於連結源極區域403b與汲極區域403c的 方向上形成有複數個溝狀的晶體成長方向控制空隙411。 此晶髖成長方向控制空隊411在長向的兩端部分為半圓形 ’而中央部分為矩形;在中央部分之溝寬度(舆長向相交 成直角的方向之溝寬度)约為但是,晶艎成長方 向控制空陈411之形狀並無特.別的限制•例如自泺極區域 403b向汲極區域4〇3c的方向形成長方形等的形狀亦可· 在上述通道區域403a之晶體粒沿源極區域403b或汲極 區域403c的方向形成細長地擴展的形狀;而集合許多的此 本紙ft尺度逍用中國國家揲準(CNS ) A4规格(2丨0X297公釐) 63I Order 53 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ^ 07303 A7 ____ B7____ V. Description of the Invention (5l) Instead, the temperature distribution can be generated by forming regions with different heat capacities, which can also improve crystallinity. (Embodiment Aspects 1-2) An example of a polycrystalline silicon thin film transistor formed using the semiconductor thin film formed as described above will be described. Fig. 14 (a) is a plan view of a polycrystalline silicon thin film transistor, and Fig. 14 (A) is a cross section 圊 of Fig. 14 (a). In Figure 14, 201 is a transparent insulating substrate, 202 is a lower insulating film, 203 is an upper insulating film, 205 is a gate insulating film, 206 is a source electrode film, and 207 is a drain electrode film. ., 208 is the gate electrode film, and 20 lb is the large crystal grain area of the polycrystalline silicon film 201. That is, the polycrystalline silicon thin film transistor system, as explained in the foregoing embodiment, i-i, only the large crystal grains in the region sandwiched by the upper insulating film 203 in the polycrystalline silicon thin film 2i0 The region 21 (0) is selectively retained and used by etching, and is formed in such a manner that the source-drain direction is parallel to the stripe pattern direction of the upper insulating film 203. Furthermore, the method of forming the closed-electrode insulating film 205, the source electrode film 206, the drain electrode film 207, and the gate electrode film 208 can be applied to a pattern formation method based on the same thin-film deposition as the conventional thin-film transistor. . The thus obtained polycrystalline silicon thin film transistor has an electric field effect mobility of about 18 ° C ~ 2 ° C. Compared to a transistor made by a method known by the method, the electric field effect mobility is 70cmVV.sec, which can make TFT characteristics large. Increase significantly. In addition, the paper size of the direction of the upper insulating film 203 and the source-non-polar direction is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) ~~ il ^ i · nn —Bn a ^ l ^ i BI ^ HI «^^^ 1 Bl ^^ i mV m I 'W--i (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 54 Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperation, Du Yin Preparation 303 .at B7 V. Description of the Invention (52) The relationship is not limited to those that are consistent as described above, and the length of the crystal grains formed corresponding to the interval of the upper insulating film 203 may be the source-drain direction. (Embodiment Modes 1 to 3) An example of forming a polycrystalline silicon thin film electrocrystal having a larger size than the above Embodiments 1 to 2 will be described. As shown in Fig. 15, the polycrystalline silicon thin film transistor is different from the above embodiment in that it uses two large crystal grain regions 21b formed between three upper insulating films 203. In addition, the lower insulating film 200 is a silicon oxynitride film having a thickness of about 200 nm formed by plasma CVD, and the upper * insulating film 203 is a silicon oxide film having a thickness of about 40 nm. In addition, the large crystal grain region 210b is formed by forming an amorphous silicon thin film 204 with a thickness of 85 nm on the upper-layer insulating film 203, and performing the same excimer as in Embodiment 1-1. The formation of polycrystalline silicon thin film by laser light. That is, if the interval of the upper insulating film 203 is made wide in order to make the size of the transistor large, it is difficult to make the formation of the transistor and the transistor on the surface of the silicon film during the polycrystallization process. The temperature gradient between the surrounding areas becomes sufficiently large, and as a result, there is a possibility that the crystal grain size of the stone in the transistor formation area cannot be made sufficiently large. Here, the upper-layer insulating film 203 is not set to have a wide winter interval as described above, and the temperature gradient is actively made large to form a plurality of large crystal grain regions 210b with a good crystalline state. By combining these, a thin-film transistor having a large size and good characteristics can be formed. Specifically, it can be obtained, for example, electric field efficiency 1 paper bearing standards applicable to Chinese national standards (cns M4 Lin (2! Ox297 mm) '-------------- 1 », --- --- Order * * (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 55 407303 A7 57 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (53) Should be about 200 cm2 / V · Sec thin thin crystal with very good characteristics. As mentioned above, according to the method for manufacturing a polycrystalline silicon thin film transistor of the present invention, only the area where the transistor is made can be made into large crystal grains and formed in a transparent state. The insulating film on the insulating substrate is not limited to silicon nitride, oxynitride, and oxidized oxide, and it is not limited to a special material if it uses different combinations of thermal conductivity and can be selectively etched. Sample 2— 1) Explain a thin film transistor using a semiconductor element with a large crystal grain as the implementation aspect 2 — 丨 Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of a thin film transistor; Figure 16 (a) shows Plan view, Figure 16 (b) is the AA 'section in Figure 16 (a). Among them, 301 is an insulating substrate, and there is an undercoat layer 302 on the insulating substrate, and further, a semiconductor layer 303 formed by crystallizing an amorphous semiconductor film composed of magic is provided above. As shown in FIG. 16 (a), on this semiconductor layer 303, a plurality of protrusions 303a extending to the outside in the same plane as the semiconductor layer 303 on the opposite side of the pair of semiconductor layers 303 are empty. A predetermined interval is formed and formed. Furthermore, the protrusion 303a is formed into a substantially rectangular shape, and the length (length protruding from the semiconductor 303) and width (length perpendicular to the protruding length) are set to 1 to m. Further In order to cover the semiconductor layer 303 above, a first insulating layer 304 is provided above the semiconductor layer 303; here, the pre-position on the insulating layer 304 is set as the gate of the first electrode Electrode 3 〇5. A second insulating layer 306 is provided to cover the gate electrode 305, and the second insulating layer 306 is applied to the second insulating layer 306. This paper standard applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) to the specifications (2 丨 0 > < 2? 7). Mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling (This page) Assembly · -Order 56 407303 _ A7 --- -----: _87___ V. The predetermined position on the description of the invention (54) is set as the source electrode 307s and the drain electrode 307 (1 of A pair of second electrodes electrically contacting the semiconductor layer 303. The consumer cooperation agreement of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is printed here. Although the width of the protrusions 303a is not limited to i #m, but in order to further integrate the crystal particle size, Each of the protrusions 303a generates a crystal nucleus, which is desirably in the range of the thickness of the semiconductor layer 303 (for example, 0.05em) to 3 to m. The technical reason for adopting the above numerical range is that 'when the width of the protruding portion 303a is smaller than the film thickness, the crystal nuclei generated in the protruding portion 303a will be affected by surface tension and will be pulled into the semiconductor layer 303. This causes a problem that the crystal nuclei cannot survive; on the other hand, when the width of the protruding portion 303a is greater than 3 / zm, there may be a risk of generating more than three knots in the protruding portion 303a. The shape of the 'protrusions 303 & is not limited to a rectangular shape, and other shapes such as a semicircular shape and a triangular shape may be used. The protruding portion 303a is not limited to be formed over the entire length across the opposite side of the semiconductor layer 303. For example, it may be formed only at a portion corresponding to the gate electrode 305. If necessary, it is formed by giving characteristics to the element The affected channel part is also available. Alternatively, it may be formed at a position near the middle between the source and the drain. In addition, although the interval between the adjacent protrusions 303a can be appropriately selected depending on conditions such as a desired particle diameter, in this embodiment, the interval between the protrusions 303a is set so that the protrusions are provided. The length (w) of the side of 303a and the side crossing at right angles to each other are approximately equal. Moreover, although this setting is desirable because it is easy to form large crystal grains with approximately equal lengths of crystal grains in all directions; however, when it is not set in this way, it is also possible to obtain regular formation of crystals from the peripheral part to grow into The effect of large crystal grains. With the formation of the protruding portion 303a as described above, the Chinese paper standard (CNS) μ specification (21〇X_297 mm) is applied to the semiconductor layer 3 of this paper. 57 ^ 07303 .A7 " ——_ B7 V. Description of the invention (55) After the laser beam is irradiated to heat it, since the portion of the projection portion 303a is cooled early, it is easy to cover the crystal nucleus. At the same time, the crystal starts from the crystal nucleus to the central portion of the semiconductor layer 303. growing up. At this time, because the protrusions adjacent to her and the protrusions 303 grown on the opposite side do not interfere with each other, they can easily grow to the central portion of the semiconductor layer 303. Nearby, relatively large crystal grains are formed. Therefore, the electric field effect mobility is improved, and the TFT characteristics can be easily improved. Next, a method for manufacturing the thin film transistor as described above will be described with reference to FIG. Fig. 18 is a process drawing of a method for manufacturing a thin film transistor. First, as shown in FIG. 18 (a), an undercoat layer 302 is formed on an insulating substrate 301, and silicon is adhered to the undercoat layer to form an amorphous (non-single-crystal) semiconductor layer 303. . Next, a photoresist (not shown) is selected to form a predetermined shape on the semiconductor layer 303. This photoresist system is used as a photomask. As shown in the aforementioned 16 (a) (ii), After the lengths of the opposite sides of the amorphous semiconductor layer 303 extend over the shape of the protrusions 303 extending in the same plane, the photoresist is removed. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs m I -----!-. 1 -I n--IK \ li ^-III 1 III -I--T-°-· «(Please read first Read the notes on the back side and fill in this page again.) Then, as shown in Figure 18 (b), the above-mentioned amorphous semiconductor layer 303 is irradiated with excimer laser light as an energy beam to crystallize it. It is a modified layer of polysilicon. Here, after the laser light is radiated, the heat accumulated in the protruding portion 303.a accumulated around the periphery diffuses toward the outer side 3 in a plane parallel to the semiconductor layer 303, and accumulates in The heat in the central part can escape to the uncooled peripheral side, so the peripheral part including the protruding part 303a has a cooling degree that is relatively earlier than the central part. The Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 is used. (210X297 mm) ----- 58 407303 .A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (56) Consumption cooperation printing by employees of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Therefore, the crystal nucleus in the protrusion 303a occurs earlier than the crystal nucleus in the central portion, and because the crystal nucleus in the central portion occurs or the crystal grows, the crystal nucleus occurring in this periphery has already proceeded toward the central portion. The crystal grows, so the crystal grain size and crystal direction become controllable. In this way, it is possible to easily prevent crystals from interfering with each other during crystal growth, and to obtain a sufficient crystal grain size. Continuing, as shown in FIG. 18 (C), a first insulating layer 304 is formed on the semiconductor layer 303 and the undercoat layer 302, and then a selective gate is formed on the first insulating layer 304 as a gate for the first electrode. Electrode electrode 305 »After that, as shown in section 18 (d) (ii), the gate electrode 305 is used as a photomask. Because the semiconductor layer 303 is ion-implanted or ion-doped without mass separation, the semiconductor layer 303 is used. Method, adding impurities that constitute the donor or acceptor to form the source region 303s and the drain region 303d. Finally, as shown in FIG. 18 (e), after forming the second insulating layer 306, the contact hole is opened, and the source electrode 307s and the drain electrode 303d are selected to form a thin film transistor. In the above example, although Si is used as the semiconductor layer 303, other materials made of a compound of Si and Ge may be used. Also, other combinations of Group IV of SiC, such as the combination of Group Gua and Group V of GaAs, and the combination of Group π and Group VI of CdSe may be used. In addition, although a polycrystalline silicon thin film transistor is described as an example ', it is not limited to this, and it can be applied to various other semiconductor devices. Further, when polycrystalline of the amorphous semiconductor layer 303, although an excimer laser is used as the energy beam, other energy light can also be used. Please read the note. Page-bound paper size Standard for Financial Services (CNS) (Public Education 97) 59 407303 t A7 B7 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (57) Bundles such as Ar Laser, YAG Laser light such as laser, ion beam, electron beam, etc. (Embodiment 2-2) The semiconductor device of Embodiment 2-2 is described with an example of a thin-film transistor of the inversely staggered type. 》 Figure 17 is a schematic view of a thin-film transistor; Figure 17 (sentence diagram is a plan view; Figure 17 (b) is A-A, a sectional view of Figure 17 (a). This thin-film transistor and In comparison with the foregoing implementation aspects 2 to 丨, there are mainly differences in the inverse staggered structure, and the protrusions 303a are formed on the entire circumference of the semiconductor layer 303 across the entire circumference. In FIG. 17, 301 is insulation. An insulating substrate, an undercoat layer 302 is provided above the insulating substrate 3101, and a gate electrode serving as a first electrode is disposed on the undercoat layer 302. Electrode 305. Further, a first insulating layer 304 covering the gate electrode 305 is provided, and a semiconductor layer 303 is provided on the first insulating layer 304. Here, the semiconductor layer is as shown in FIG. 17 (a) A plurality of protrusions 303 extending outward in the same plane as the semiconductor layer 303 are formed on the entire circumference of the semiconductor 303 at predetermined intervals. The shape of the protrusions 303a and the like are implemented. Aspect 2-1 is the same. Here, in the same drawing, although the interval between the protrusions 303a is drawn narrow for convenience, it is set the same as the width of the semiconductor layer 303 of Embodiment 2_1. The degree is appropriate. However, as shown in the same figure, one side is formed tightly, and the other side is formed to form a long '.' It is also possible to form crystal grains that are larger than those that regularly make the crystal grower from the surrounding part. On the semiconductor layer 303, one of the pair of source electrodes electrically contacting the semiconductor layer 303 is formed as the second electrode. The paper size is suitable for the country ’s national standard (CNS) M standard (2-wide). Loading — .. ^ Order (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page again.) 60 .A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (58) 3007s and drain electrode 307d. Next, the method of manufacturing the thin film transistor as described above will be described with reference to FIG. 19. 19 圊 shows an engineering drawing of a method for manufacturing a thin film transistor. First, as shown in 19 (a) 圊, an undercoat layer 302 is formed on an insulating substrate 301, and an undercoat layer 302 is selectively formed as a first coat layer. 1 electrode of the gate electrode 305. Next, as shown in FIG. 19 (b), a first insulating layer 304 'is formed on the gate electrode 305 and the undercoat layer 302. 1 on the insulating layer 304 to form an amorphous (non-single-crystal) semiconductor layer. Secondly, • Selecting a photoresist (not shown) into a predetermined shape on the semiconductor layer 303; using the photoresist system as a photomask ', as shown in the aforementioned n (a) diagram, After traversing the entire length of the opposite sides of the crystalline semiconductor layer 303 and extending the shape of the protrusions 303 extending in the same plane, the photoresist is removed. The user of the Central Standards Bureau ’s Consumer Cooperative ’s print installer, as shown in Figure 19 (c), irradiates the above-mentioned amorphous semiconductor layer 303 with excimer laser light as an energy beam to crystallize it. As a modified layer of polysilicon. Here, by forming the protrusions 303a as described above, it is possible to easily obtain a sufficient crystal grain size as described in the foregoing embodiment. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 19 (d), a photoresist 308, which is a doped photomask, is selected on the semiconductor layer 303 to form a predetermined shape. The photoresist 308 is used as light. Cover, and the semiconductor layer 3 0 3 by ion implantation or ion doping method that does not allow mass separation will constitute the donor or acceptor of this paper standard ITS 81S home code (CNS) (210X ^ 97 mm ) 61 407303 A7 B7 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (59) Impurities are added to form the source region 303s and the drain region 303d ', and then the photoresist 308 is removed. Furthermore, in this embodiment 2-2, it is the same as that described in the above embodiment 2-1, and it can be applied to various changes. In addition, 'is not limited to the inversely staggered thin-film transistor as described above, and the same effect can be obtained if the same staggered-type thin-film transistor is formed as in the aforementioned embodiment 2-1. In addition, as described above, in the case where the protruding portion 303a is formed on the entire circumference across the semiconductor layer 303, it may be replaced with the same as in the embodiment 2-1, and only formed on the opposite side. situation. (Exemplary aspect 3-1) • Explain based on Figure 20 to Figure 22. At the beginning, the structure of a thin film transistor (TFT: Thin Film Transis-tor) related to this embodiment will be described. Fig. 20 is a schematic diagram of the tFT4i0 of the staggered type, Fig. 20 (a) is a plan view of the TFT410, and Fig. 20 (b) is. Fig. 21 is a cross-sectional view taken along the arrow B-B 'in Fig. 20 (a). As shown in FIG. 20, the TFT 410 is provided with an undercoat layer 402, a p-Si film 403, a first insulating film 404, a second insulating film 406, and a gate electrode 405 and a source electrode 407s on an insulating substrate 401. And three electrodes including a drain electrode 407d. The above-mentioned insulating substrate 401 is, for example, a glass substrate having a strain point of 593 ° C and a thickness of 1.1 mm, and the undercoat layer 40.? Is, for example, a thin film composed of Si02A. In addition, the above-mentioned p-Si film 403 is a polycrystalline semiconductor layer body portion β formed on the undercoat layer 402 to be suitable for the method of the present invention. _ Si film 403 is based on channel region 403a, source region 403b, and drain region ---------------- order (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CfJS) A4 Zhuge (210X297 mm) 62 407303 '-A7 _ ______B7___ V. Description of the invention (of) the domain 403c; the source region 403b and the drain region 403c are located Both sides of the passage area 403a. The source region 403b and the drain region 403c are formed by doping impurities such as phosphorus or boron. The p-Si flag 403 is made of, for example, silicon (Si), or a compound of silicon and germanium (Ge) as a material *, and the thickness of the p_Si film 403 is preferably 200A-1500 A, and more preferably 300A ~ If the 1000A Fanyuan β is made of wood and 200 Α, there will be problems in the uniformity of film thickness; if it exceeds .1500 A, there will be a current flowing between the source and the drain due to light irradiation. The so-called light transmission problem • For this reason, if the thickness is within the range of 300 A to 1000 A, both the uniformity of the film thickness and the light transmission can be taken into account at the same time. In addition, the 20th (a The width in the X direction of the channel region 403a of the figure is, for example, about 12 m, and the width in the Y direction of the arrow of the p-Si film 403 is, for example, 14 m. Here, in the above-mentioned channel region 403a, As shown in FIGS. 20 (a) and 21, a plurality of groove-shaped crystal growth direction control voids 411 are formed in a direction parallel to the source region 403b and the drain region 403c. This crystal hip growth direction control empty team 411 is semi-circular at both ends in the long direction and rectangular in the central portion; the groove width in the central portion (the groove width in the direction where the longitudinal directions intersect at right angles) is approximately but, There are no special restrictions on the shape of the crystal growth 411. Other restrictions • For example, a rectangular shape can be formed from the pole region 403b to the drain region 403c. The crystal grains along the channel region 403a The direction of the source region 403b or the drain region 403c forms a slenderly expanded shape; and a large number of this paper ft scales use the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) 63

經濟部中央揲率局貝工消费合作社印製 L . A7 • · ____B7___ 五、發明说明(61 ) 種晶艘粒即構成與通道區域4〇3a相關之多結晶半導艘成。 此種多結晶構造的通道區域,由於在連結源極區域4〇3b與 汲極區域403c的方向上之晶艘晶間密度小,所以電荷載子 能夠以高速度移動· 第1絕緣膜404為,例如由8102所構成的絕緣膜,並形 成於p-Si旗403以及底塗層402的上方。閘極電極405為, 例如由鋁(A1)等所構成,被設置於第1絕緣膜404的上方, 而且在對應p-Si联403的通道區域403a之位置。又’第2 絕緣膜406為,例如由Si02所構成,且積層於上述第1絕緣 膜404以及閘極電極405的上方。 , 於上述第1絕緣膜404以及第2絕緣膜406分別形成有通 達p—Si膜403之泺極區域403b或者汲極區域403c的接觸孔 408,408 *泳極電極407s以及汲極電極407d為,例如由钻 所構成而介於上述接觸孔408, 408,並被形成為與上述琢 極區域403b或汲極區域403c接觸•閘極電極405、琢極電 極407s以及汲極電極407<!係藉由將在圖示之斷面以外的部 分圈案化成預定的形狀而構成布線圖案· 接著說明本實施態樣所相關之TFT410的製造方法β 第22圖所示為TFT410之製造工程的斷面棋式圖。f 先,如第22(a)圖所示,於絕緣性基板上以常壓CVD法將 底塗層402予以成膜。底塗層,402之膜厚則做成,例如3000Α β 於上述底塗層402,以例如電漿CVD法形成Si層;於 此Si層上將光阻(未圈示)選擇性地形成預定的形狀°其 請 先 聞 之 注Printed by the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, L. A7 • · ____B7___ V. Description of the invention (61) The seed crystal grains constitute a polycrystalline semiconductive vessel related to the channel area 403a. The channel region of such a polycrystalline structure has a small intergranular density in the direction connecting the source region 403b and the drain region 403c, so that charge carriers can move at high speed. The first insulating film 404 is An insulating film made of, for example, 8102 is formed over the p-Si flag 403 and the undercoat layer 402. The gate electrode 405 is made of, for example, aluminum (A1) or the like, and is provided above the first insulating film 404 and at a position corresponding to the channel region 403 a of the p-Si junction 403. The second insulating film 406 is made of, for example, SiO2, and is laminated on the first insulating film 404 and the gate electrode 405. In the first insulating film 404 and the second insulating film 406, contact holes 408 and 408 are formed, respectively, to the p-Si film 403 and the drain region 403b or the drain region 403c. The swimming electrode 407s and the drain electrode 407d are: For example, a drill is formed between the contact holes 408 and 408, and is formed to be in contact with the above-mentioned electrode region 403b or the drain region 403c. The wiring pattern is formed by enclosing a portion other than the cross section shown in the figure into a predetermined shape. Next, the method of manufacturing the TFT410 related to this embodiment mode will be described. Fig. 22 shows a breakdown of the manufacturing process of the TFT410. Chess figure. f First, as shown in FIG. 22 (a), an undercoat layer 402 is formed on an insulating substrate by a normal pressure CVD method. The thickness of the undercoat layer 402 is made, for example, 3000 Α β is formed on the undercoat layer 402, and a Si layer is formed by, for example, plasma CVD. A photoresist (not shown) is selectively formed on the Si layer. The shape ° Please note first

I 頁 订 本纸張又度適用中國國家橾率(CNS ) Α4祝格(210X29.7公釐) 64 407303 .A7 B7 五、發明説明(62 ) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 次’以上述光阻做為光罩曝光後’藉蝕刻而圖案化成預定 的形狀,之後,除去上述光阻。 如此,即可以形成做為具有前述晶體成長方向控制空 隙411…之非單晶質半導體層的a—以膜413。此處,a—Si 膜413之膜厚係,例如做成650A。再者,將晶體成長方向 控制空隙411微細地形成時,則進行使用以高精度光阻和 可干涉光的干涉條紋之曝光等亦可.。 a—Si膜413之形成後接著,如第22(b)圖所示,於上 述a—Si膜.413的全面進行準分子雷射之曝光1回的光照射 ,將該a—Si膜4H加熱熔融後,再予放冷。藉此而形成做 為結晶質半導體膜的a— Si膜4Π。 此處,若以使用準分子雷射的結晶化法,則因為3_以 膜413在紫外光區域的吸收係數大,而可以使a _幻膜4 的本體部分之溫度充分地上昇;另一方面,除去a—以之 晶體成長方向控制空隙411···的部分由於不吸收雷射光而 可以將溫度保持得低。因而,在放冷過程中,先是在晶體 成長方向控制空隙411的附近(以及a—^膜413的周緣部 分)之溫度到達結晶化開始溫度,並於此處生成最初的結 晶核。而其後雖以此結晶核為中心進行晶體成長,如已說 明者’惟晶體《長方向則被平行設置之晶肖成長方向控制 空隙4U…所限制,並被誘導至連結源極區域403b與汲極 區域403c的方向上。此結果,乃形成在連結源極區域4〇3b 與汲極區域4〇3c的方向上之晶體晶間密度小的a_以膜“〗 〇 本紙張尺度適财 @ g) A4im ( 210X297/U-) ~ 請. 先. 閲 讀 背.. 之 注I-page bound paper is again applicable to China's National Standards (CNS) Α4 Zhuge (210X29.7 mm) 64 407303 .A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (62) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs' After the photoresist is used as a photomask, the photoresist is patterned into a predetermined shape by etching, and then the photoresist is removed. In this way, a-to-film 413 can be formed as a non-single-crystal semiconductor layer having the aforementioned crystal growth direction control gap 411 .... Here, the film thickness of the a-Si film 413 is, for example, 650A. When the crystal growth direction control gap 411 is finely formed, exposure using a high-precision photoresist and interference fringes that can interfere with light may be performed. After the formation of the a-Si film 413, as shown in FIG. 22 (b), the entire a-Si film .413 was exposed to light once for the entire excimer laser exposure, and the a-Si film 4H After heating and melting, let it cool. Thus, an a-Si film 4Π is formed as a crystalline semiconductor film. Here, if the crystallization method using an excimer laser is used, the temperature of the body portion of the a_phantom film 4 can be sufficiently increased because the absorption coefficient of the 3_y film 413 is large in the ultraviolet region; another On the other hand, the temperature is kept low because a part excluding a—the crystal growth direction controlling void 411 ···· does not absorb laser light. Therefore, in the cooling process, first, the temperature in the vicinity of the gap 411 (and the peripheral portion of the a- ^ film 413) of the crystal growth direction control temperature reaches the crystallization start temperature, and the first crystal nuclei are formed there. Then, although crystal growth was performed with the crystal nucleus as the center, as already stated, the crystal "long direction is limited by the crystal growth direction control gap 4U ... which is arranged in parallel, and is induced to connect the source region 403b and the source region 403b and In the direction of the drain region 403c. This result is a crystal with a small intercrystalline density formed in the direction connecting the source region 4 03b and the drain region 4 03 c. A_ with the film "〗 〇 This paper is suitable for financial @ g) A4im (210X297 / U -) ~ Please. First. Read back .. Note

I 奢 裝 訂 65 407303 .A7 ——_____ B7__ 五、發明説明(63 ) 前述能量光束之照射條件為,例如XeCl(波長308 nm) 等的準分子雷射時,光束的斷面形狀係,例如使用一邊為 數千分之一〇 9 )的方形之50 ils的雷射光脈衝。雷射光之 能量密度(每單位面積之照射能量:mj/crn2)以適當地設 定成可以加熱至適當的溫度以使a_ “膜413結晶化者為宜 〇 再者’上述準分子雷射除XeCl之外,ArF、XeF等準 分子雷射亦可。關於複數個晶體成長方向控制空隙411之 相互的間隔,可以考量a_ si膜之膜厚和照射條件,再加 上所希望的電荷載子的移動速度’而適當的設定;在此實 施態樣中則約為2仁m。另外’關於晶體成長方向控制空 隙411之寬度亦可以對應於a _ ^膜之厚度和照射之能量光 束的種類及強度等等而加以適當地設定;在此實施態樣中 約為1 /z m。 經濟部中央標準扃貝工消費合作社印製 m^i u^m nn· t tm— Ϊ— i 穿 · ,-a • * (請先閱讀t·面之注意事項再媒寫本頁) 上述結晶化之後’如第22(c)圖所示,於上述p—si膜 403上以常壓CVD法將第i絕緣膜4〇4予以成膜,使其膜厚 成為1000A。進一步於第1'絕緣媒404上,例如實施藏鍵以 使紹膜成為膜厚2 0 0 〇 A ’再使用銘触刻液施以約1分鐘的 濕式減鑛’使之圓案化成預定的形狀以形成閉極電極4 〇 5 以及布線圖案。 其次,如第22(d)圖所示·.,以上述閘極電極做為光罩 ’於Ρ—Si膜403上藉離子植入法或者不行質量分離之離子 摻雜法,將構成施體或受體之不純物離子,具體者為鱗或 獨·#的不純物離子’予以植入。藉此,於上述p — ^膜403 本^中國 家標準(CNS ) A4C;(^7 210X297公釐厂 ~ -- -66 - 407303 、A7 ---—------ B7 五、發明説明(64 ) '^ — 形成通域4G3a、源極區域彳㈣以及汲極區域4〇3c。 進-步如第22(e)圖所示,於上述閘極電極4〇5上,將 例如由SA所構成之第2絕緣膜傷,藉常紅vd法成膜為 膜厚5000 A接著’於此第!絕緣膜4〇4以及第2絕緣膜娜 上刀別地開认通達p—以膜彻之源極區域彻匕或者沒極 區域403c的接觸孔4〇8,4〇8。再接著將銘膜滅鐘成各別的 膜厚為3GGGA以及3GGGA,並藉由例如使用BC13/C12系 的氣體之摻雜法以圖案化成預定的形。藉此,源極電極術$ 和汲極電極407d’以及其等之布線圖案乃被形成。 若根據以上所說明之本實施態樣3—〗,即可以在連結 ,源極區域403b與没極區域4〇3c的方向上形成長形的大賴粒 晶體粒,並藉此而獲得電場效應移動度優良的參差型TF丁 。而在此實施態樣中,由於絕緣性基板4〇1和卩―^膜4〇3 都未使用高價的材料,所以能夠以低廉的價格提供電場效 應移動度優良的TFI^ (實施態樣3 —2) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作杜印製 I---------^---:---~ir (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 關於本發明之實施態樣3 — 2係根據第23圖〜第25圖而 加以說明。再者,有關實施態樣3_2之薄膜電晶體的構成 要素當中,關於機能與前述實施態樣3—〗相同的構成元件 係賦與同樣的名稱與符號,其詳細的說明則省略。 第23圖所示為有關本實.施態樣3 — 2之逆參差型的 TFT420之概略模式圖,第23⑷圖為上述TFT42〇之平面圖 ,第23(b)圖為第23(a)圖中之A — A’箭頭方向斷面圖。第24 圖所示為第23(a)圖中之B — B’箭頭方向斷面圖。如第23圖 本紙張尺度適用中國囡家標準(CNS ) A4祝格(210X29.7公釐) 67 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A7 _ B7_五、發明説明(65 ) 所示’上述TFT420係於絕緣性基板4〇 1上設置底塗層4〇2 、p — Si膜403、第1絕緣膜404,和閘極電極405、源極電 極407s以汲極電極407d三個電極而構成者。 上述閘極電極405係被形成於絕緣性基板4〇 1上之底塗 層402之上。上述第1絕緣膜404被形成於上述底塗層402以 及閘極電極405上。進一步於該第1絕緣膜4〇4上形成有p — Si臈403 〇 此處’於上述p—Si膜403中之通道區域4〇3a,與前述 實施態樣3 — 1相同地’自源極區域4〇3b向汲極區域403c的 方向形成有複數個溝狀的晶趙成長方向控制空隙411…( ’ 參照第23(a)圖以及第24圖)。源極電極4〇7s以及没極電極 407d被形成為與p — Si膜403上之源極區域4〇3b或汲極區域 403c相接觸。還有’上述閘極電極4〇5、源極電極4〇7s以 及沒極電極407d係藉由在圖示之斷面以外的部分被圖案化 成預定的形狀,而構成布線圖_案。 此實施態樣所相關之TFT420的製造方法將一邊參照 第25圖而說明之。第25圖所示為上述TFT420之製造工程 的斷面模式圊。首先,與前述實施態樣3—1同樣地操作, 以將底塗層402形成於絕緣性基板401上。進一步於該底塗 層402上進行圖案化以使之構成預定的形狀而形成閘極電 極405以及布線圖案(參照第?5(a)圖)。 其次’如第25(b)圖所示’於上述閘極電極405以及底 塗層402上形成第1絕緣膜404。進一步與前述實施態樣3 — 1同樣地操作’於該第1絕緣膜404上,以例如電聚CVD法 1^1^1 n^i i^i^— ^—^^1 ί I mV m^i mV —But .¾ · -"0 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X29?公变) 68 407303 at B7 五、發明説明(66 ) 而形成Si層。於此Si層上,將光阻選擇性地形成預定的形 狀之後,以此光阻做為光罩而曝光後,再藉姓刻而圖案化 成預定的形狀。其後,將上述光阻除去。藉此而形成具備 有晶體成長方向控制空隙411."之a— Si膜413 ;如第25(c) 圓所示,於上述a—Si膜413的全面照射準分子雷射,以使 a — Si膜413結晶化而形成p — si膜403。 此處,由於在p-Si膜403中之通道區域4〇3a設置有晶 體成長方向控制空隙411...,因此與前述實施態樣3 _ 1同 樣地,其所形成之昌體粒係沿源極區域4〇3b或没極區域 403c的方向成為細.長地擴展的形狀。從而,由於使得在連 .結源極區域403b與汲極區域403c的直線方向上之晶體晶間 實質地減低,所以可以達成電場效應移動度的提昇。 之後,如第25(d)圖所示,於上述p_si臈4〇3上塗布 光阻劑,再以曝光以及顯像而圖案化成預定的形狀,以形 成形成做為離子遮蔽膜的光阻光罩414。上述光阻光罩414 若為遮蔽不純物離子的物質則無特別的限制,可以採用公 知的各種產品。具體而言,可例舉保吉光阻(求'7 b夕乂 卜,商品名:OFPR- 5000,東京應化股份公司製)等。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 另外,並不限於具有光阻劑般的感光性之產品,以微影技 術圖案化而得者亦可。 以上述光阻光罩414做為光罩,於p_ si膜4〇3,例如 以離子摻雜法,將磷或硼等的不純物離子植入。藉此,於 上述p- Si膜403形成通道區域4〇3a和該通道區域4〇3a兩侧 之源極區域403b以及汲極區域4〇3c。其後,將上述光阻光 本紙張尺度適用中國國家鮮(CNS ) A4規格( 69 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 407303 at — B7 五、發明説明(67) 罩414剝離,進一步如第25(e)圖所示般,選擇性的形成源 極電極407s以及汲極電極4〇7d,以製得本實實施態樣3_ 2 所相關的逆參差型TFT420。 在以此方式製作成之逆參差型的TFT中,亦同上述實 施態樣3—1—樣地,獲得電場效應移動度之提昇等效果。 (實施態樣3 —3) 此實施態樣3 — 3之特徵在於,將實實施態樣3一丨、3 —2中的晶體成長方向控制空隙代之以,設置結晶化係比 其他區域在較兩的溫度開始之早期結晶化區域。以下將根 據第2 6圖說明實施態樣3 一 3所相關的結晶質薄膜半導體電 '晶體。再者,除設置早期結晶化區域以取代晶體成長方向 控制二隙之外,係與前述實施態樣3 一;[相同,所以在以下 之說明中,將關於早期結晶化區域以外的說明予以省略。 又,關於具有和前述實施態樣3—丨或實施態樣3 — 2之薄膜 電晶體相同機能的構成要素係賦與相同的符號β 如第26圖所示,p_Si膜403中,於通道區域係自源極 區域向汲極區域的方向形成有被植入磷或硼等以外之不純 物離子所成之帶狀的早期結晶化區域,具有此種構造之 TFT430可以下述方式製造。 首先,和前述實施態樣3一丨同樣地操作,於上述絕緣 性基板401上以常壓CVD法將底塗層402予以成膜。其次 ,於上述底塗層402上,例如以電漿CVD法形成Si層,並 於此Si層上選擇地將光阻形成預定的形狀。以該光阻做為 光罩而曝光後,以蝕刻圖案化成預定的形狀而形成a— si 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4現格(210X297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ." 、π 70 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 結 結 40 / 303 A7 ____B7 五 '發明説明(68) 膜 413。 接著’在a — Si膜413之通道區域403a,自源極區域403b 向汲極區域403c的方向帶狀地植入磷或硼等以外之物質, 而且是可以提咼結晶化開,始溫度的不純物離子,以形成早 期結晶化區域421。又,於形成有早期結晶化區域42丨之a 一 Si膜413的全面照射以做為能量光束之準分子雷射5〇⑽ 的程度,之後將之放冷以進行a_ Si膜413之結晶化。 此處,在以能量光束照射a_Si膜413的全面時,a_Si 膜413之溫度昇高,雖藉由其後之放冷使&—&膜413之溫 度漸次地下降,惟在溫度下降的過程中,仍領先其他的區 •域而於早期結晶花區域421產生最初的結晶核。其原因在 於,早期結晶化區域421因植入不純物離子而變成比其他 的區域在較高的溫度就開始其結晶化。 其後,以在早期結晶化區域421所產生之結晶核為中 心進行晶體成長。據此,可以.形成大晶體粒所集合而成的 聚矽膜。 此外,結晶化之後的步驟與前述實施態樣3一丨相同。 將上述可以使結晶化開始溫度昇高的不純物離子植入 a — Si膜之方法並無特別的限制,可以採用先前公知之各 種方法。X ’此實施態樣所示雖為參差型之例,惟逆參差 型亦可以得到同樣的效果。另外,做為早期結晶化區域者 並不限於如上所述之植入不純物離子,預先形成部分的 晶化區域(預結晶),並利用對應於結晶化度之融點(〜 晶化溫度)的差異者亦可。又,為使此種預結晶微細地形 木紙張尺度適用中國國準(CNS ) M規格(21〇χ297公康 1^1. 1 - I 1-- I - In -- —^ϋ I- - I I - - I - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 71 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 A7 ________B7 五、發明説明(69 ) 成’例如使用可干涉光之干涉帶的照射等亦可。 (關於實施態樣3 — 1 ~3 — 3之其他事項) 在前述實施態樣3—1以及實施態樣3 —2中,雖於a_si 膜413.沿連結源極區域與汲_極區域的方向而設置長溝狀的 曰曰體成長方向控制空隙411.....准本發明並不限於此態樣 。例如,如第27圖所示,於連結源極區域與汲極區域的方 向上設置不連續的晶體成長方向控制空隙43 1者亦可。在 此態樣中,藉由將在連結源極與汲極區域的方向上之晶體 成長方向择制空隙43 1的間隔’或者與此間隔一同,將在 直角相交於該方向上的緊鄰晶趙成長方向控制空隙431之 ,間隔予以適正地調整,即可以控制晶體粒在該方向之粒徑 〇 又’在本發明中’如第28圖所示,於&—^臈之通道 區域設置深度未貫通a—Si膜之空隙亦可。進一步,將此 種形狀之空隙形成不連續的島狀亦可。 再者,在上述未貫通的空隙之情形中,於p—si膜的 形成步驟完成後,將形成空隙之凸出部分藉蝕刻等方法除 去以使p—Si膜之表面成為平坦者亦可。 進一步,於a—Si膜413之通道區域載置與本體部分之 比熱不同的’例如為棒狀的零件亦可。又,於通道區域形 成比熱不同的BB體成長方向控·.制區域亦佳。例如載置比熱 大於a — Si膜之零件,並以能量光束進行短時間的照射時 ,由於上述零件所接觸之a — Si膜部分的溫度之上昇幅度 小,因而與其他區域相比較早期產生結晶核β另一方面, ^紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(21〇χ297公釐)- -~~~---- -72 - .I ^^^1 -- -I . - . —^1 ^1— 、一In I . I „ - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 407303 A7 —_________ B7 五、發明説明(7〇 ) 例如將比熱小於a— Si膜之零件複數列載置於連結源極區 域與汲極區域的方向上,以能量光東照射短時間時,由於 相較於a—Si膜,此零件之溫度變得較高,所以載置成複 數列之零件的中間部分之溫度相對的變低。因此,此部分 即產生最初的結晶核,可以獲得防止無序結晶核之發生的 效果。 在上述實施態樣中,雖例示使用Si或者以與Ge做為p 一 Si膜403的材料之態樣,惟,在本發明中,除其等以外 ’亦可以使用如碳化矽(SiC)之以第iv族相互組合成的化 合物、如砷化鎵(GaAs)之以第Η族與第v族所組合而成的 • 化合物,以及如硒化鎘(CdSe)之第Π族與第V族所組合成 的化合物等》 進一步在本發明中雖例示使用A1做為閘極電極405、 源極電極407s以及汲極電極407d之村料的態樣,惟除此之 外,使用鉻(Cr)、鉬(Mo) '鈕(Ta)和鈦(Ti)等的金屬或其 等之合金亦可。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 進一步在本發明中雖例示於將a- Si膜413予以結晶化 時係使用準分子雷射做為她量光束的態樣,惟除此以外, 使用氬雷射、YGA雷射等之雷射光,以及離子束和電子 束等亦可。由於使用該等能量光束亦可以容易地在短時間 内將高密度的能量局部地進行,照射,所以可以將基板溫度 保持在比較低温的狀態而結晶化》 (實施態樣4—1) 在此態樣4一 1中,係使用在光束幅度内之光能強度( 73 --I I - I - I - 1 - n I J— - —1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4祝格(210X297公釐) «07303 五、發明説明(71 )I Luxury binding 65 407303 .A7 ——_____ B7__ 5. Description of the invention (63) The irradiation conditions of the aforementioned energy beams are, for example, XeCl (wavelength 308 nm), when the excimer laser is used, the cross-sectional shape of the beam is, for example, using A square 50 ils laser light pulse on one side of a few thousandths of a square inch. The energy density of the laser light (irradiation energy per unit area: mj / crn2) is appropriately set so that it can be heated to an appropriate temperature to make a_ "film 413 is suitable for crystallizing. Or," except for the above excimer laser to remove XeCl In addition, excimer lasers such as ArF and XeF can also be used. Regarding the growth distance of the multiple crystals to control the distance between the gaps 411, the film thickness and irradiation conditions of the a_si film can be considered, plus the desired charge carriers. "Movement speed" is appropriately set; in this embodiment, it is about 2 kernels m. In addition, the width of the control gap 411 regarding the crystal growth direction may also correspond to the thickness of the a_ ^ film and the type of energy beam irradiated and The intensity and the like are appropriately set; in this embodiment, it is about 1 / zm. Printed by the central standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, m ^ iu ^ m nn · t tm— Ϊ— i wear ·, -a • * (Please read the precautions for t · face before writing this page) After the above crystallization, as shown in Fig. 22 (c), the i-th insulation is formed on the p-si film 403 by atmospheric pressure CVD method. The film 4 was formed into a film having a thickness of 1000 A. Further to the 1 ' On the margin medium 404, for example, a Tibetan key is implemented to make the film thickness 20000A 'and then use the inscription etch solution to apply a wet demineralization for about 1 minute' to round it into a predetermined shape to form a closed The electrode 4 〇5 and the wiring pattern. Next, as shown in Figure 22 (d), the gate electrode is used as a photomask 'on the P-Si film 403 by ion implantation or mass separation is not possible. The ion doping method implants the impurity ions constituting the donor or acceptor, specifically the scale or the impurity ions of the # 'implant. Thus, the above-mentioned national standards (CNS in p- ^ film 403) ) A4C; (^ 7 210X297 millimeter factory ~--66-407303, A7 --------------- B7 V. Description of the invention (64) '^ — Form a pass region 4G3a, source region 彳 ㈣ And the drain region 403c. Further, as shown in FIG. 22 (e), on the gate electrode 405, a second insulating film made of, for example, SA is damaged, and is formed by the constant red vd method. The film has a film thickness of 5000 A, and then 'here! Insulating film 4 04 and the second insulating film can be identified by accessing p—the contact hole 4 in the source region of the film or the non-polar region 403c. 8, 4〇8. Next, the Ming film was extinct into 3GGGA and 3GGGA film thicknesses, and patterned into a predetermined shape by, for example, a doping method using a BC13 / C12 series gas. By this, the source The electrode electrode $, the drain electrode 407d ', and other wiring patterns are formed. According to the embodiment 3 described above, the source region 403b and the non-electrode region 4 can be connected. Form long lyaine crystal grains in the direction of 3c, and thereby obtain a staggered TF D with excellent electric field effect mobility. In this embodiment, since neither the insulating substrate 401 nor the 卩-^ film 403 uses high-priced materials, it is possible to provide a TFI with excellent electric field effect mobility at a low price (Embodiment 3 —2) Printed by DuPont Consumer Cooperation, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs I --------- ^ ---: --- ~ ir (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) About this Embodiments 3 to 2 of the invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 23 to 25. Furthermore, among the constituent elements of the thin film transistor of the implementation form 3_2, the constituent elements having the same functions as those of the aforementioned implementation form 3— are given the same names and symbols, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted. Fig. 23 is a schematic diagram showing the inversely staggered TFT420 of this embodiment. Fig. 23 is a plan view of the above-mentioned TFT420, and Fig. 23 (b) is a view of Fig. 23 (a). Section A—A 'arrow direction sectional view. Fig. 24 is a sectional view in the direction of arrows B-B 'in Fig. 23 (a). As shown in Figure 23, the paper size is applicable to the Chinese family standard (CNS) A4 Zhuge (210X29.7 mm) 67 printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 _ B7_ V. Description of the invention (65) The TFT 420 is provided with an undercoat layer 402, a p-Si film 403, a first insulating film 404, a gate electrode 405, a source electrode 407s, and a drain electrode 407d on the insulating substrate 401. Constructor. The gate electrode 405 is formed on the undercoat layer 402 on the insulating substrate 401. The first insulating film 404 is formed on the undercoat layer 402 and the gate electrode 405. Further, p-Si 臈 403 is formed on the first insulating film 404. Here, the channel region 403a in the p-Si film 403 is the same as that of the aforementioned embodiment 3-1. A plurality of groove-shaped crystal growth direction control voids 411 are formed in the polar region 403b in the direction of the drain region 403c (see FIG. 23 (a) and FIG. 24). The source electrode 407s and the non-electrode 407d are formed in contact with the source region 403b or the drain region 403c on the p-Si film 403. In addition, the above-mentioned gate electrode 405, source electrode 407s, and non-electrode 407d are patterned into a predetermined shape in a portion other than the cross section shown in the figure to form a wiring pattern. A manufacturing method of the TFT 420 related to this embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 25. Fig. 25 is a sectional view 圊 of the manufacturing process of the TFT420. First, an undercoat layer 402 is formed on the insulating substrate 401 in the same manner as in the aforementioned embodiment 3-1. Further, the undercoat layer 402 is patterned so as to have a predetermined shape to form a gate electrode 405 and a wiring pattern (see FIG. 5 (a)). Next, as shown in Fig. 25 (b), a first insulating film 404 is formed on the gate electrode 405 and the undercoat layer 402. Further, the same operation as in the aforementioned embodiment 3-1 is performed on the first insulating film 404. For example, the electropolymer CVD method 1 ^ 1 ^ 1 n ^ ii ^ i ^ — ^ — ^^ 1 ί I mV m ^ i mV —But .¾ ·-" 0 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X29? public variable) 68 407303 at B7 V. Description of the invention (66) forming a Si layer. After the photoresist is selectively formed into a predetermined shape on the Si layer, the photoresist is used as a photomask and exposed, and then patterned into a predetermined shape by engraving. After that, the photoresist was removed. As a result, an a-Si film 413 having a crystal growth direction control gap 411 is formed as shown in the 25th (c) circle, and an excimer laser is irradiated on the entire surface of the a-Si film 413 so that a The -Si film 413 is crystallized to form a p-si film 403. Here, since the channel growth region 403a in the channel region 403 in the p-Si film 403 is provided with a crystal growth direction control void 411 ..., as in the above-mentioned embodiment 3_1, the formed body particles follow The direction of the source region 403b or the non-electrode region 403c is a shape that expands thinly and long. As a result, the crystal intergranularity in the linear direction connecting the junction source region 403b and the drain region 403c is substantially reduced, so that the mobility of the electric field effect can be improved. After that, as shown in FIG. 25 (d), a photoresist is coated on the p_si 臈 403, and then patterned into a predetermined shape by exposure and development to form a photoresist formed as an ion shielding film. Cover 414. The photoresist mask 414 is not particularly limited as long as it shields impurities of impurities, and various known products can be used. Specifically, it can be exemplified by Baoji Photoresistor (seeking '7 b eve ,, trade name: OFPR-5000, made by Tokyo Yinghua Co., Ltd.) and the like. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In addition, it is not limited to products with photoresist-like photosensitivity. It can also be obtained by patterning with lithography technology. The photoresist mask 414 is used as a photomask, and impurities such as phosphorus or boron are implanted into the p_si film 403 by ion doping, for example. Thereby, a channel region 403a and a source region 403b and a drain region 403c on both sides of the channel region 403a are formed on the p-Si film 403. Thereafter, the above-mentioned photoresistance light paper size was applied to the Chinese National Fresh (CNS) A4 specification (69 printed by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperative) 407303 at — B7 V. Description of the invention (67) The cover 414 was peeled, further as As shown in FIG. 25 (e), the source electrode 407s and the drain electrode 407d are selectively formed to obtain the inversely staggered TFT 420 related to the present embodiment 3_2. In the inversely staggered TFT, the same effect as in the above-mentioned implementation mode 3-1 is obtained, and the effect of improving the mobility of the electric field effect is obtained. (Implementation mode 3-1) This implementation mode 3-1 is characterized in that Actually implement the crystal growth direction in the 3 to 1 and 3 to 2 to control the void instead, and set an early crystallization region where the crystallization system starts at a temperature that is two degrees higher than other regions. The implementation will be described below according to FIG. 26. The crystalline thin film semiconductor electric crystal related to aspect 3 to 3. Furthermore, it is the same as the foregoing embodiment 3 except that an early crystallization region is set in place of the crystal growth direction to control the two gaps; [same, so in In the following description, The descriptions other than the period of crystallization are omitted. In addition, the constituent elements having the same functions as those of the thin film transistor of the aforementioned embodiment 3— 丨 or embodiment 3 2 are assigned the same symbol β as shown in FIG. 26. It is shown that in the p_Si film 403, a band-shaped early crystallization region formed by implanting impurity ions other than phosphorus or boron is formed in the channel region from the source region to the drain region. The TFT 430 can be manufactured in the following manner. First, in the same manner as in the foregoing Embodiment 3, the undercoat layer 402 is formed on the insulating substrate 401 by a normal pressure CVD method. Next, the undercoat layer 402 is formed. For example, a Si layer is formed by a plasma CVD method, and a photoresist is selectively formed into a predetermined shape on the Si layer. After the photoresist is used as a photomask and exposed, it is patterned into a predetermined shape by etching to form a — Si This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page). &Quot;, π 70 Printed by the Consumers Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Knot 40 / 303 A7 ____B7 Five 'Description of the Invention (68) Film 413. Next, in the channel region 403a of the a-Si film 413, from the source region 403b to the drain region 403c, a band other than phosphorous or boron is implanted. Substances can be impure ions that can be crystallized and started at an initial temperature to form an early crystallized region 421. Furthermore, a full irradiation of a Si film 413 is formed as an energy beam in the early crystallized region 42 The excimer laser is about 50 Å, and then it is allowed to cool to crystallize the a_Si film 413. Here, when the entire surface of the a_Si film 413 is irradiated with an energy beam, the temperature of the a_Si film 413 increases. Although the temperature of the & — & film 413 gradually decreases by the subsequent cooling, the temperature decreases. In the process, it still leads the other regions and regions and produces the initial crystal nucleus in the early crystal flower region 421. The reason is that the early crystallization region 421 becomes crystallization at a higher temperature than other regions due to the implantation of impurities. Thereafter, crystal growth is performed with the crystal nucleus generated in the early crystallization region 421 as a center. According to this, a polysilicon film composed of large crystal grains can be formed. In addition, the steps after crystallization are the same as in the aforementioned embodiment 3. There are no particular restrictions on the method of implanting the impurities described above that can raise the crystallization start temperature into the a-Si film, and various previously known methods can be used. X 'This embodiment shows an example of a staggered type, but the same effect can be obtained with an inverse staggered type. In addition, the early crystallization region is not limited to the implantation of impurity ions as described above, and a part of the crystallization region (pre-crystallization) is formed in advance, and the melting point (~ crystallization temperature) corresponding to the degree of crystallization is used. Differences are also possible. In addition, in order to make this pre-crystallized fine topographic wood paper standard applicable to China National Standard (CNS) M specification (21〇χ297 公 康 1 ^ 1.1. 1-I 1-- I-In--^ ϋ I--II- -I-(Please read the precautions on the reverse side before filling out this page) 71 Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, A7 ________B7 V. Description of the invention (69) Into, for example, the use of interference bands that can interfere with light, etc. (Other matters concerning implementation aspect 3-1 to 3-3) In the foregoing implementation aspect 3-1 and implementation aspect 2-3, although it is in the a_si film 413. Along the source region and drain_ A long groove-shaped growth direction control gap 411 is provided in the direction of the polar region. The present invention is not limited to this aspect. For example, as shown in FIG. 27, the source region and the drain region are connected. It is also possible to set a discontinuous crystal growth direction control void 43 1 in the direction of the direction. In this aspect, the interval of the void 43 1 is selected by the crystal growth direction in the direction connecting the source and drain regions. Or along with this interval, the direction of growth of the right next to Jing Zhao that intersects at right angles in that direction will be controlled. In the gap 431, the interval is adjusted properly, that is, the particle size of the crystal grains in this direction can be controlled. Also in the present invention, as shown in FIG. 28, the depth of the channel area set in &-^ 臈 is not penetrated a —The gap of the Si film may also be formed. Further, the gap of this shape may be formed into a discontinuous island shape. In addition, in the case of the above-noted gaps, after the p-si film formation step is completed, The protruding portion where the void is formed may be removed by etching or the like to make the surface of the p-Si film flat. Further, a specific area with a specific heat different from that of the main body is placed in the channel region of the a-Si film 413. It is also possible to control the growth direction of the BB body with different specific heat in the channel area. The manufacturing area is also good. For example, when placing a component with a specific heat greater than a-Si film, and using a light beam for short-term irradiation, The temperature rise of the a-Si film portion in contact with the above parts is small, so that crystal nuclei are generated early compared with other regions. On the other hand, the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇χ297). ^)--~~~ ---- -72-.I ^^^ 1--I.-. — ^ 1 ^ 1—, one In I. I „-(Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page) 407303 A7 —_________ B7 V. Description of the invention (70) For example, placing a plurality of columns with a specific heat smaller than a—Si film in the direction connecting the source region and the drain region, and irradiating with energy light to the east for a short time At time, since the temperature of this part becomes higher than that of the a-Si film, the temperature of the middle part of the part placed in a plurality of rows becomes relatively low. Therefore, the first crystal nuclei are generated in this part, and the effect of preventing the occurrence of disordered crystal nuclei can be obtained. In the above-mentioned embodiment, although the case where Si or Ge is used as the material of the p-Si film 403 is exemplified, in the present invention, in addition to the above, a material such as silicon carbide (SiC) may be used. Compounds composed of Groups iv, such as gallium arsenide (GaAs), compounds composed of Groups Η and v, and Groups Π and V, such as cadmium selenide (CdSe) Combined compounds etc. "In the present invention, although A1 is used as an example of the gate electrode 405, the source electrode 407s, and the drain electrode 407d, in addition, chromium (Cr) is used. Metals such as, molybdenum (Mo) 'button (Ta), titanium (Ti), or alloys thereof may also be used. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Although an example is shown in the present invention where the a-Si film 413 is crystallized, an excimer laser is used as the amount of light beam, but in addition, argon Laser light such as laser, YGA laser, and ion beam and electron beam are also available. Since high-density energy can be easily locally and irradiated in a short time by using such energy beams, the substrate temperature can be kept at a relatively low temperature and crystallized. (Implementation aspect 4-1) Here In aspect 4-1, the light energy intensity within the beam amplitude is used (73 --II-I-I-1-n IJ—-—1 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper Standards apply Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Zhuge (210X297 mm) «07303 V. Description of Invention (71)

方 案 母W面積之先月b,以下簡稱光強度)為自 單調地增加,或者自„方 向另一 的光束而進行結晶化。 又刀布圖 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 自—方向另-方單調地增加,或者自—方向另— 調地減少的分布圖案之光束典型,如第W圖所示者雖為 具有直線的光強度梯度之光束,惟光強度在一定方 指數函數增加或減少者亦可。 可以使用做為上述光束之發生光源(整形前)者例 如氣(He)~氣(Ne)雷射、氬雷射、二氧化碳雷射、紅寶石 雷射、準分子雷料之各種雷射均可以使用做為上述光束 之發生光源(整形前者)。但是,為獲得高輪出功率並為 石夕所良好的㈣收等賴,讀料分子雷射為宜。以下 係就有關於使用準分子雷射之本發明的雷射回火法加以說 明。 經濟部中央標隼局負工消費合作社印製 第42圖所示為使用雷射回’火法之結晶化操作的模式示 意草圖;第42圖中,1400表示光束照射裝置,丨41〇代表被 光束照射之被照射體;更進一步,1401為例如使用xeC1 準分子雷射之雷射光產生器,1402為反射鏡,1403為光勻 化器。在此光東照射裝置1400中’以雷射光產生器1401所 產生之光係經由反射鏡1402導引至光束勻化器1403,並在 此整形成預疋的先強度圖案成成為輸出狀態。在光束勻 化器1403中編組成供將光束整形的光學系統;在此實施態 樣中,係於光路的最下游側配置具有如第31圖所示之光透 射度梯度的濾器(未圖示)。因此,藉由使雷射光產生器 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4現格(21〇_X297公釐) 74 407303 A7 A 7 ____B7 五、發明説明(72 ) 1401所產生之光穿透此濾器,光即被整形成具有如第29a 圖所示的囷案之光束。 藉上述光束照射裝置1400可以輸出,例如被整形成平 均能量密度(每單位面積之照射能量)為3〇〇mj/cm2、能 量密度低的荜域L為250 mJ/cm2'能量密度高的區域η為 350mJ/Cm2,而光束斷面形狀為7mm>< 7111111之光束;將此 光束照射於非晶矽薄膜等之被結晶.化面上以使被結晶物質 結晶化。 以下將更具體地說明結晶化步驟。首先,如第42圖之 被照射體1410所示,係於玻璃基板1411上,以例如減壓(:¥£) • 法予以成膜為膜厚85nm之非單晶質矽膜1412。更具體而 言,例如使用單矽烷(SiH4)氣體或二矽烷(Si2H6)氣體做為 反應氣體,壓力則設為數τ〇ΓΓ,加熱玻璃基板1411至35〇 °C〜530°C的狀態下,將非晶質矽膜予以成膜。 經濟部中央梂準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 此處,於玻璃基板1411上形成例如由Si〇2所構成之底 層1413,使非單晶質矽膜1412於此底層上成膜亦可。又, 非單晶矽膜1412之成膜方法並不限於減壓cvd法,使用 例如電漿CVD法者亦可。另外,上述非單晶質矽膜1412 之膜厚不限於85nm,只要適當的設定即可。 對藉此方式所形成之非單晶矽膜1412的特定區域14〇4 以來自光束照射裝置1400之、鲺整形的準分子雷射光進行曝 光10回的光照射以使該部分熔融,之後再放熱使之結晶化 。在此實施態樣中,於光束之照射時,係將被照射體1410 置入具有石英板所構成之窗口的氣密容器,使内部成為真 本纸悵尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公董) 75 經濟部中央橾準局負工消費合作社印製 407303 A7 ____— B7_ 五、發明説明(73 ) ~~~: " ~~~~ 空(約HTW)’在室溫(約加)的條件下進行藉經 由上述之窗口將光束照射至特定區域14〇4的方法;第42圖 所繪係省略氣密容器者。 此外’上述各條件為徹底例示,除了使用在光束幅度 内之光強度自一方向另一方單調地增加,或者自一方向另 一方單調地減少之分布圖案的光束一點外,其他的條件都 沒有特別的限定。例如,為使非單晶矽膜1412結晶化,光 能密度以具有充分的強度及光強度梯度者為宜。 又,關於光強度梯度的程度並無特別的限制,若考慮 非單晶質薄膜之材質和厚度等而設定為可以適當地誘導 .控制之梯度則佳。進一步,照射的光束之束幅以及照射次 數(曝光次數)亦不限於上述,例如以強度更強的雷射光 僅照射一次者亦可。 .又,關於光束之斷面形狀亦無特別的限制,例如三角 形、圓形等亦可。 其次,一邊參照第29a〜g圖以說明有關於使用具有光 強度梯度之光束時的晶體成長行動。 於非單晶矽薄膜上照射以第29a圖所示之光強度圖案 的光束,則照射面之溫度,如第29b圖之701 (溫度分布曲 線)所示地’在中央部分具有右上方之溫度梯度,而周邊 部分則成為具有急劇的溫度梯·度。於周邊部分形成急劇的 溫度梯度之原因在於向周圍所放出之熱大。若接著終止光 照射,則首先在溫度分布曲線701與結晶化溫度線7〇2的交 點附近(境界附近)會最先下降至熔融溫度以下。因而, (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 袈. -訂The first month b of the solution's mother area (hereinafter referred to as light intensity) is monotonically increased, or crystallized from a beam in the other direction. And knife map (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The direction of the beam is monotonically increasing or the direction of the beam is decreasing. The beam of the distribution pattern is typical. As shown in Figure W, although the beam has a linear light intensity gradient, the light intensity is an exponential function in a certain square. It can be increased or decreased. It can be used as the light source (before shaping) of the above-mentioned beams, such as gas (He) ~ gas (Ne) laser, argon laser, carbon dioxide laser, ruby laser, excimer laser All kinds of lasers can be used as the light source (the former is the shaping) of the above-mentioned beams. However, in order to obtain high output power of the wheel and good recovery of Shi Xi, reading molecular laser is appropriate. The following are available The laser tempering method of the present invention using an excimer laser will be described. Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Consumer Cooperative, Figure 42 shows a model of the crystallization operation using the laser tempering method. Schematic sketch; in Figure 42, 1400 represents a beam irradiation device, and 41〇 represents an irradiated body illuminated by the beam; further, 1401 is, for example, a laser light generator using xeC1 excimer laser, 1402 is a mirror, and 1403 It is a light homogenizer. In this light east irradiation device 1400, the light generated by the laser light generator 1401 is guided to the beam homogenizer 1403 via the mirror 1402, and a pre-stretched pre-intensity pattern is formed there. It becomes an output state. An optical system for shaping the beam is formed in the beam homogenizer 1403. In this embodiment, the most downstream side of the optical path is provided with a light transmission gradient as shown in FIG. 31. Filter (not shown). Therefore, by adapting the paper size of the laser light generator to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (21〇_X297 mm) 74 407303 A7 A 7 ____B7 V. Description of the invention (72) The light generated by 1401 penetrates this filter, and the light is shaped into a light beam with a scheme as shown in Figure 29a. The above-mentioned beam irradiation device 1400 can output, for example, shaped into an average energy density (per unit area). (Radiation energy) is 300 mj / cm2, the low-energy-density region L is 250 mJ / cm2, and the high-energy-density region η is 350 mJ / Cm2, and the beam cross-sectional shape is 7 mm > <7111111; This light beam is irradiated on a crystallized surface of an amorphous silicon thin film or the like to crystallize a crystallized substance. The crystallizing step will be described in more detail below. First, as shown in the irradiated body 1410 in FIG. On the glass substrate 1411, a non-single-crystalline silicon film 1412 having a thickness of 85 nm is formed by, for example, a reduced pressure (: ¥ £) method. More specifically, for example, a monosilane (SiH4) gas or a disilane (Si2H6) is used. ) Gas is used as a reaction gas, the pressure is set to a number τ〇ΓΓ, and an amorphous silicon film is formed while heating the glass substrate 1411 to 35 ° C to 530 ° C. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Here, a bottom layer 1413 made of, for example, Si0 2 is formed on a glass substrate 1411 to make non-monocrystalline silicon. The film 1412 may be formed on the bottom layer. The method for forming the non-single-crystal silicon film 1412 is not limited to the reduced-pressure cvd method, and for example, a plasma CVD method may be used. The film thickness of the non-single-crystal silicon film 1412 is not limited to 85 nm, as long as it is appropriately set. A specific region 1404 of the non-single-crystal silicon film 1412 formed in this way is exposed to light 10 times with a shaped excimer laser light from a beam irradiation device 1400 to melt the portion, and then exotherm Let it crystallize. In this embodiment, when the light beam is irradiated, the irradiated body 1410 is placed in an air-tight container with a window formed by a quartz plate, so that the interior becomes a real paper. The dimensions are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4. (210X297 public directors) 75 Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives 407303 A7 ____— B7_ V. Description of the invention (73) ~~~: " ~~~~ Empty (about HTW) 'at room temperature ( The method of irradiating a light beam to a specific area 1440 through the above-mentioned window under the conditions of Jonah); the air-tight container is omitted in the drawing in FIG. 42. In addition, each of the above conditions is a thorough illustration. Except for using a beam of a distribution pattern whose light intensity monotonically increases from one direction to the other or decreases monotonically from the other direction, the other conditions are not special. The limit. For example, in order to crystallize the non-single-crystal silicon film 1412, it is preferable that the light energy density has a sufficient intensity and a light intensity gradient. The degree of the light intensity gradient is not particularly limited, and it is preferable to set a gradient that can be appropriately induced and controlled by considering the material and thickness of the non-single-crystalline film. Furthermore, the beam width and the number of irradiation times (the number of exposure times) of the irradiated light beam are not limited to those described above. For example, a laser beam with a stronger intensity may be irradiated only once. Also, there is no particular limitation on the shape of the cross section of the light beam, such as a triangular shape or a circular shape. Next, referring to Figs. 29a to g, a description will be given of a crystal growth action when a light beam having a light intensity gradient is used. A non-single-crystal silicon thin film is irradiated with a light beam having a light intensity pattern shown in FIG. 29a, and the temperature of the irradiation surface, as shown in 701 (temperature distribution curve) in FIG. Gradient, while the peripheral part has a sharp temperature gradient. The reason why a sharp temperature gradient is formed in the peripheral portion is that the heat released to the surrounding area is large. When the light irradiation is subsequently stopped, first, the temperature distribution curve 701 and the crystallization temperature line 702 at the intersection (near the boundary) will first drop below the melting temperature. Therefore, (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 袈 .-Order

A • :· -11 -- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榇準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 76 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 407303 五、發明説明(74 ) 於此附近生成微小的晶體7〇4 (7〇3所示為薄膜斷面 又,以此晶體704做為核,向尚在結晶化溫度以上之 圖示的右側方向進行晶體成長。在此處,與前述第7圖之 情形不同,在第29b圖中,由於溫度梯度係形成於中央部 /刀,而熱係自高溫區域侧(H侧)流向低溫區域側。側),此 熱不僅緩和急劇的溫度下降,同時產生將晶體成長誘導至 高溫側(圖式的右側)的作用。因此,結晶核的產生及其 成長圓順地進行,而其結果則不但技高了晶體粒之粒徑和 結晶化度之均-性,同時使長的晶體粒自[侧心側的方 向(晶體成長方向)生成。亦即,若使用具有光強度梯度 之光束gp可以製作在向著晶體成長方向上具有高移動度 的結晶質薄膜。 然而,光束之照射方法雖然在照射側、基板侧同時處 於固疋狀態(不動狀態)下進行亦可,惟使光束或者基板 側之任-者移動亦可,進一步使此移動成為往復式的運動 亦佳》在一邊移動或者往復運動一邊照射的方法中較佳 者係如第30圖所示,使朝向光強度的梯度方向(L—H方 向或H—L方向)移動者為宜。若為此方向,則可以極細 微地誘導晶體成長方向,可以提高晶體粒之粒捏和結晶化 度之均一性;進一步使其適合於光強度梯度之程度和光照 射強度之程度而調節移動速,則可以更微細地誘導晶體成 長方向。 再者,第30圖之箭頭所示為移動方向,71〗、7丨2為移 動前後之照射面,713 (斜線部分)為重複照射區域。又 本纸張尺度顧t U财辟(297_^7 - I. ...... I- -I - -- ί I -- — … 1 I. - . II - y I —^1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 77 407303 A7 Β·7 五、發明説明(75) ,在第30圖中雖示出光束移動之情形,惟移動基板側亦可 ;進一步亦可以於使光束曝光數回的情形中,例如一邊使 照射位置一次錯開照射面積的數%至數十%,並一邊照射 〇 依上述方式製作成之聚石夕薄膜,一般係以其中央部分 做為通道區域,並於該兩端部分植入破或硼等的不純物離 子以形成源極區域以及沒極區域而構成TFT »又,在此實 施態樣中所說明之能量強度圖案的光束(第29a圊)對於 為 了形成 AM- LCD ( Active Matrix Liquid Crystal Display ’活性基質液晶顯示)之周邊電路等的比較狹幅區域之結 , 晶化為有效的》 (實施態樣4—2) 此實施態樣(關於後述之態樣4—3亦同)為對於使比 較寬幅的區域結晶化為有效之例。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 -----------裝— (请先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在本實施態樣中所使用之:光東的光強度分布圖案示於 第32a圖。如本圊所示’態樣4 一 2所相關之光束,其光強 度大的Η區域721與小的L區域722係於平面上呈交互地排 成行列之圖案。此處,關於Η區域與L區域之光強度比率 並無特別的限制,所以只要適當的設定即可。但是,一般 係規定光能之總量應在照射次數内將照射面的全面(L區 域與Η區域)予以嫁融。再者,,此處係使Η區域為300mJ/cm2 ,L區域為200 mJ/cm2,非晶矽薄膜之厚度為50nm,而有 關其他的條件則與實施態樣4一1相同。 以下將一邊參照第32a〜g圖一邊說明在此實施態樣中 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4祝格(2丨'〇><297公釐) 78 407303 A7 B7 經濟部中央樣準局員工消費合作社印製A •: · -11-This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) 76 Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, Central Standards Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 V. Description of Invention (74) Generated near this The fine crystal 704 (703 is shown as a thin film cross section, and the crystal 704 is used as a core to grow the crystal in the right direction as shown above the crystallization temperature. Here, the same as the first The situation in Figure 7 is different. In Figure 29b, the temperature gradient is formed at the center / knife, and the thermal system flows from the high-temperature region side (H side) to the low-temperature region side. The heat not only eases the sharp temperature drop. At the same time, it has the effect of inducing crystal growth to the high temperature side (right side of the figure). Therefore, the generation of crystal nuclei and their growth proceed smoothly, and as a result, not only the uniformity of the grain size and the degree of crystallinity of the crystal grains is improved, but also the long crystal grains are brought from the [side center side direction ( Crystal growth direction). That is, if a light beam gp having a light intensity gradient is used, a crystalline thin film having a high degree of movement in the direction of crystal growth can be produced. However, although the method of irradiating the light beam can be performed while the irradiation side and the substrate side are in a fixed state (immobile state), any one of the light beam or the substrate side can be moved, which further makes the movement a reciprocating motion. "Best of the Best" In the method of irradiating while moving or reciprocating, as shown in Fig. 30, it is preferable to move the light intensity gradient direction (L-H direction or H-L direction). If this is the direction, the crystal growth direction can be induced very finely, and the uniformity of the grain kneading and crystallinity of the crystal grains can be improved; further, it is suitable for the degree of light intensity gradient and the degree of light irradiation to adjust the moving speed, Then, the crystal growth direction can be induced more finely. In addition, the arrows in Fig. 30 indicate the moving direction, 71, 7 and 2 are the irradiation surfaces before and after the movement, and 713 (the oblique line) is the repeated irradiation area. And this paper scale Gu t U Choi (297_ ^ 7-I. ...... I- -I--ί I-—… 1 I.-. II-y I — ^ 1 (Please Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page} 77 407303 A7 Β · 7 V. Description of the Invention (75) Although the beam movement is shown in Figure 30, it is also possible to move the substrate side; In the case where the beam is exposed several times, for example, while the irradiation position is shifted by several to several tens% of the irradiation area at a time, and the polysilicon film produced in the above manner is irradiated, the central part is generally used as the channel area. And impure impurities such as boron or boron are implanted at the two ends to form a source region and a non-polar region to form a TFT »Furthermore, the light beam of the energy intensity pattern described in this embodiment (section 29a 圊) For the formation of a relatively narrow area of peripheral circuits such as AM-LCD (Active Matrix Liquid Crystal Display), the crystallization is effective. (Embodiment 4-2) This embodiment (about The same applies to the following aspects 4-3). Turned into a valid example. Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ----------- install— (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) In this implementation form Used: The light intensity distribution pattern of Guangdong is shown in Figure 32a. As shown in this figure, the beams related to state 4 to 2 have a high intensity Η region 721 and a small L region 722 on a plane. There is a pattern arranged alternately in rows. Here, there is no particular restriction on the ratio of the light intensity of the Η region to the L region, so it only needs to be set appropriately. However, it is generally required that the total amount of light energy should be irradiated. The entire surface of the irradiation surface (L region and erbium region) was blended within the number of times. Furthermore, here, the erbium region was 300 mJ / cm2, the L region was 200 mJ / cm2, and the thickness of the amorphous silicon film was 50 nm. The other conditions are the same as those in the implementation mode 4 to 1. The following description will be made with reference to Figures 32a to g while explaining that the paper size in this implementation mode applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Zhuge (2 丨 '〇 > < 297 mm) 78 407303 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

. 裝 ,, :~訂------'" (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 五、發明説明(77 ) ===載一界線橫斷的情形,所 在此實施態樣中也和實施態樣4-1同樣地進行 33圏所示,在照射時間内(自*第 nr 一個移動(亦包括往復運動等)二 之亦可。藉由此種實施方式,進一步提高結晶化度 性乃成為可能。再者,第33圖中之731、732所示為移動前 後之照射面位置,733 (斜線部分)為重複照 箭頭為移動方向。但是,當然並未限定於此種移動方式。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 然而,如上述第32a圖所述般,光強度之強的部分Η 與弱的部分L成條紋狀的配列而構成之光束並不需要特別 的技術,亦可以容易地以周知技術而實現,其實現的手段 並無任何的限制。例如將相當程度地吸收所使用的光之濾 器分開預定的間隔而配置,以製作具有如第34圖所示之透 射分布的梅形穿透濾器。而可藉由將濾器設置於光束照射 裝置之光程中(例如光束勻化器内)實現之。又,亦可藉 由例如將金屬纖維係呈縱或者橫一列地多數平行並排而成 之濾器設置於光程中的手段而實現。進一步亦可藉由以設 置縫隙於光程中使其產生繞射干涉的方法,而製作條紋狀 之光強度圖案的手段以實現之。 (實施態樣4—3)' .. 本實施態樣4 - 3為利用光干涉以對光強度分布賦與不 均一性之方法。此方法由於可以比較自如地控制光強度分 布圖案,所以和實施態樣4 — 2同樣地適用於比較廣範圍的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4祝格(210X297公釐) 80 經濟部中夬標準局貝工消費合作社印製 407303 ζ 五、發明説明(78 ) " 結晶化。 在本實施態樣中所使用之光束的光強度分布圖案示於 第35圖中。此種光強度分布圖案係如第36圖所示,可以藉 由以各別相關的2個光束801,802同時地照射以引起光干 涉的手段而容易地形成。具體而言,例如以半透射型的反 射鏡將自同一光線所產生之雷射光分成2個光程,藉由使 用反射鏡使於相互的光程中產生相對角度’即可以使之 產生干涉。 然而’若各別使相關的2個光產生干涉,則雖然形成 光強度之強的部分(明線部分Η )與光強度之弱的部分( 暗線部分L ),而干涉圖索之周期可以依據2個光束的交差 角度自如地使之變化,且其調制度(對明線部分與暗線部 分之光的能量強度比造成影響)可以藉由變更2個光束的 能量強度而容易地變化,所以可以比較自如地設定明線部 分Η與暗線部分L之間隔和強度比。從而,考量是為被照 射面之非晶質薄膜的厚度等以適正地設定上述間隔和強度 比0 以下將根據第3 7 a〜g圖說明在照射使此種干涉圖案生 成而構成之光束時的晶體成長行動。再者,在此實施態樣 中之操作條件和前述實施態樣4一1等相同。 於非單晶石夕薄膜上照射第3 7 a圖中之被賦與特徵的光 束時’於薄膜上在明線部分Η形成高的,而在暗線部分乙 則形成低的溫度分布圖案(曲線901)(第37b圖)。光照射 終了’在溫度下降的過程中,如第37c圖所示,結晶核9〇3 本紙張尺度適用巾關家縣(CNS) A4_祕⑺Gx297y^瘦) ~—~ ~-- -81 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -訂 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裂 A7 ___B7五、發明説明(79 ) 係於曲線901與結晶化溫度線9〇2最初相交的部分(低溫區 域L之溫度最低的部分)發生。而溫度若進一步地下降( 第37d圖),則晶體成長因被自高溫區域H向低溫區域1傳 達的熱而被誘導至L—Η方向,同時產生新的核並同樣地 被誘導而成長(第37e圖)《此種晶體的發生與成長一直持 績至對應於明線部分Η的高溫區域η之溫度下降至熔融溫 度以下為止(第37f、g圊)。 由以上之結晶化的機制,若根據此實施態樣4__ 3,則 在比較廣的範圍内可以製作成結晶化度均一且電場效應移 動度大的結晶質半導體薄膜。又,在此實施態樣中也和前 , 述實施態樣4一2相同,由於其晶體粒界之境界線(晶體粒 之碰撞線)被形成於高溫區域之中央部分,所以如前述實 施態樣4 — 2所述及者,若利用與H— L— H— L之配列方向 直角相交的方向k為載子移動方向,則可以獲得高電場效 應移動度。 (實施態樣4 一 4) 實施態樣4 — 4基本上與實施態樣4 _ 3的情形相同。但 是,在此實施態樣中,藉由動態地進行干涉圖案之周期與 調制度的調節,明線部分Η與暗線部分L乃成為波動的變 化模式》以下將說明實施態樣4 一 4的内容》 如第38圖所示’各別相關之2個光束中,至少對一個 光賦與動態的相位調制,以形成干涉條紋之明線部分、暗 線部分的位置係波動地變化之光束。相位調制係,例如使 一個光束之相位對於另一個光束相對的依序變化〇、π /2 I.- I I I -I I , 策--I H - —4 ^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇χ297公幻 82 A7 B7 五、 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 407303 發明説明(80 ) 、7Γ。如此即可以使干涉條紋之明線部分與暗線部分的位 置成為時序系列地錯開,而由明線部分與暗線部分所構成 之條紋狀的圖案便可以形成波動的變化之光束(第38圊) Ο 可例示之使相位調制的手段為,例如使用反射鏡以使 2個光束中的一個之光程長動態地變動而變化相位之方法 和,使光程内所配置之透明體的折射率動態地變化之方法 等,並將此種光學系統編組到前述之光束勻化器(第42圖 之1403 )内。 根據此實施態樣,由於在是為照射面之薄膜表面上, 以溫度分布圖案替換波動式而形成高溫域H與低溫區域L ,因此其誘導晶體成長至一定方向的效果大◦又,由於此 方法亦有將不純物迫至有效區域以外的效果,所以可以一 面達到薄膜的高純度化’一面形成高品質之結晶質薄膜。 再者,將不純物迫至有效區域以外之效果係根據以下的原 理。亦即,因為薄膜成分與不純物之融點、比重等物性不 同,所以當加上波動的溫度變化時,二者之間即產生進行 .速度差。因此’若進行多次的照射,微量的不純物與薄膜 成分即被分離開。 此處’干涉圊案之周期與調制度的調節係於1次的照 射中,或者多次照射之每一式·照射中進行者亦可。進一步 ’對應於晶體成長之各階段而實施調制度之控制亦可;根 據此種方法,可以更適當地誘導晶體成長。 又,在上述實施態樣4 _ 3、4 — 4之任一者均與 $紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(€呢)八4祝格(210'乂297公釐) -----;-----裝-------..訂------.^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 前述實 83 -A7 B7 五、 經濟部中央橾準局貝工消費合作社印製 407303 發明説明(81 施態樣4—1或4-2相同,可以一邊使雷射光或者基板侧中 之任一者移動(包含往復運動),一邊照射之;藉由此方 法可以適切地控制晶體成長。而,當使此種移動朝向明線 部分Η與暗線部分l所構成之條紋狀的方向之平行方向而 進行時’在上述實施態樣4_ 3中亦可以獲得將不純物迫出 之效果。 然而,以上雖主要係將照射區.域之面的方向之溫度分 布予以設定而說明,惟如第39圖所示,亦可以根據所照射 的薄膜之厚度方向上的光干涉而使光強度分布形成。第39 圓所示為自照射方向(同一圖式之上方)順序地使光束照 射於由非晶矽層的薄膜Π〇1、底層(Si02)ll〇2、玻璃基板 1103所構成之被照射體的模式圖。當具有光強度分布之光 束入射至被照射體上下方向(厚度方向)時,對應於此波 形之溫度分布乃於厚度方向上被形成,而由於丁 FT中所使 用之石夕薄膜的厚度通常薄至數十毫微米,比干涉條紋之周 期的距離更短,因此很難以在厚度方向上形成周期性的溫 度分布。 但是,薄膜1101的上面因熱輻射至周圍環境中而被冷 卻,而下面(基板側)則因熱傳導至底層1102和玻璃基板 1103而被放熱,所以厚度方向上亦存在溫度分布,且此溫 度分布有可能放大。又,以光·照射做為擴大厚度方向之溫 度分布的手段,可以利用上述之干涉圖案。具體而言,例 如於玻璃基板1103的下岐置反射鏡則I起干涉或將薄 膜mi與底層_或玻璃基板1103之折射率的差放大,則 本紙張na财ϋϋ家鮮(CNS) M規格(21Qx29,7<^ 裝 . :—訂------',^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 84 Λ7 ---4G73n.q 职__ 五、發明説明(82) 藉由自薄膜1101側入射的光與在各層的界面所反射之光即 可使干涉發生。又,調節干涉條紋的周期,即可以於厚度 方向(上下方向)上形成溫度分布,並藉此而可以控制在 厚度方向之晶體成長。 在控制厚度方向的溫度分布時,考量非單晶質薄臈的 厚度,底層以及基板之熱傳導率,以個別具體地決定其適 當的設定條件為宜。又,可以將自丨個光源所發射之光分 割成2個,其中一者自薄膜面侧(上方)照射之,另一者 則自基板側(下方)照射之,使其在薄膜内部產生干涉。 但是,在此情形中,基板以及底層係以光束的透射材質做 . 成者。 (實施態樣4—5) 本實施態樣具有藉由適當地設定在結晶化過程中之環 境氣體的壓力,以於被結晶化面形成溫度梯度的特徵。相 對於此,在上述之實施態樣4.— 1〜4 — 4中’則係藉由調節 控制光束之光強度圖案,以完成結晶化度之提昇與均一 化者。因此,本實施態樣與實施態樣4— i〜4_4之思考方 式係完全不同的。以下將說明本實施態樣之内容。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第40圖係與第39圖相同的被照射體(積層體)之斷面 圖,1200為光束之照射面,12〇ι為薄膜,12〇2為底層,而 1203代表基板,箭頭則代表薄膜之熱的傳達方向(放熱方 向)。如第40圊所示,熱的一部分雖向周圍環境的大氣中 (上方向)以及薄膜的照射區域外之方向(圖的左右方向 )擴散,但是大部分的熱則被傳達到接觸面積大,而且熱 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇X29.7公釐) 85 4G7303 -A7 B7 五、發明説明(83 傳導率大的的基板側(下方,) 、r万向)。其中,習知之雷射回火 法係在高度真空的氣壓中, r而且以照射均一的光強度分布 之光束的方法而進行者。因此,如前述實施態樣4-!中所 說明的,由於在照射面的中央部分幾乎不形成溫度梯度, 所以在放熱的初期階段中,核難以在中央部分發生。另一 方面,在有放熱過輕的階段令同時常常引起多發地產生許 多核的現象》 在本實施態樣中,係與上述之習知方法不同,且以不 將周圍環境的氣壓抽成高度真空為其特徵,並利用構成周 圍環境氣壓的氣體分子之運動使得在光照射面上產生不均 一的部位》 首先,將說明在此實施態樣4一5中的原理。通常,如 準分子雷射之脈衝光的1次曝光(1個脈衝)時間為2〇〜5〇 nsec,相當的短。而,在這麼短的照射時間内必須使矽等 昇溫至融點以上,因此一般係將矽等做成數+ nm之極薄 的薄膜。若為此種極薄的薄膜,則在放熱過程中周圍的氣 體分子之影響就變得相當大。 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 亦即,存在於構成周圍環境的氣壓之氣體分子和薄膜 中之氣體分子雖以一定的機率於薄膜表面進行碰揸脫離的 運動’但是由於該氣體分子之熱能位階比被光照射而被加 熱之薄膜為小,所以當於薄膜表面發生碰撞而脫離時會將 薄膜的熱奪走。若考量此種氣體分子的作用,則在薄膜面 必然會產生擾動的溫度分布《因而,若適當地設定環境大 氣壓力與構成環境大氣的氣體分子之種類,則即使以均一 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) ΑΊ現格(210 X 29,7公釐) 86 407303 at ____B7 五、發明説明(84) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 的光強度分布月光束照射時,亦可以在光照射區域内形成 溫度不均一的部位(溫度低的部位)^若可以形成此種部 位’則核之產生與晶體成長之圓順化即可以實現。為了解 此種考量之基礎乃進行以下的實驗。 再者’在結晶化過程中之結晶核可以被設想成是扮演 類似於在大氣中的水分凝結時之水蒸氣核的角色。 (實驗1) 實驗條件 . 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 首先’於康寧公司(η —二 > 夕,、社)製造之#7059玻 璃所構成之基板(厚度l.lmm)上形成臈厚2〇〇ηπ1之Si〇2 層(底層),再進一步以其上所形成之膜厚5〇11111的非晶矽 層準備做為被照射體。其次,於設置有如第43圊所示之由 石英玻璃所構成的窗口 1501之氣密容器1500内,置入上述 非晶矽層1503所形成之被照射體,將氣密容器15〇〇内之空 氣除去,之後,自氫氣高壓氣體容器15〇2將氫氣導入使氣 岔谷器内形成預定的氫氣壓。接著,以雷射照射裝置所產 生之準分子雷射經由窗口 1501照射至被照射體的非晶矽層 1503 ’其後,將之放熱以進行結晶化。 上述之預定的氫氣壓(大氣壓力)為5xl〇- 6torr、1x10一5 torr、lxi〇-2t〇IT、1χ1〇_4〇π_、lt〇rr、1〇(〇汀等6個。又, 雷射照射的條件係使用1個脈衝(〗次曝光)3〇n · sec,光 束幅度7 mmX7 mm,光強度350mJ/cm2之光強度分布均勻 的傳統型光束。接著,照射此光束1〇〇個脈衝之後,在室 溫的環境下使其放熱,以將非晶矽層丨5〇3多晶化。 不.λ狀度通财_家轉(CNS) M規格(2iG><297公着) 87 ·Α7 —_____Β7 五、發明説明(85 ) 一 一 ~~ ' 再者’第43圖中,1511所示為準分子雷射光產生器, 1512為反射鏡,1513為光束勻化器。 大氣壓力與結晶化度的關係 有關以上述條件所製作之6個結晶矽薄膜(p〇ly Si ) 係以傾斜的光進行目視觀察。χ,以祕拉曼分光法測定 拉又強度.’ s氩戒《壓力為5xl〇~ 6torr時之拉曼強度設定為 1 ,以評估其各別的結晶化度。其結果示於表i ^ (表1) 大氣壓力氺 ΗΓ6 10-5 Ί 10'2 1CT1 1 10 斜視目視觀察 結果 青色 m-m 傾向綠色 脑顯著 純白色 散射強 傾向白色 舰強 傾向白色 傭強 傾向白色 拉曼強度 (相對值) 1 4 7 6 6 6 氺:torr 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 • 裝 .. Γ Ί (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本耳} 如表1所示’在目視觀察.中,可以破認雷射回火處理 後之石夕薄膜的狀態係對應於大氣壓力而變化。亦即,氫氣 壓(大氣壓力)為l〇 - 6torr左右時,雖只略微看見帶青色 的散射光,但是在l〇-5torr左右時,前述散射光向綠色的 一側偏移,整體變得明亮。若進一步將氩氣壓昇高至1〇-ι ,則散射變得顯著,並觀察到像是呈白濁的狀態,之後一 直昇到lOtorr為止,仍看見大體上相同的狀態^ 另一方面,若根據藉顯微拉曼分光法之結晶化度的評 價’則以氫氣壓為5X10_6torr的條件下被結晶化之樣品的 拉曼強度做為基準時,在大氣壓力為lXl〇-5torr的狀態下 顯示出4倍的強度,進一步在ixio - 5torr至i〇t〇rr之間則 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CMS ) M呢格(21〇.χ297公釐) 88 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 407303 A7 B7 ---—_ ------- — —-—— ------— 五、發明説明(妨) 顯示出6倍至7倍的拉曼強度。由此等結果乃得以明瞭以下 之現象。 習知中除了令大氣中之分子與薄膜物質反應等的特別 情況外,一般雖在儘可能地降低大氣壓力的狀態(高度的 真空狀態)下進行光照射,惟如表1所顯示者,當以高度 的真空狀態進行時,並未獲得良好的結晶化度。另一方面 結晶化度則隨著氫氣壓的昇高而.提高β由該實驗結果, 在經雷射回火處理之結晶化中’以將環境之大氣壓力設定 為一定值以上者為宜,而以1X10-2t〇rr以上之大氣壓力為 較佳。 ’ 再者’若以高度的真空狀態而未能獲得良好的結晶化 度乙節,被認為係由於無法形成藉氣體分子之運動而成擾 動的溫度不均一性之故。另一方面,在氩氣壓存在時可以 提高結晶化度乙節,被認為係氫氣分子在薄膜表面碰撞脫 離時將薄膜的熱奪走’而產生局部的’擾動的溫度不均一 現象有以致之。亦即,表1的結果證實了上述的研究。 (實驗2) 大氣壓力為氫氣壓5X10-6torr、ltorr二者,在各該個 別的氫氣壓條件中除使光束之照射次數成為i、1〇、1⑻、 5〇〇的變化之外,與上述實驗!同樣地進行以製作結晶砂薄 膜(poly—Si)。又,與上述同.樣地測定拉曼強度,並調察 在照射次數與結晶化度之關係中’氫氣壓所造成影響。其 結果如第41圖所示。 如第41圖所顯示者,在氫氣壓為1 torr的情形中,拉 本紙張尺度適财HU家縣(CNS ) A4雜(21GX297公釐) '~---— i. n^i /^1 In . m n^i am tn tn U3, - *-* c請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 89 經濟部中央標隼局貝工消費合作社印製 -A7 B7五、發明説明(87 ) — — 曼強度隨著照射次數的增加而上昇,並域認結晶化度的提 咼。另一方面,當氫氣壓為5X10 - 6torr時,照射次數超過 10次之後,即便再增加照射次數,拉曼強度也不會增加, 而結晶化度也不會提高。 由此結果可知’在照射光束多次以完成結晶化的方法 中’以不將大氣壓力抽成高度真空者為宜。而,在此結果 中’至少可以埃認如果將氫氣壓調整為ltorr ,則結晶化 度會隨著照射次數的增加而同時提高。 即使實驗1中沒有示出在超過10torr的條件時之結果 ,但是可以認為即便超過10t〇rr亦可以形成良質的結晶質 ’薄膜。其理由如次。當氩氣壓昇高時,由於在薄膜表面上 碰撞.脫離出之氫氣分子的數目變多,因此可以想像其產 生溫度分布之不均一的效果變弱。但是,卻有如后之附加 效果。亦即,若以光照射將薄膜溫度加熱至融點溫度以上 ,則薄膜内部之蒸氣壓昇高;雖然此蒸氣壓阻害晶體之成 長’而且造成構成薄膜之物質的飛散,但是如果環境的壓 力高,則薄膜物質之飛散會因此壓力而受到抑制,其結果 乃使結晶化之進行變得圓順。 可是,在上述實驗1、2中,構成環境大氣的氣體雖係 使用比熱大而且熱的冷卻效果亦大之氫氣(H2),惟構成環 境大氣的氣體並不限於氩體。例如可以使用N2、He和Ar 等惰性氣體,將此等氣體分子2種以上混合而成之混合氣 體亦可。但是,因氣體的種類而對比熱和薄膜物質所造成 的影響(包括不良影響)互異,所以根據氣體分子的種類 袈--------r訂 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家縣(CMS ) A4· ( 21GX297公釐) 90 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印裝 407303 A7 — —-—--- -丨_____Β·7 五、發明説明(88 y ' ~~" -— 而適當地設定氣體壓力者為宜。 、上雖使用準分子雷射做為光束,在本發明中所 使用之光束並不限於準分子雷射。例如不只是前述的取Install ,,: ~ Order ------ '" (Please read the precautions on the reverse side before filling out this page) V. Description of the invention (77) === The situation where a boundary line crosses is here In the embodiment, as shown in Embodiment 4-1, 33 ° is performed, and it is also possible to irradiate the time (one movement (including reciprocating motion, etc.) from the nth). With this embodiment, It is possible to further improve the degree of crystallinity. In addition, 731 and 732 in FIG. 33 show the positions of the irradiation surface before and after the movement, and 733 (the oblique line) is the repeated illumination arrow as the moving direction. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. However, as shown in Figure 32a above, the light beams with strong light intensity Η and the weak part L are arranged in a stripe arrangement and the beam is not Special technology is required, and it can be easily realized by well-known technology. There are no restrictions on the means to achieve it. For example, a filter that absorbs light to a considerable extent is arranged at predetermined intervals, so that it can be produced as described in Section 34. Plum-shaped transmission The filter can be realized by setting the filter in the optical path of the beam irradiation device (for example, in a beam homogenizer). It can also be achieved by, for example, arranging a metal fiber system in parallel or side by side in parallel It can be realized by means of setting the filter in the optical path. It can also be realized by means of making a striped light intensity pattern by setting a gap in the optical path to cause diffraction interference. (Implementation Aspect 4-3) '.. Aspect 4-3 of this embodiment is a method of using light interference to impart non-uniformity to the light intensity distribution. This method is in accordance with the implementation state because it can control the light intensity distribution pattern relatively freely. Samples 4-2 are equally applicable to a wide range of paper sizes. Applicable to Chinese National Standards (CNS) Α4 Zhuge (210X297 mm) 80 Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of China Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 ζ 5. Description of the invention ( 78) " Crystallization. The light intensity distribution pattern of the light beam used in this embodiment is shown in Fig. 35. Such a light intensity distribution pattern is shown in Fig. 36, which can be related to each other by The two light beams 801 and 802 are irradiated simultaneously to cause light interference and are easily formed. Specifically, for example, a semi-transmissive mirror is used to divide the laser light generated from the same light into two optical paths. Mirrors cause relative angles in the mutual optical path 'to cause interference. However,' If the two related lights interfere with each other, the light intensity part (bright line part Η) and The weak part of the light intensity (the dark line part L), and the period of the interferogram can be freely changed according to the intersection angle of the two beams, and its modulation degree (for the energy intensity ratio of light between the bright line part and the dark line part) (Influence) can be easily changed by changing the energy intensity of the two beams, so the interval and intensity ratio between the bright line portion Η and the dark line portion L can be set relatively freely. Therefore, the consideration is to properly set the above-mentioned interval and intensity ratio to the thickness of the amorphous film of the irradiated surface, etc. The following description will be made with reference to Figs. 37a to 7g when irradiating a light beam formed by such an interference pattern. Crystal growth action. Furthermore, the operating conditions in this embodiment are the same as those in the previous embodiment 4 to 1. When a non-single crystal thin film is irradiated with the characteristic light beam shown in Fig. 37a, a high temperature is formed on the thin film on the bright line portion, and a low temperature distribution pattern is formed on the dark line portion B (curve 901) (Figure 37b). In the process of decreasing temperature, as shown in Fig. 37c, the crystal nucleus is 903. This paper size is suitable for Guanjia County (CNS) A4_ 秘 297Gx297y ^ thin) ~~~~--81- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)-Order the employee's cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs to print A7 ___B7 V. Description of the invention (79) At the intersection of curve 901 and the crystallization temperature line 902 at the beginning (The lowest temperature in the low-temperature region L) occurs. If the temperature further decreases (Figure 37d), the crystal growth is induced to the L-Η direction by the heat transferred from the high-temperature region H to the low-temperature region 1, and new nuclei are generated and induced to grow in the same way ( (Figure 37e) "The occurrence and growth of such crystals have been maintained until the temperature in the high-temperature region η corresponding to the bright line portion 下降 drops below the melting temperature (37f, g 圊). Based on the crystallization mechanism described above, according to this embodiment 4__3, a crystalline semiconductor thin film having a uniform degree of crystallization and a large degree of electric field effect shift can be produced in a relatively wide range. In this embodiment, it is the same as the previous embodiment 4-2. Because the boundary line of the crystal grain boundary (the collision line of the crystal grains) is formed in the central part of the high-temperature region, it is the same as the previous embodiment. As mentioned in Example 4-2, if the direction k that intersects the alignment direction of H-L-H-L at right angles is the carrier moving direction, a high electric field effect mobility can be obtained. (Implementation Modes 4 to 4) Implementation Modes 4 to 4 are basically the same as those in Implementation Modes 4 to 3. However, in this embodiment, by dynamically adjusting the period of the interference pattern and the modulation degree, the bright line portion Η and the dark line portion L become a fluctuation change mode. The contents of the implementation modes 4 to 4 will be described below. 》 As shown in Figure 38, at least one of the two related beams is dynamically phase-modulated to form a light beam whose position of the bright line portion and the dark line portion of the interference fringe fluctuates variably. Phase modulation system, for example, to change the phase of one beam relative to the other beam in order. 〇, π / 2 I.- III -II, policy --IH---4 ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) This paper standard is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297297 Magic 82 A7 B7 V. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 Invention Description (80), 7Γ. This can make interference fringes The positions of the bright line portion and the dark line portion are staggered in time series, and the stripe pattern composed of the bright line portion and the dark line portion can form a fluctuating beam of light (p. 38). ○ Phase modulation can be exemplified The means are, for example, a method of dynamically changing the optical path length of one of the two beams using a reflector to change the phase, and a method of dynamically changing the refractive index of a transparent body arranged in the optical path. This optical system is grouped into the aforementioned beam homogenizer (1403 in Fig. 42). According to this embodiment, the temperature distribution pattern is replaced on the surface of the film that is the irradiation surface. The high temperature region H and the low temperature region L are formed dynamically, so the effect of inducing crystal growth to a certain direction is great. Also, because this method also has the effect of forcing impurities to be outside the effective region, it can achieve high purity of the thin film at the same time. 'A high-quality crystalline film is formed on one side. The effect of forcing impurities outside the effective region is based on the following principle. That is, because the melting point and specific gravity of the film components and impurities are different, fluctuations should be added. When the temperature changes, there is a difference in progress between the two. Therefore, 'If multiple irradiations are performed, a small amount of impurities and the film components are separated. Here, the period and modulation of the interference scheme are adjusted. It may be performed in one irradiation, or in each type and irradiation of multiple irradiations. Further, it is also possible to control the modulation degree according to each stage of crystal growth; according to this method, it is possible to induce more appropriately Crystal growth. Also, in any of the above-mentioned implementation patterns 4_3, 4—4, the Chinese national standard (€?) And the 4 paper standards are applicable. (210 '乂 297 mm) -----; ----- Installation ------- .. Order ------. ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page ) The foregoing facts 83-A7 B7 V. Printed by Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 Description of invention (81 Same as 4-1 or 4-2, you can make either laser light or substrate side The person moves (including reciprocating motion) while irradiating it; by this method, the crystal growth can be appropriately controlled. However, when this movement is directed toward the parallel direction of the stripe direction formed by the bright line portion Η and the dark line portion l In progress', the effect of forcing impurities out can also be obtained in the above-mentioned embodiments 4-3. However, although the above is mainly explained by setting the temperature distribution in the direction of the surface of the irradiated area. Domain, as shown in FIG. 39, the light intensity distribution can also be made according to the light interference in the thickness direction of the irradiated film. form. The 39th circle shows the irradiated body composed of a thin film of an amorphous silicon layer Π01, a bottom layer (Si02) 1102, and a glass substrate 1103 sequentially from the irradiation direction (above the same figure). Pattern illustration. When a light beam with a light intensity distribution is incident on the up and down direction (thickness direction) of the irradiated body, the temperature distribution corresponding to this waveform is formed in the thickness direction, and because the thickness of the Shi Xi film used in Ding FT is usually thin The distance to tens of nanometers is shorter than the period of the interference fringes, so it is difficult to form a periodic temperature distribution in the thickness direction. However, the upper surface of the thin film 1101 is cooled due to heat radiation to the surrounding environment, while the lower surface (substrate side) is radiated due to heat conduction to the bottom layer 1102 and the glass substrate 1103, so there is a temperature distribution in the thickness direction, and this temperature distribution It is possible to zoom in. Further, as the means for expanding the temperature distribution in the thickness direction by using light and irradiation, the above-mentioned interference pattern can be used. Specifically, for example, if the lower-mirror reflector on the glass substrate 1103 interferes or magnifies the difference in refractive index between the film mi and the bottom layer or the glass substrate 1103, the paper is made of CNS M (21Qx29,7 < ^ equipment.: -Order ------ ', ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 84 Λ7 --- 4G73n.q Position __ V. Description of the invention (82 ) Interference can be caused by the light incident from the film 1101 side and the light reflected at the interface of each layer. In addition, by adjusting the period of the interference fringes, a temperature distribution can be formed in the thickness direction (up and down direction), and thereby It is possible to control the crystal growth in the thickness direction. When controlling the temperature distribution in the thickness direction, consider the thickness of the non-single crystalline thin slab, the thermal conductivity of the bottom layer and the substrate, and it is appropriate to determine the appropriate setting conditions individually. The light emitted from the light sources can be divided into two, one of which is irradiated from the side of the film (above), and the other is irradiated from the side of the substrate (below) to cause interference in the film. However, in this case, the substrate as well The layer is made of the transmission material of the light beam. (Implementation mode 4-5) This embodiment mode has a temperature gradient formed on the crystallized surface by appropriately setting the pressure of the ambient gas during the crystallization process. In contrast, in the above-mentioned embodiments 4.—1 to 4—4, the light intensity pattern of the control beam is adjusted to complete the improvement and uniformity of crystallinity. Therefore, this The implementation mode is different from the implementation mode 4—i ~ 4_4. The content of this implementation mode will be described below. Printed by the consumer cooperation department of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back first) (Fill in this page) Figure 40 is a cross-sectional view of the same irradiated body (layered body) as Figure 39. 1200 is the irradiation surface of the beam, 12m is a thin film, 122 is the bottom layer, and 1203 is the substrate. The arrow represents the direction of heat transfer (exothermic direction) of the film. As shown in Figure 40, part of the heat is diffused into the surrounding atmosphere (upward direction) and outside the film's illuminated area (left-right direction in the figure). , But most The heat is transmitted to the large contact area, and the paper size of the paper is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 29.7 mm) 85 4G7303 -A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (83 substrate side with large conductivity) (Below,), r universal). Among them, the conventional laser tempering method is performed in a high vacuum pressure, and r is performed by irradiating a light beam with a uniform light intensity distribution. Therefore, as described above, As explained in Sample 4- !, since a temperature gradient is hardly formed in the central portion of the irradiation surface, it is difficult for nuclei to occur in the central portion in the initial stage of the exotherm. On the other hand, in the stage where the exotherm is too light, Many nuclear phenomena often occur frequently. In this embodiment, the method is different from the conventional method described above, and is characterized by not drawing a high vacuum from the pressure of the surrounding environment, and using a gas that constitutes the pressure of the surrounding environment. The motion of the molecules causes a non-uniform site on the light-irradiated surface.> First, the principle in this embodiment 4-5 will be explained. Generally, the time of one exposure (one pulse) of pulsed light such as excimer laser is 20 ~ 50 nsec, which is quite short. In addition, since silicon and the like must be heated to a temperature above the melting point within such a short irradiation time, silicon and the like are generally made into extremely thin films with a number of + nm. With such an extremely thin film, the influence of surrounding gas molecules during the exothermic process becomes considerable. Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, that is, the gas molecules existing in the atmospheric pressure of the surrounding environment and the gas molecules in the film have a certain probability to perform collision and detachment motion on the surface of the film. The thermal energy level is smaller than that of a film heated by light irradiation, so when it collides with the film surface and detaches, it will take away the heat of the film. If the effects of such gas molecules are considered, the temperature distribution that will inevitably produce disturbances on the film surface. Therefore, if the ambient atmospheric pressure and the types of gas molecules constituting the ambient atmosphere are appropriately set, even the Chinese paper is applicable to a uniform paper scale. Standard (CNS) ΑΊ present grid (210 X 29,7 mm) 86 407303 at ____B7 V. Description of the invention (84) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) When the moon beam is illuminated, also It is possible to form a part with a non-uniform temperature (a part with a low temperature) in the light-irradiated area ^ If such a part can be formed, then the generation of nuclei and the rounding of crystal growth can be achieved. To understand the basis of this consideration, the following experiments were performed. Furthermore, the crystal nucleus in the crystallization process can be conceived to play a role similar to a water vapor nucleus when moisture in the atmosphere condenses. (Experiment 1) Experimental conditions. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, first formed on a substrate (thickness l.lmm) made of # 7059 glass manufactured by Corning Corporation (η— 二 Ξ). A Si02 layer (bottom layer) with a thickness of 200nπ1 is further prepared as an irradiated body with an amorphous silicon layer with a film thickness of 5011111 formed thereon. Next, in an air-tight container 1500 provided with a window 1501 made of quartz glass as shown in Section 43 (a), the irradiated body formed by the above-mentioned amorphous silicon layer 1503 was placed, and the air-tight container was placed within 15,000 After the air is removed, hydrogen is introduced from the hydrogen high-pressure gas container 1502 to form a predetermined hydrogen pressure in the gas fork valley device. Next, the excimer laser generated by the laser irradiation device is irradiated to the amorphous silicon layer 1503 'of the object to be irradiated through the window 1501, and thereafter, it is radiated to be crystallized. The predetermined hydrogen pressure (atmospheric pressure) mentioned above is 5x10-6torr, 1x10-5torr, lxi0-2t〇IT, 1x1〇_4〇π_, ltorr, 10 (6) and so on. Also, The laser irradiation conditions were a conventional light beam with one pulse (〗 exposures) of 30 n · sec, a beam width of 7 mm × 7 mm, and a light intensity distribution with a uniform light intensity of 350 mJ / cm 2. Next, the beam was irradiated with 100 After a few pulses, it is allowed to exotherm at room temperature to polycrystallize the amorphous silicon layer. No. λ shape degree of wealth_ 家 转 (CNS) M specification (2iG> < 297 cm) (Writing) 87 · Α7 —_____ Β7 V. Description of the invention (85) One by one ~~ 'Moreover' In Figure 43, 1511 shows an excimer laser light generator, 1512 is a mirror, and 1513 is a beam homogenizer. The relationship between the atmospheric pressure and the degree of crystallization is related to the visual observation of the six crystalline silicon thin films (polly Si) produced under the above conditions with oblique light. Χ, the Raman intensity was measured by Myraman spectrometry. S The Raman intensity when the pressure is 5x10 ~ 6torr is set to 1 to evaluate the respective crystallinity. The results are shown in Table i ^ (Table 1) Atmospheric pressure 氺 ΗΓ6 10-5 Ί 10'2 1CT1 1 10 Squint visual observation cyan mm tends to green brain significantly pure white scattering strong tends to white ship strong tends to white helper tends to white Raman intensity (relative value) 1 4 7 6 6 6 氺 : torr Consumer cooperation of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printing and packaging. Γ Ί (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this ear} As shown in Table 1, 'In visual observation, you can find mines. The state of the Shixi film after the injection tempering process changes according to the atmospheric pressure. That is, when the hydrogen pressure (atmospheric pressure) is about 10-6torr, although the scattered light with cyan is only slightly seen, At about -5torr, the scattered light is shifted to the green side, and the whole becomes brighter. If the argon gas pressure is further increased to 10-ι, the scattering becomes significant, and a state of white turbidity is observed. After rising to 10torr, the same state was still seen. ^ On the other hand, if the crystallinity by the Raman spectroscopic method was evaluated, the sample crystallized under the condition that the hydrogen pressure was 5X10_6torr. When Raman intensity is used as the benchmark, it shows 4 times the intensity under the condition of atmospheric pressure of 1 × l0-5torr, and further between ixio-5torr and i〇t〇rr, this paper standard applies Chinese National Standard (CMS) M Grid (21.0 × 297 mm) 88 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 A7 B7 -----_ --------------- -------- 5 2. Explanation of the invention (may) Show 6 to 7 times the Raman intensity. From these results, the following phenomena were made clear. Except for special cases in which molecules in the atmosphere react with thin film substances in the practice, although light irradiation is generally performed in a state where the atmospheric pressure is reduced as much as possible (high vacuum state), as shown in Table 1, when When performed in a high vacuum state, a good degree of crystallinity is not obtained. On the other hand, the degree of crystallization increases with the increase of the hydrogen pressure. From the experimental results, it is appropriate to set the atmospheric pressure of the environment to a certain value or higher in the crystallization by laser tempering. An atmospheric pressure of 1X10-2 torr is preferred. ‘Further’, if a high degree of vacuum fails to obtain a good degree of crystallinity, it is considered that the temperature heterogeneity caused by the movement of gas molecules cannot be formed. On the other hand, in the presence of argon gas pressure, the degree of crystallinity can be increased. It is thought that the hydrogen molecules take away the heat of the thin film when the surface of the thin film collides and disengages. That is, the results of Table 1 confirm the above-mentioned study. (Experiment 2) Atmospheric pressure was both hydrogen pressure 5X10-6torr and ltorr. In addition to the individual hydrogen pressure conditions, the number of irradiation times of the light beam was changed to i, 10, 1 Torr, and 500. experiment! The same was done to make a crystalline sand film (poly-Si). The Raman intensity was measured in the same manner as described above, and the influence of the 'hydrogen pressure on the relationship between the number of irradiations and the degree of crystallization was examined. The results are shown in Figure 41. As shown in Figure 41, in the case of a hydrogen pressure of 1 torr, the paper size is suitable for HUjia County (CNS) A4 (21GX297 mm) '~ ----- i. N ^ i / ^ 1 In. Mn ^ i am tn tn U3,-*-* c Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 89 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-A7 B7 V. Invention Description (87 ) — — Mann intensity increases with the number of irradiations, and it is recognized that the degree of crystallinity is improved. On the other hand, when the hydrogen pressure is 5X10-6torr, after the number of irradiations exceeds 10 times, the Raman intensity will not increase even if the number of irradiations is increased, and the degree of crystallization will not increase. From this result, it is known that, in the method of completing the crystallization by irradiating the light beam a plurality of times, it is preferable that the atmospheric pressure is not evacuated to a high vacuum. In this result, at least, it can be recognized that if the hydrogen pressure is adjusted to ltorr, the degree of crystallization will increase at the same time as the number of irradiations increases. Even though the results under the conditions exceeding 10 torr are not shown in Experiment 1, it is considered that a good crystalline thin film can be formed even if the condition exceeds 10 torr. The reason is as follows. When the argon gas pressure increases, the number of hydrogen molecules that are collided and detached on the surface of the film increases, so it can be imagined that the effect of generating uneven temperature distribution becomes weak. However, there are additional effects as follows. That is, if the temperature of the film is heated above the melting point by light irradiation, the vapor pressure inside the film increases; although this vapor pressure hinders the growth of the crystals and causes the scattering of the material constituting the film, if the pressure of the environment is high , The scattering of the thin film material will be suppressed due to the pressure, and as a result, the progress of crystallization will be smooth. However, in Experiments 1 and 2, although the gas constituting the ambient atmosphere was hydrogen (H2), which has a large specific heat and a high cooling effect, the gas constituting the ambient atmosphere is not limited to argon. For example, an inert gas such as N2, He, and Ar may be used, or a mixed gas obtained by mixing two or more of these gas molecules. However, due to the type of gas, the contrast heat and the effects (including adverse effects) caused by thin film materials are different, so according to the type of gas molecules 袈 -------- r order (Please read the precautions on the back before (Fill in this page) This paper size is applicable to China County (CMS) A4 · (21GX297 mm) 90 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 A7 — —-—----丨 __Β · 7 V. Invention Note (88 y '~~ " -— It is advisable to set the gas pressure appropriately. Although the above uses an excimer laser as the light beam, the beam used in the present invention is not limited to excimer laser. For example Not just take

Ne雷射If料連續振蕩雷射,亦可以使用紫外線 燈等的光。 又,本發明雖對多晶化法特別有用,但是理所當然的 亦可以被利用為製作單晶化的方法。 再者,以上雖以結晶質半導體薄膜之形成方法為中心 而說明本發明之内容,惟本發明所相關的技術可以廣泛地 適用於使用光能以進行物質之改質,例如聚合物之融溶成 ' 形、對於合金之熱回火操作等。 (實施態樣5 - 1 ) 有關本發明之實施態樣5 — 1,係根據第44圖以及第45 圖而加以說明。 首先,如第44圖所示,於玻璃基板52丨上,藉電漿eVD法 形成非晶矽薄膜522以做為前區體半導體薄膜。此非晶矽 薄膜522之膜厚雖無特別的限制,惟通常係因應其用而不 同’例如在TFT中使用時為300〜1000A左右,在光感器和 光電動勢元件(太陽能電池等)中使用時則形成1 以 上左.右的厚度。 .其次’將形成有上述非晶矽薄膜522之玻璃基板載置 於基板台座535 ’並在靜止狀態下將結晶化用之第1能量光 束XeCl準分子雷射531之雷射光束531a,以及預備加熱用 之第2能量光束Ar雷射532之雷射光束532a,照射於非晶矽 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Μ規格(210X297公釐) 裝 . —訂.¾. (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 91 407303 A7 Β·7 五、發明説明(89) 薄膜522上5秒鐘。更詳細言之,上述xea準分子雷射531 之振蕩周波數為50Hz、波長308nm、照射能量300mJ/cm2 ;而Ar雷射532為連續振蕩,波長488 nm、輸出功率 20W/cm2。又,雷射光束531a係藉半反射鏡533而被反射 並被照射者。在非晶矽薄膜522中之各雷射光束531 a、532a 之照射區,域531b ’ 532b為帶狀’而且,雷射光束532a係被 照射至包含雷射光束53 la之照射區.域53 1 b之更廣的照射區 域532b上。 再者,使用如上所述之半反射鏡533等,並使雷射光 束53 la、532a垂直地照射於非晶矽薄膜522時,雖具有容 ’ 易降低晶體粒徑和電場效應移動度之偏差的優點,但也不 一定就要準確地垂直照射,例如將2面反射鏡猶微錯開地 配置’使其實質上大致成垂直的照射者亦可。又,使用例 如ArF、KrF、XeF準分子雷射等之波長在4〇〇nm以下的各 種雷射以替代XeCl準分子雷射531亦佳;另一方面,使用 波長在450〜5 50nm之各種雷射以替代Ar雷射亦可。 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 ---------裝-- (請先閱讀背面之注項再填寫本頁) 此處,非晶矽薄膜522在例如膜厚為1〇〇〇 A的情形時 ,具有如第1圖所示之透射率特性。亦即,例如對於波長 約為500 nm的光,其吸收係數為膜厚的倒數左右之1〇5 cm- 1 ,而對於比400nm短的波長之光,其吸收係為為1〇6 cm-i以 上’幾乎無法穿透。因此’破.長為30 8nm之XeCl準分子雷 射531之雷射光束531a大部分在非晶砂薄膜552的表面附近 被吸收,而藉由因之而造成的溫度上昇,以及熱的傳導, 主要的非晶矽薄膜522乃被加熱至12001左右《另—方面 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4祝格(210X297公釐) 92 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 -A7 ------ &7 _ 五、發明説明(9〇 ) ,波長為488nm之Ar雷射532的雷射光束532a在非晶矽薄 膜522之厚度方向的幾乎全部區域被吸收’經由熱傳導, 玻璃基板521被加熱至400°C左右。因而,雷射光束531a、 532a照射完成後,非晶石夕薄膜522即缓緩地冷卻,促進晶 體成長,形成晶體粒大的聚石夕薄膜523。 為評估如上述所形成之聚矽薄膜523,以及與習知相 同地僅藉由XeCl準分子雷射531而結晶化之聚矽薄膜的結 晶化狀態,於是進行拉曼散射之測定。其各別的測定結果 係以記號P或R而示於第45圖中。如該圏所顯示者,比起 僅僅照射XeCl準分子雷射531之雷射光束531 a的情形(R), 合併照射Ar雷射532之雷射光束532a時,可以確認其拉曼 強度大,而且結晶性優良。 又’將形成有非晶矽薄膜522之玻璃基板521,以例如 3mm/sec的速度一邊移動,一邊同樣地於非晶妙薄膜a〗 的全區域照射雷射光束53 1 a、_ 532a,對所形成之聚矽薄膜 523的複數個區域逐一進行散射測定以研究其結晶化的分 布,而確認其具有非常高的均一性。 再者’為使結晶化之均一性提高,如前述之雷射光束 532a的照射區域532b以包含雷射光束53 la之照射區域531b ,而且範圍更廣為宜。 (實施態樣5 —2) 如第46圖所示’將上述實施態樣5_1的心雷射532以 ,例如使用波長4#m之紅外線燈534而代替之《亦即,玻 璃基板係’例如第47圖所示般地具有透射率特性,而由红 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210x297公楚) 裝---------訂-------良 (諳先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 93 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 ,A7 ____._B7 五、發明説明(91 ) 外線燈534所發出之紅外線534a則穿透非晶矽薄膜522 ,大 部分被玻璃基板521所吸收。而,若照射以XeC1準分子雷 射531之雷射光束531a,則同實施態樣5_丨一樣地,藉由 該雷射光束531 a,主要是非晶矽薄膜522被加熱;另一方 面,藉由紅外線燈534之紅外線534a,則主要是玻璃基板521 被加熱。因此,當雷射光束531a以及紅外線53牦之照射完 成後,非晶矽薄膜522緩緩地冷卻雨促進晶體成長,並形 成晶體粒大的聚矽薄膜523。 除了如上所述之使用紅外線燈534以外,對於以相同 於實施態樣5 — 1的條件所形成之聚矽薄膜523所進行之拉 * 曼散射測定的測定結果以記號Q示於第45圖中。如同該圖 所顯示者’果然也可以確定比起僅僅照射XeC^準分子雷 射531之雷射光束531a的情形(R),其拉曼散射強度大而且 結晶性優良。 又’確認其晶體粒之均一性亦與實施態樣5 — 1同樣的 南0 再者’上述紅外線534a之外,和實施態樣5—1相同地 ’進一步以Ar雷射532之雷射光束532a照射之亦佳。又, 紅外線534a亦和實施態樣5 — 1同樣地使用半反射鏡,以使 非晶矽薄膜522被垂直地照射者亦佳。 (實施態樣5 — 3)' .. 關於本發明之實施態樣5 —3將根據第48圖至第50圖而 說明之。 首先,如第48圖所示,於玻璃基板521,藉電感耦式 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS ) A4祝格(210X297公釐) 裝 I 訂 A (諳先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 94 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 407303 at_____R7__五、發明説明(92 ) 的電漿CVD裝置以形成做為前驅體半導體薄膜之微晶矽 薄膜524。詳細言之,例如,使用單矽烷氣體(SiH4)與氫 氣以2 ·· 3的比例混合而成之混合氣體做為反應氣體,在基 板ίπι度(反應 >瓜度)為350C〜5 3 0。〇、壓力為數mTorr的 反應條件下,形成膜厚為85 nm之微晶矽薄膜524。再者 ,若和實施態樣5 — 1同樣地以形成非晶矽薄膜522來取代 微晶矽薄膜524亦可。又,使用lp(low Power)CVD裝置和 濺鍍裝置等以代替電漿CVD裝置亦可》 其次,將形成有上述微晶矽薄膜524之玻璃基板521在 400°C〜500°C熱處理30分鐘以上,以進行使其放出微晶矽 ’ 薄膜524中的氩之脫氫處理。亦即,在後述之雷射回火處 理時,被混入微晶矽薄膜524中的氫被急劇的释出,以防 止在微晶矽薄膜524產生損傷》 接著’實施雷射回火。亦即,如第49圖所示,於以石 英板形成照射窗口 54 la之容器541内設置上述玻璃基板521 ’照射以XeCl準分子雷射531之雷射光束531a,以及白熱 燈542之白熱光542a,使微晶矽薄膜524結晶化而形成聚矽 薄膜523 ^更詳細言之’上述之雷射光束531&的脈衝幅度 為數10 ns的脈衝振蕩、波長3〇8 nm、照射能量350 mJ/cm2 ’照射次數則為10次。又,雷射光束53 1 a係經由雷射光減 幅器543、勻化器(雷射光均二化裝置)544,以及反射鏡 545而被照射》另一方面,白熱光542&係照射以使微晶矽 薄膜524被加熱至4〇〇°c左右。進一步,藉由將上述聚矽薄膜523在氫電漿的大氣中 i. —^ϋ —^ϋ n^— ι ml —^n TJ 为 · r、一§ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 95 * - 五、 407303 A7 R7 發明説明(93 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 加熱至35G°C以上’以進行將聚石夕薄膜523中之被切斷的部 位以風做為其終端的氧化處理。 使用SEM以及TEM測定時,上述所形成之聚石夕薄膜切 的晶體粒徑為0.7ym,相對於習知之聚石夕膜的〇3以〇, 其晶體粒徑確定有增大。又,電場效應移動度由習知之5〇 cm2/V· sec增大至80 cm2/v·咖;進一步,聚矽薄膜⑵ 之界面以及膜中的合計缺陷密度由丨3χ〗〇ncm_ 2eV_ i減少 為1.0x10%·^-!。亦即,藉由在雷射光束53ι&的照射 時併用白熱燈加熱,两使得聚矽薄膜523之晶體粒徑增大 ’而且膜質提高。 再者,將雷射光束531a之照射條件經過各種變更以進 行實驗時,結晶化在照射能量為200 mJ/cm2以上發生, 在500 mj/cm2以上則微晶矽消失。又,在3〇〇 mj/cm2以— 、450 mJ/cm2以下的範圍中,晶體成長充分地進行,使得 晶體粒徑變大。又,在照射次數為5次以上時,晶體缺陷 之產生被抑制,而結晶性則提高。 接著,藉由實施預定的絕緣膜和導電獏之成膜處理、 以蝕刻形成圖案,以及植入離子等,而形成薄膜電晶體 (TFT)»此外,在雷射回火之前即實施聚矽膜523之圖案 亦可。 在計測以上述方式所形成之TFT的閘極電壓(Vg) — 極電流(Id)時,如第50圖所示,與習知之TFT相比,對閑 極電壓之汲極電流變成忽然啟始,次臨界電流特性提高 情形被確認,而臨界值電壓亦下降。 而 上 化 汲 的 nn ^^^^1 mf I^-^--i i - - ul— ~ 1 —I- I、一一 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再本页) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨Ο X 297公釐) 96 A1 B-7 經濟部中央揉準局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(94 ) 再者’照射如上所述之雷射光束53 la,但並不同時照 射白熱光542a ;例如第51圖所示者,於可以在水平方向上 移動的基板台座535上載置玻璃基板521,一邊沿該圖中以 箭頭A所示之方向使之移動,一邊將白熱光542&照射於較 之在微晶矽薄膜524之雷射光束53 Ia的照射區域為移動方 向的更前方侧上;或者在以雷射光束53 1&加熱之前先施以 白熱光542a加熱,亦可以獲得同樣的效果。 (實施態樣5 — 4) 關於本發明實施態樣5 —4之TFT係根據第52以及第50 圖而加以說明。 * 首先,如第52圊所示’於玻璃基板521上使用電漿CVD 法以形成非晶矽薄膜522。詳而言之,例如使用單矽烷氣 體(SiR〇與氫氣的混合氣體做為反應氣體,在基板溫度為 180°C〜300°C、壓力為〇.8Torr的反應條件下,形成膜厚為 82 nm的非晶矽薄膜522。 其次,和實施態樣5 — 3同樣地,於形成有上述非晶矽 薄膜522的玻璃基板521上實施脫氫處理。 接著,一邊使玻璃基板521沿第52圖中以箭頭a所表 示之方向移動,一邊照射XeCl準分子雷射531之雷射光束 531a’以及準分子燈551之準分子燈光551a,以使非晶矽 薄膜522結晶化並形成聚石夕薄棋523。更詳細言之,上述雷 射光束531 a之照射能量為350 mJ/cm2,照射在非晶石夕薄膜 522中之照射區域53 lb係呈500 ;wmX 70mm的帶狀。又, 隨著玻璃基板521之移動,使雷射光束531 a之各脈衝的照 -----^-----i-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)The Ne laser If material continuously oscillates the laser, and light such as an ultraviolet lamp can also be used. In addition, although the present invention is particularly useful for the polycrystallization method, it is a matter of course that it can be used as a method for producing a single crystal. Furthermore, although the content of the present invention has been described above focusing on the method for forming a crystalline semiconductor thin film, the technology related to the present invention can be widely applied to the use of light energy for material modification, such as melting of polymers. Forming ', thermal tempering operation for alloys, etc. (Embodiment 5-1) The embodiment 5-1 of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 44 and 45. First, as shown in FIG. 44, an amorphous silicon film 522 is formed on the glass substrate 52 as a front-end semiconductor film by a plasma eVD method. Although the film thickness of this amorphous silicon thin film 522 is not particularly limited, it usually varies according to its application. For example, it is about 300 ~ 1000A when used in a TFT, and it is used in a photo sensor and a photovoltaic element (solar cell, etc.) When it is formed, the thickness is more than 1 left and right. Secondly, "the glass substrate on which the above-mentioned amorphous silicon thin film 522 is formed is placed on a substrate base 535", and the laser beam 531a of the first energy beam XeCl excimer laser 531 for crystallization is placed in a stationary state, and preparation The laser beam 532a of the second energy beam Ar laser 532 for heating is irradiated on the amorphous silicon paper. The size of the paper conforms to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) M specification (210X297 mm). Order. ¾. (Please read first Note on the back, please fill in this page again) 91 407303 A7 Β · 7 V. Description of the invention (89) Put on the film 522 for 5 seconds. More specifically, the above-mentioned xea excimer laser 531 has an oscillation frequency of 50 Hz, a wavelength of 308 nm, and an irradiation energy of 300 mJ / cm2; and the Ar laser 532 has a continuous oscillation with a wavelength of 488 nm and an output power of 20 W / cm2. The laser beam 531a is reflected by the half mirror 533 and is irradiated. In the irradiated area of each of the laser beams 531a, 532a in the amorphous silicon thin film 522, the field 531b '532b is in a band shape. Moreover, the laser beam 532a is irradiated to the irradiation area including the laser beam 53la. 1b on a wider irradiation area 532b. In addition, when the half-mirror 533 or the like as described above is used and the laser beams 53a and 532a are irradiated vertically on the amorphous silicon thin film 522, it is easy to reduce the deviation of the crystal grain size and the electric field effect mobility. However, it is not always necessary to accurately illuminate the lens vertically. For example, a two-sided mirror may be arranged slightly staggered to illuminate it so that it is substantially vertical. It is also preferable to use various lasers such as ArF, KrF, and XeF excimer lasers with a wavelength below 400 nm instead of XeCl excimer laser 531. On the other hand, use various wavelengths from 450 to 5 50 nm Lasers can be used instead of Ar lasers. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs -------------- (Please read the note on the back before filling out this page) Here, the amorphous silicon thin film 522 is, for example, a film thickness of 1〇 In the case of 〇〇A, it has a transmittance characteristic as shown in Fig. 1. That is, for example, for light having a wavelength of about 500 nm, its absorption coefficient is 105 cm-1, which is the reciprocal of the film thickness, and for light having a wavelength shorter than 400 nm, its absorption system is 106 cm- i 'is almost impenetrable. Therefore, most of the laser beam 531a of the XeCl excimer laser 531 with a length of 30 8nm is absorbed near the surface of the amorphous sand film 552, and the temperature rise caused by it and the heat conduction, The main amorphous silicon thin film 522 is heated to about 12001. "Other-this paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Zhuge (210X297 mm) 92. Printed by the Bayer Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs-A7. ------ & 7 _ V. Description of the invention (90), the laser beam 532a of the Ar laser 532 with a wavelength of 488 nm is absorbed in almost the entire area of the thickness direction of the amorphous silicon thin film 522 through thermal conduction The glass substrate 521 is heated to about 400 ° C. Therefore, after the laser beams 531a and 532a are irradiated, the amorphous stone thin film 522 is slowly cooled to promote crystal growth and form a polysilicon thin film 523 with large crystal grains. In order to evaluate the crystallization state of the polysilicon thin film 523 formed as described above and the polysilicon thin film crystallized only by the XeCl excimer laser 531 as in the conventional case, the measurement of Raman scattering was performed. The respective measurement results are shown in Figure 45 with the symbol P or R. As shown in this figure, compared with the case (R) of the laser beam 531 a that only irradiates the XeCl excimer laser 531, it can be confirmed that the Raman intensity of the laser beam 532 a that is irradiated with the Ar laser 532 is large. Moreover, the crystallinity is excellent. Then, the glass substrate 521 on which the amorphous silicon thin film 522 is formed is irradiated with a laser beam 53 1 a, _ 532a over the entire area of the amorphous thin film a while moving at a speed of, for example, 3 mm / sec. A plurality of regions of the formed polysilicon film 523 were subjected to scattering measurement one by one to study the distribution of its crystallization, and it was confirmed that it has very high uniformity. Furthermore, in order to improve the uniformity of crystallization, as described above, the irradiation area 532b of the laser beam 532a includes the irradiation area 531b of the laser beam 53la, and the range is preferably wider. (Embodiment 5-2) As shown in FIG. 46, “the heart laser 532 of the above embodiment 5_1 is replaced by, for example, an infrared lamp 534 with a wavelength of 4 # m, ie, a glass substrate system”, for example Figure 47 has the transmittance characteristics as shown in the figure, and the red paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210x297 cm). Good (谙 Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 93 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, A7 ____._ B7 V. Description of the invention (91) The infrared light 534a emitted by the outside light 534 penetrates the non- The crystalline silicon film 522 is mostly absorbed by the glass substrate 521. However, if the laser beam 531a irradiated with the XeC1 excimer laser 531 is irradiated, the amorphous silicon thin film 522 is mainly heated by the laser beam 531a as in Embodiment 5_ 丨; on the other hand, By the infrared light 534a of the infrared light 534, the glass substrate 521 is mainly heated. Therefore, after the irradiation of the laser beam 531a and the infrared 53A is completed, the amorphous silicon film 522 slowly cools the rain to promote crystal growth, and forms a polysilicon film 523 with large crystal grains. Except the use of the infrared lamp 534 as described above, the measurement results of the Ra * man scattering measurement of the polysilicon film 523 formed under the same conditions as in Embodiment 5-1 are shown in FIG. 45 with the symbol Q. . As shown in the figure, it can be confirmed that the Raman scattering intensity and crystallinity are higher than those in the case (R) of the laser beam 531a that irradiates the XeC ^ excimer laser 531 only. Also, "confirm that the uniformity of the crystal grains is the same as that of the embodiment 5-1. Furthermore," except for the above-mentioned infrared 534a, the same as the embodiment 5-1 "further uses an Ar laser 532 laser beam. 532a irradiation is also very good. It is also preferable that the infrared rays 534a use a half mirror similarly to Embodiment 5-1 so that the amorphous silicon film 522 is irradiated vertically. (Embodiment 5-3) '.. Embodiment 5-3 of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 48 to 50. First, as shown in Figure 48, on the glass substrate 521, the Chinese National Standards (CNS) A4 Zhuge (210X297 mm) is applicable to the paper size of the inductive-coupling paper. (I first read the precautions on the back before reading (Fill in this page) 94 The Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed 407303 at_____R7__ V. Plasma CVD device of the invention description (92) to form a microcrystalline silicon film 524 as a precursor semiconductor film. In detail, for example, a mixed gas in which a monosilane gas (SiH4) and hydrogen are mixed at a ratio of 2 ·· 3 is used as a reaction gas, and the substrate's degree of reaction (reaction > degree of melon) is 350C ~ 5 3 0 . 〇 Under a reaction condition of a pressure of several mTorr, a microcrystalline silicon thin film 524 having a film thickness of 85 nm is formed. It is to be noted that instead of the microcrystalline silicon film 524, an amorphous silicon film 522 may be formed in the same manner as in Embodiment 5-1. It is also possible to use an lp (low power) CVD device and a sputtering device instead of a plasma CVD device. Next, the glass substrate 521 on which the above-mentioned microcrystalline silicon thin film 524 is formed is heat-treated at 400 ° C to 500 ° C for 30 minutes. The above is performed to dehydrogenate the argon in the microcrystalline silicon 'thin film 524. That is, during the laser tempering process described later, the hydrogen mixed into the microcrystalline silicon film 524 is abruptly released to prevent damage to the microcrystalline silicon film 524. Then, the laser tempering is performed. That is, as shown in FIG. 49, the above-mentioned glass substrate 521 'is irradiated with a laser beam 531a irradiated with XeCl excimer laser 531, and incandescent light of incandescent lamp 542 in a container 541 formed with a quartz plate to form an irradiation window 54a. 542a, crystallizes the microcrystalline silicon thin film 524 to form a polysilicon thin film 523 ^ More specifically, the above-mentioned laser beam 531 & has a pulse amplitude of several 10 ns, a wavelength of 308 nm, and an irradiation energy of 350 mJ / cm2 'The number of irradiations is 10 times. The laser beam 53 1 a is irradiated through a laser light attenuator 543, a homogenizer (laser light homogenizing device) 544, and a reflector 545. On the other hand, white heat light 542 & The microcrystalline silicon thin film 524 is heated to about 400 ° C. Furthermore, by placing the above polysilicon film 523 in the atmosphere of a hydrogen plasma i. — ^ Ϋ — ^ ϋ n ^ — ιml — ^ n TJ is · r, a § (Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page) This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 95 *-V. 407303 A7 R7 Invention Description (93 Consumption cooperation between employees of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printing and heating to above 35G ° C ' Oxidation treatment is performed on the cut portion of the polylithium thin film 523 with wind as its terminal. When measured by SEM and TEM, the crystal size of the polylithium thin film formed as described above is 0.7 μm. In the known polysilicon film, the crystal grain size is determined to increase by 0. In addition, the mobility of the electric field effect is increased from 50 cm2 / V · sec to 80 cm2 / v · ca; further, The total defect density at the interface of the polysilicon thin film 以及 and the film was reduced from 丨 3χ 〇ncm_ 2eV_ i to 1.0x10% · ^-!. That is, by heating with a white light lamp during the irradiation of the laser beam 53ι & Both increase the crystal size of the polysilicon film 523 and increase the film quality. When the irradiation conditions of the beam 531a were changed for various experiments, crystallization occurred at an irradiation energy of 200 mJ / cm2 or more, and microcrystalline silicon disappeared at 500 mj / cm2 or more. At 300 mj / cm2 or more, In the range below 450 mJ / cm2, the crystal growth is sufficiently performed to increase the crystal grain size. When the number of irradiations is 5 or more, the occurrence of crystal defects is suppressed and the crystallinity is improved. Next, by A thin film transistor (TFT) is formed by performing a predetermined film formation process of an insulating film and a conductive film, forming a pattern by etching, and implanting ions, etc. »In addition, a pattern of a polysilicon film 523 is implemented before laser tempering When measuring the gate voltage (Vg)-electrode current (Id) of the TFT formed as described above, as shown in Fig. 50, compared with the conventional TFT, the drain current of the idle voltage becomes Suddenly, the improvement of the subcritical current characteristics was confirmed, and the threshold voltage was also decreased. The nn ^^^^ 1 mf I ^-^-ii--ul — ~ 1 —I- I, One by one (Please read the notes on the back before this page) Printed in China National Standard (CNS) A4 (2 丨 〇 X 297 mm) 96 A1 B-7 Printed by the Consumers 'Cooperative of the Central Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (94) Furthermore,' Illuminate the above-mentioned thunder The light beam 53a is emitted, but the white heat light 542a is not irradiated at the same time; for example, as shown in FIG. 51, a glass substrate 521 is placed on a substrate base 535 that can be moved in the horizontal direction, and along the direction shown in FIG. While moving it in direction, irradiate the white heat light 542 & on the front side of the moving direction than the irradiation area of the laser beam 53 Ia on the microcrystalline silicon film 524; or before heating with the laser beam 53 1 & The same effect can also be obtained by first applying white heat light 542a. (Embodiment 5-4) The TFT of Embodiment 5-4 of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 52 and 50. * First, as shown in 52 ', an amorphous silicon thin film 522 is formed on a glass substrate 521 using a plasma CVD method. Specifically, for example, a monosilane gas (a mixture of SiR0 and hydrogen gas is used as a reaction gas, and the film thickness is 82 under the reaction conditions of a substrate temperature of 180 ° C to 300 ° C and a pressure of 0.8 Torr. nm amorphous silicon thin film 522. Next, as in Embodiments 5 to 3, a dehydrogenation treatment was performed on the glass substrate 521 on which the above-mentioned amorphous silicon thin film 522 was formed. Next, the glass substrate 521 was drawn along FIG. 52. In the direction indicated by the arrow a, the laser beam 531a 'of the XeCl excimer laser 531 and the excimer light 551a of the excimer lamp 551 are irradiated to crystallize the amorphous silicon film 522 and form a polysilicon. Chess 523. In more detail, the irradiation energy of the laser beam 531a is 350 mJ / cm2, and the irradiation area 53 lb of the amorphous stone film 522 is 500; wmX 70mm band. Also, with The movement of the glass substrate 521 makes the pulse of the laser beam 531 a -------- ^ ----- i-- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)

.1T 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X 297公瘦) 97 五、發明説明(95 -A 7 B7 經濟部中央橾隼局員工消費合作社印製 射區域531b以每次重疊90%的方式,於非晶矽薄膜522之 全區域’分別地各照射10次雷射光束531a。另一方面準 刀子燈光係自可視光至紫外光區的光,直接地,和經由凹 面反射鏡552照射於包括上述雷射光束53 u之照射區域 53 lb的5 mmx 70mm的照射區域551b上,以使非晶矽薄膜 552被加熱至500°C左右。 進一步,和實施態樣5 —3同樣.地進行氫化處理。 使用SEM以及TEM測定以上述方式所形成之聚矽薄膜 523的晶體粒徑,結果為1私m ;相對於習知之聚矽膜的〇.3 以m ’可以確認其晶體粒徑增大。又’電場效應移動度由 習知的50 cm2/V · sec增大至120 cmVv · sec ;而且,在聚 矽薄膜523的界面以及膜中之合計缺陷密度由! 3 χ 1〇12cm_2 eV- 1減少為ΐ·ΐ X i〇i2crn-2ev - 1。亦即,藉由在雷射光束 531a的照射時’併用藉準分子燈551之加熱,可以使聚石夕 膜523之晶體粒徑增大,而且膜質提昇。 接著’和實施態樣5 — 3同樣地,藉由實施預定的絕緣 膜和導電膜之成膜處理、藉蚀刻而形成圖案,和植入離子 等,以形成TFT 〇 在計測以上述方式所形成之TFT的閘極電壓(Vg)—汲 極電流(Id)時,如第50圖所示,確實,與習知之tft相比 ’對閘極電壓之汲極電流變成忽然啟始,次臨界電流特性 k昇’而臨界值電壓互自5.0V減少為4.2V的情形乃被確認 〇 (實施態樣5 — 5 ) . ^ΐτ-------.¾. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 良紙張又度適用中關家梯準(c叫从秘(21QX297公董) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 407303 -at ______B7 _ 五、發明説明(% ) 有關本發明之實施態樣5 — 5係根據第53圊以及第50圖 予以說明。 首先’和實施態樣5 —4相同地,於玻璃基板521上形 成非晶矽薄膜522,並進行脫氫處理。 其次’如第53圊所示,一邊使玻璃基板521沿箭頭A 所表示之方向移動,一邊照射XeCl準分子雷射531之雷射 光531a,以及準分子燈551之準分子燈光551a,同時以加 熱器561自底面側將玻璃基板521加熱,以形成聚矽薄膜523 。亦即’上述雷射光束531a,以及準分子燈光55 la之照射 條件等雖與實施態樣5 — 4相同,惟再進一步以加熱器561 ' 將玻璃基板52丨的全體加熱至450°C的部分則與實施態樣5 一 4不同。 進一步’和實施態樣5—3同樣地實施脫氩處理。 使用SEM以及ΤΕΜ測定以上述方式所形成之聚石夕薄膜 523的晶體粒徑,結果為1 _ 5 y m ;相對於習知之聚石夕膜的 〇.3/zm,可以確認其晶體粒徑增大。又,電場效應移動 度由習知的50 cm2/V · sec增大至150 cm2/V . sec ;而且, 在聚矽薄膜523的界面以及膜中之合計缺陷密度由丨.3 x 1012cm-2eV-1減少為 SJXlOHcm-kV-1 » 亦即,藉由在 雷射光束53la的照射時,併用以準分子燈551和加熱器56j 之加熱’更進一步地使聚矽臈523之晶體粒徑增大,而且 膜質提昇。 又’和實施態樣5 — 3同樣地形成TFT ;在計測閘極電 壓(Vg)—汲極電流(Id)時,如第50圖所示,較之實施態樣5 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0x297公釐) 裝 · 訂 A (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 99 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 407303 at B7 五、發明説明(97) ~ 4 ’對閘極電壓之汲極電流變成更忽然地啟始,次臨界 電流特性的提昇也被確認。 再者’將玻璃基板521之溫度做各種設定並加以試驗 時’若將玻璃基板521之溫度加熱至300°C以上即可以獲得 結晶品質提高的效果,惟若達6〇〇。(3以上時,玻璃基板521 產生變形,反而變得難以製作TFT等的元件。 (實施態樣5-6) 關於本發明之實施態樣5 — 6係根據第54以及第50圊而 做說明。 首先,和實施態樣5 — 4相同地,於玻璃基板521上形 • 成非晶矽薄膜522,並進行脫氩處理。 其次,如第54圖所示,一邊使玻璃基板521沿箭頭A 所表示之方向移動,一邊照射KrF準分子雷射571之雷射 光571a,以及準分子燈551之準分子燈光551a,同時以加 熱器561自底面侧將玻璃基板521加熱,以形成聚矽薄膜523 。此處,若與實施態樣5 — 5相比,主要的差異在於上述準 分子燈光551 a係自玻璃基板521的正上方穿透波長選擇性 反射板572而被照射的部分,以及使用KrF準分子雷射571 以取代XeCl準分子雷射531,且雷射光束571a經過波長選 擇性反射板572而被照射的部分。又,準分子燈光55 1 a被 照射至包括雷射光束571a的稱射區域571b在内的5 mmX 100 mm的盟射區域5511?上》其他的加熱條件則與實施態 樣5 — 5相同。 上述所使用的波長選擇性反射板572 —方面反射波長 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(〇呢)八4%格(210/ 297公楚) ----------裝-- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本f ).1T This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 male thin) 97 V. Description of the invention (95 -A 7 B7) The printed area 531b printed by the staff consumer cooperative of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs overlaps 90 each time % Method, irradiate the laser beam 531a 10 times in the entire area of the amorphous silicon thin film 522 respectively. On the other hand, the quasi-knife light is from the visible light to the ultraviolet light, directly, and through a concave mirror 552 is irradiated on the 5 mm x 70 mm irradiation area 551b including the above-mentioned irradiation area 53 lb of the laser beam 53 u, so that the amorphous silicon film 552 is heated to about 500 ° C. Further, the same as Embodiment 5-3 The hydrogenation treatment was carried out. The crystal particle diameter of the polysilicon film 523 formed in the above manner was measured using SEM and TEM, and the result was 1 μm; the crystal was confirmed by m ′ with respect to 0.3 of the conventional polysilicon film. The particle size increases. The electric field effect mobility has increased from the conventional 50 cm2 / V · sec to 120 cmVv · sec; moreover, the total defect density at the interface of the polysilicon film 523 and in the film is from 3 χ 1 〇12cm_2 eV-1 reduced to ΐ · ΐ X i〇i2crn-2 ev-1. That is, by irradiating the laser beam 531a with heating by the excimer lamp 551, the crystal particle size of the polylithium film 523 can be increased, and the film quality can be improved. Samples 5 to 3 Similarly, a predetermined insulating film and a conductive film are formed, a pattern is formed by etching, and ions are implanted to form a TFT. ○ The gate of the TFT formed as described above is measured. Voltage (Vg) —Drain current (Id), as shown in Fig. 50. Indeed, compared with the conventional tft, the 'drain current to the gate voltage suddenly starts, and the subcritical current characteristic k rises'. It is confirmed that the threshold voltage is reduced from 5.0V to 4.2V. (Implementation 5-5). ^ Ϊ́τ -------. ¾. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) Good paper once again applies to the Zhongguanjia ladder standard (c is called Congbi (21QX297). The employee's consumer cooperation of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs DU303407 -at ______B7 _ V. Description of the invention (%) About the implementation status of the present invention Patterns 5 to 5 are explained with reference to Figures 53 and 50. First, and implementation 5 4 Similarly, an amorphous silicon thin film 522 is formed on a glass substrate 521 and subjected to a dehydrogenation treatment. Next, as shown in FIG. 53 (a), while moving the glass substrate 521 in the direction indicated by arrow A, XeCl excimer is irradiated. The laser light 531a of the laser 531 and the excimer light 551a of the excimer lamp 551 are heated by a heater 561 from the bottom surface side to form a polysilicon film 523. In other words, although the above-mentioned laser beam 531a and the irradiation conditions of the excimer light 55a are the same as those in Embodiment 5-4, the heater 561 'is used to further heat the entire glass substrate 52 丨 to 450 ° C. Part of it is different from the implementation mode 5 to 4. Further, 'argon removal treatment was performed similarly to Embodiment 5-3. The SEM and TEM were used to measure the crystal particle size of the polysilicon film 523 formed in the above manner, and the result was 1 to 5 μm. Compared with the conventional polysilicon film of 0.3 / zm, it was confirmed that the crystal particle size was increased. Big. In addition, the mobility of the electric field effect increased from the conventional 50 cm2 / V · sec to 150 cm2 / V. Sec; and the total defect density at the interface of the polysilicon film 523 and in the film was changed from .3 x 1012cm-2eV. -1 is reduced to SJXlOHcm-kV-1 »That is, by irradiating the laser beam 53la with heating by the excimer lamp 551 and the heater 56j, the crystal grain size of polysilicon 523 is further increased. Large, and the film quality is improved. Again, TFTs are formed in the same manner as in the embodiment 5-3. When the gate voltage (Vg) -drain current (Id) is measured, as shown in FIG. 50, the paper size is more common in China than in the embodiment 5. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0x297 mm) Packing · Order A (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 99 Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 at B7 V. Description of Invention (97 ) ~ 4 'The drain current to the gate voltage starts suddenly, and the improvement of the subcritical current characteristics is also confirmed. In addition, "when the temperature of the glass substrate 521 is variously set and tested," the effect of improving the crystal quality can be obtained if the temperature of the glass substrate 521 is heated to 300 ° C or higher, but it can reach 600. (When it is 3 or more, the glass substrate 521 is deformed, and it becomes difficult to produce a TFT or the like. (Embodiment 5-6) The embodiment 5-6 of the present invention will be described in accordance with 54th and 50th. First, as in Embodiments 5 to 4, an amorphous silicon thin film 522 was formed on a glass substrate 521 and subjected to an argon removal treatment. Next, as shown in FIG. 54, the glass substrate 521 was moved along the arrow A Move in the indicated direction, while irradiating the laser light 571a of the KrF excimer laser 571 and the excimer light 551a of the excimer lamp 551, and heating the glass substrate 521 from the bottom side with a heater 561 to form a polysilicon film 523 Here, if compared with Embodiment 5-5, the main difference is that the above-mentioned excimer light 551 a is a portion that is irradiated from directly above the glass substrate 521 and penetrates the wavelength selective reflection plate 572, and KrF is used. The excimer laser 571 replaces the XeCl excimer laser 531, and the laser beam 571a is irradiated by the wavelength selective reflection plate 572. In addition, the excimer light 55 1 a is irradiated to a scale including the laser beam 571a. Shooting area 571b in 5mmX 100 mm irradiated area 5511? "Other heating conditions are the same as the implementation of 5-5. The wavelength-selective reflective plate 572 used above-the reflection wavelength of this paper applies Chinese national standards ( 〇?) Eight 4% grid (210/297 Gongchu) ---------- install-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this f)

11T 100 A7 B7 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(98 ) 比280 nm短的光,另一方面則讓波長比280 nm長的光穿 透。因此,於放電中使用KrF之KrF準分子雷射571的雷射 光束571a (波長248 nm)被波長選擇性反射板572反射而 幾乎垂直地被照射至非晶矽薄膜522的同時,自可見光至 紫外光區域的準分子燈光551a則是穿透波長選擇性反射板 572而幾乎垂直地被照射至非晶矽薄膜522。 進一步和實施態樣5 — 3同樣地.實施脫氫處理。 如上所述,雷射光束57la以及準分子燈光551 a被垂直 地照射至非晶矽薄膜522所形成之聚矽薄膜523的晶體粒徑 、電場效應移動度,以及缺陷密度,分別與實施態樣5 一 5 相同,為 1 ·5 /Z m、150cm2/V · sec,以及 8.7 X 10ucm—2eV_ 1 ,惟在聚石夕薄臈523之各區域中的晶體粒徑和電場效應移 動度的偏差則更少,而在聚矽薄膜523的全面獲得大體上 均一之特性。 又,和實施態樣5 — 3同樣地形成TFT ;在計測閘極電 壓(Vg)—汲極電流(Id)時’如第5〇圖所示,獲得與實施態 樣5 — 5相同的特性。 再者,藉由使用上述之KrF準分子雷射571可以使藉 波長選擇性反射板572對應雷射光束等之波長的選擇性反 射穿透易於進行’惟並不限於此,使用應用XeBr、KrC1 、ArF、ArCl等的短波長雷射亦可。 (實施態樣5 — 7 ) 有關本發明之實施態樣5 ~ 7將根據第54圖至第56圖做 說明》 / /^*XTC \ 卞 k I 丁 Μ 公11T 100 A7 B7 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (98) Light shorter than 280 nm. On the other hand, light with a wavelength longer than 280 nm is transmitted through. Therefore, the laser beam 571a (wavelength 248 nm) using the KrF excimer laser 571 of KrF in the discharge is reflected by the wavelength selective reflection plate 572 and is irradiated to the amorphous silicon thin film 522 almost vertically. The excimer light 551a in the ultraviolet region passes through the wavelength selective reflection plate 572 and is irradiated to the amorphous silicon film 522 almost vertically. Further, in the same manner as Embodiment 5-3, a dehydrogenation treatment was performed. As described above, the laser particle 57a and the excimer light 551a are vertically irradiated onto the polysilicon thin film 523 formed by the amorphous silicon thin film 522, and the crystal particle size, electric field effect mobility, and defect density are respectively different from the implementation state. 5 to 5 are the same, 1 · 5 / Z m, 150cm2 / V · sec, and 8.7 X 10ucm—2eV_ 1, but the deviation of the crystal grain size and electric field effect mobility in the areas of Jushi Xibo 523 It is even less, and the substantially uniform characteristics are obtained in the whole of the polysilicon film 523. Further, a TFT was formed in the same manner as in Embodiment 5-3. When the gate voltage (Vg) -drain current (Id) was measured, 'as shown in FIG. 50, the same characteristics as in Embodiment 5-5 were obtained. . In addition, by using the above-mentioned KrF excimer laser 571, selective reflection penetration of a wavelength corresponding to a laser beam or the like by a wavelength selective reflection plate 572 can be easily performed. , ArF, ArCl and other short-wavelength lasers are also available. (Embodiment 5-7) Embodiments 5 to 7 of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 54 to 56 "/ ^ * XTC \ 卞 k I 丁 M 公

In. 1 - —II —^1 1 - I - I - ^^1 1^— 1— - — T4 、τ (諳先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 101 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A 7 _____B7 五、發明説明(99 ) 在此實施態樣5 —7中,與實施態樣5 — 6相比,其相異 處在於’準分子燈光551a之照射區域551b為5 mm X 7 mm 的區域,和藉準分子燈551將非晶矽薄膜522之加熱溫度做 各種設定的部分;其他的加熱條件則與實施態樣5 _ 6相同 。亦即’調整第54圖中之準分子燈光55 la的照射強度,在 自室溫起至1200°C為止的範圍内將非晶矽薄膜522之加熱 溫度做各種設定,以形成聚矽薄膜523,並測定聚矽薄膜523 之晶體粒徑,以及電場效應移動度。 如第55圖所示,若將非晶矽薄膜522加熱至約300t以 上’則聚石夕薄膜523之晶體粒徑對應於加熱溫度而變大, ’ 而在1000。〇時成為最大的5/z m以上。若超過1〇〇〇。〇,則 玻璃基板521的表面有一部分熔融,對晶體成長形成妨礙 ,故晶體粒徑變小。 又’如第56圖所示’聚矽薄膜之電場效應移動度的確 在將非晶矽薄膜522加熱至約300。〇以上時,會對應加豐溫 度而變大’而在l〇〇〇C時成為最大的450 cm2/V . sec,同 時,若超過l〇〇〇°C則又變小。 亦即,藉由在雷射光束571a的照射外,再加上以加熱 器561加熱玻璃基板521,同時以準分子燈光551a之照射, 將非晶矽薄膜522加熱至600。(:〜1000°C的範圍,則特別地 可以獲得聚矽薄膜523之晶體粒徑擴大’以及膜質提高的 效果。 又’對於上述之聚矽薄膜523,和實施態樣5—3同樣 地形成TFT 在計測閘極電壓(Vg)一汲極電流(Id)時,例 本^尺度適财11¾轉(—)峨格(2iQx 297公楚---- -102 - I I 策 I ~~ 訂 I— n (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 407303 A7 _____B7 五、發明説明(100) 如非sa石夕薄膜522的加熱溫度為600之例係如第5〇圊所示 叙,較之實施態樣5 — 5、5 ~ ό可以獲得更為良好的TFT特 .性。 (實施態樣5—8) 關於本發明之實施態樣5 ~ 8將根據第57圖、第58圖以 及第50圊而說明之。 在此實施態樣5—8中,與前述.實施態樣5 —7相比,主 要的差異在於,使用脈衝發光的Xe閃光燈581代替準分子 燈55卜 更詳細言之,如第57圖所示,與實施態樣5 _ 7相同的 ‘ KrF準分子雷射571之雷射光束571a在非晶矽薄膜522上的 照射區域571b係成500从mX200.mm的帶狀方式照射。另 一方面,由Xe閃光燈581所發出之可見光至紫外光區域的 Xe閃光燈光58 la在包括上述雷射光束571a的照射區域 571b的5 mmX200 mm的照射區域581b上,係以使非晶矽 薄膜522被加熱至1000°C左右的方式而照射。又,此又£閃 光燈光58la係如第58圖所示,調整成與雷射光束571a的照 射脈衝同期,以當做跨越該照射脈衝之前後寬度的脈衝而 照射。又’雷射光束571 a之照射脈衝係以成為其照射周期 的2/3以下之脈衝寬度的方式而照射。除上述以外的加熱 條件則實施態樣5~7相同。. 以上述方式所形成之聚矽薄膜523的晶體粒徑,以及 電場效應移動度,分別與實施態樣5 _ 7中將非晶矽薄膜5 2 2 加熱至1000°C時的情形大體上相等;惟在實施態樣5_7中 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規^ΤΓ〇χ297公釐) ~ -103 - 1 . - - I -- 1 n 1^1 _ I —^1 J·- - - - - J -I、一5口、!- - I -----I I 1: 1 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局K工消費合作社印製 ΑΊ ____Β7五、發明説明(101) ’玻璃基板521上多少產生一些變形,反之,在本實施態 樣5—8中則不發生變形,而更確實地變成易於形成適當之 半導體電路。而且’由於Xe閃光燈581的加熱效率高,_ 次可以加熱大面積,因此可以容易地提高生性。 又’和實施態樣5—3同樣地形成TFT ;在計測閘極電 壓(Vg)—汲極電流(id)時,如第5〇圊所示,較之實施態樣5 —7可以獲得更為良好的TFT特性。. (實施態樣5 — 9) 有關本發明之實施態樣5 — 9係根據第59圖以及第50圖 予以說明。 * 在此實施態樣5 - 9中,如第59圖所示,與實施態樣5 一 8相同之由KrF準分子雷射571所發出的雷射光束57la被 波長選擇性反射板572反射,而被照射至非晶矽薄膜522中 之500 /zmX200 mm左右的帶狀照射區域571b之同時,發 自使用KTP結晶以將由YAG雷射所發出之雷射光束變換成 2分之1波長的YAG雷射裝置591之雷射光束591a,係藉反 射板592而被反射,並被照射於非晶矽薄膜522中之5 mm X 200 mm的照射區域59lb。如上所述,藉由波長選擇性 反射板572以及反射板592,雷射光束57 la及雷射光束591a 乃垂直地入射至非晶矽薄膜上。又,雷射光束571 a及雷射 光束591a的照射時序,以及轉衝幅度、雷射光束571a之照 射能量,和藉加熱器561之玻璃基板521的加熱溫度等,與 實施態樣5—8相同。 藉上述之YAG雷射裝置591的雷射光束59la而將非晶 1^1. II —1 —^ϋ I I - I . —^n In In n^i If,一ffJ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS > A4祝格(210乂:297公釐〉 104 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 _A7 _____B7五、發明説明(l〇2) 矽薄膜552之加熱溫度在自室溫至12〇〇t的範圍内做·各種 設定以形成聚矽薄膜523 ;測定其晶體粒徑及電場效應移 動度時,在非晶矽薄膜的加熱溫度為丨丨〇(rc的情形中,分 別成為最大的5_5#m及60〇cm2/V. sec。亦即,藉由於預 備加熱中使用YAG雷射裝置591,即使將非晶矽薄膜522加 熱至比較兩的溫度,玻璃基板521也不會發生變形’熔融 ,不純物混入聚矽薄膜523的情形比起在實施態樣5—7 中以準幺子燈55 1加熱非晶石夕薄膜522的情形,可以獲得更 良好的結晶性之聚矽薄膜5 2 3。但是,當加熱非晶矽薄膜5 2 2 至1200。〇時,晶體粒徑及電場效應移動度中的任一者都會 下降。此乃因,藉由YAG雷射裝置.591,在預備加熱時微 晶矽已經被形成,而此情形對於藉KrF準分子雷射571之 晶體成長會造成不良的影響。 又,和實施態樣5 — 3同樣地形成TFT ;在計測閘極電 壓(vg)—汲極電流(Id)時,如第50囷所示,較之實施態樣5 —8所獲得的TFT特性更為良好。 再者,預備加熱用的雷射裝置並不限於上述iYAC}雷 射裝置59i ;例如使用XeC1準分子雷射等脈衝雷射亦能以 異於KrF準分子雷射571的波長,而且,藉由氣體的混合 比等,而以較之KrF準分子雷射571為長的脈衝幅度進 一步,當以例如第58圖所示'時序而照射時,可獲得同樣 的效果。更有甚者,亦可以使用Ar雷射等之連續振蕩雷 射裝置。 再者,在上述各實施態樣中,雖例示使用矽(si)做為 tn mu n 1^1 n^i t n^i n^— tn^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適财關家轉(⑽)A4^ ( 2lQx297公幻 105 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 _A7 ____B7五、發明説明(l〇3) 半導體之例,但並不限於此;例如,使用鍺(Ge)和砷化鎵 (GaAs)等之瓜一v族半導體,硒化鋅(ZnSe)等之n _贝族 半導體專’雖然加熱溫度等條件未必相同,但亦確定可以 獲得同樣的效果》此外,亦可以使用碳化矽(SiC)和矽鍺 化合物(SiGe)等。 又’照射至非晶矽薄膜522之雷射光束53 1A可以由玻 璃基板521側行進,亦可以自非晶矽薄膜522側以及玻璃基 板521側雙方面行進。 又,可以使用石英、或塑膠等的有機材料基板以取代 玻璃基板521,而使用於導電性基板的表面形成有絕緣膜 ' 的物件亦可。 又,為預備加熱用之雷射光束532a等並不對非晶矽薄 膜522的全部區域做照射,而只就要求高TFT特性的區域 照射,至於其他的區域則與..習知者相同,亦可以僅照射供 為結晶化用的雷射光束53 1 a等》 (實施態樣6— 1) 以下將就適用於液晶顯示裝置之供做半導體元件的薄 膜電晶趙例加以說明。 在活性基質型的液晶顯示裝置中,設置於影像顯示區 域之薄膜電晶體,為降低其顯示影像的不勻現象,必須提 高其電晶體特性的均一性;另一方面,配置於影像顯示區 域的周邊部分之驅動電路中所使用的薄膜電晶體則必須要 有高響應性。然而’不論所檢討之各種的晶體成長方法, 兼得特性之均一性與高響應性二者都不是容易的事。因此 --.-I - *1^ ml Λ - I 1 nn -一aJ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適财關家縣(CNS ) ( 2丨以297公董) 106 經濟部中央榇準局貝工消費合作社印製 407303 A7 A 7 __ __ B7__— __五、發明説明(104) ,在本實施態樣中,係藉由使照射至形成於基板上之半導 體膜(非晶矽層)的每一個區域的照射方法互異,而獲得 各別域所要求之特性。亦即,對基板的全面,或只對影像 顯示區域施以第1雷射光照射後,對驅動電路部分的區域 以較之上述第1雷射光照射為高之能量密度進行第2雷雷射 光照射。以下’將就雷射回火裝置以及雷射回火方法,一 邊參照圖式一邊具體地說明。 在此實施態樣中所使用之雷射回火裝置基本上可以使 用具有相同於以前述第9圖所表示之習知的裝置之構成者 。在第9圖中,151表示雷射振蕩器,152為反射鏡,153為 均一化裝置,154為窗口,155為形成有非晶矽層的基板, 156為台座’ 157為控制裝置。而,於非晶石夕層之雷射回火 時’將自雷射振蕩器所振蕩出之雷射光以反射鏡引導至均 一化裝置153 ’並使被整形成能量均一之預定形狀的雷射 光通過窗口 154而照射至處理室内之被固定於台座156的基 板155。但是,控制裝置157可以限定在基板155之每一個 預定區域照射雷射光’同時也可以控制使在各區域的照射 條件成為不相同的。 使用上述雷射回火裝置,首先,使通過均一化裝置153 而被整形成光束斷面形狀為線狀(例如寬度為300 # m, 長度為10cm)之雷射光成為皞量密度為28〇 mJ/crn2,並一 邊移動基板155,一邊使照射區域部分的重疊,以進行照 射於基板155全面的第1雷射光照射(使用線狀雷射光之掃 描照射)。再者’此雷射光照射只對第6〇圊所示之影像顯 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4%格(210X297公釐〉 107 407303 _A7 ^-____ B7___ 五、發明説明(l〇5) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 m· HI fm l · 1^1 m m^f —i d^— \* 、T (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 示區域155a進行者亦可。其次,以較上述為高的4〇〇mj/cm2 之能量密度而進行將雷射光照射於驅動電路部的區域丨5 5 b 、155c之第2雷射光照射(使用線狀雷射光之掃描照射卜 此處上述的基板155係使用,例如於玻璃基板上藉 由電漿CVD法以500A的膜厚而形成非晶矽層之後,在45〇 °C下進行1小時的脫氫處理所製得者β又,雷射光係使用 ,例如脈衝幅度為25 ns,且以30〇 Ηζ的間隔所振蕩出者 ;並一邊使基板155以預定的速度移動,一邊相對地實施 雷射光掃描。進一步,如第61圖所示,在第2雷射光照射 中,係使照射區域每次重疊3〇仁m而掃描之。此時,在雷 , 射光之重疊照射的連續處之區域與,非連績處的區域雖發 生移動度等之特性不均現象,惟如同圖所示,使TFT以和 連續處不相關的方式形成時,若連續處部分被使用於配線 圖案等,則使TFT特性等之偏差縮小的作業即變得容易。 又,在第2雷射光之照射中,.將線狀光束方向設為平行於 基板155之各邊的方向(在第6〇圖之驅動電路部區域155b 、155c内以實線表示的方向),則若沿垂直於各邊的方向 而掃描時,即可以將照射時所需要之合計的時間縮短。因 此使固疋有基板155之台座旋轉90度而進行雷射照射為 宜(使雷射光之線狀光束方向旋轉90戽亦可,惟此種方式 一般有其困難。)。 藉由上述之第1雷射光照射,結晶化係於影像顯示區 域155a所必要之半導體膜特性的均一性被保持的情形下而 進行;另一方面,藉由第2雷射光照射則可以在驅動電路 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2丨0X297公釐) 108 Λ7 B7 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(1〇6) 部區域155b,155c中獲得高電場效應移動度。亦即,發明 人等在以各種照射條件實施雷射光之照射時了解到,若以 300 mJ/cm2以上的能量密度進行掃描照射,則在各掃描照 射區域之連續處部分會變得容易發生電場效應移動度不均 勻的情形。因而,如上所述地,在多晶矽之特性中要求其 面内均一性的影像顯示區域115&中,以低於3〇〇 mj/cm2的 能量密度照射雷射光時,在比像素部區域的面積小,而且 必須有高電場效應移動度等特性之驅動電路部區域15讣, 155c中,藉由以高於300 mJ/cm2之能量密度而照射雷射光 ,即便無法同時獲得膜特性的均一性,以及特性的提昇二 者,在影像顯示區域155a與驅動電路部區域155b,15氕中 仍然可以符合其各別的需求而形成特性互異之多晶石夕層。 (實施態樣6—2) 以下將說明薄膜電晶體適用於液晶顯示裝置之其他實 例0 ,在此例中,相對於第1雷射光照射時,光束的斷面形 狀係和前述之實施態樣U相同地為線狀,而於第2雷射 光照射時,光束的斷面形狀為方形的部分則有所不同。 在此實施態樣中所使用之雷射回火裝置與第9圖之裝 置相比較’則如第,所示般,係在設置將雷射光的光束 斷面形狀整形為線狀之均一伥裝置A621,和整形為方形 (例如1 cm角)之均一化裝置B622,以取代均一化裝置153 的點上有所不同。(又,有關與第9圖相同的構成要素係付 加以同樣的符號並省略其說明)。 本紙張尺度咖 C請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁') 袈. -----訂------ 109 _A7 B7 五、發明説明(107) 使用上述雷射回火裝置,首先,如第62(a)圊所示, 通過均一化裝置A621,對基板155的全面,或者只對影像 顯示區域155a ’在可以保持均一性之能量密度280 mj/ cm2 下’藉線狀的雷射光而實施雷射回火(使用線狀雷射光之 掃描照射)。其後,如第62(b)圖所示’使用均一化裝置B622 ,並如第63圖所示地,對驅動電路部區域155b、155c的各 個照射區域63 1、632,照射以能量密度為4〇〇 mj/ cm2的 方形雷射光(使用方形雷射光之掃描照射). 如上所述,於第2雷射光照射之際將雷射光設為方形 時,不用像實施態樣ό 一 1般地使基板155旋轉90度即可以 進行驅動電路部區域155b、155c的雷射回火。因此,不僅 可以和實施態樣6 — 1同樣地製得在像素部區域與驅動電路 部區域内具有不同特性的多晶矽,同時可以容易地完成裝 置與製造過程的簡單化。 (實施態樣6— 3) 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 將前述實施態樣6—2中的第2雷射光照射進行多次亦 可。亦即,和6 — 2同樣地,於第2雷射光照射時,不移動 基板155 ’而如第63圖所示般地,在驅動電路部區域155b 、:155c中之對應於方形的雷射光束形狀之各個照射區域 631、632的每一個上,固定雷射光之照射位置而進行靜止 照射者亦可;各照射區域631、632對應於,例如雷射光為 1 的方形者,若以每次重疊30 /zm左右的方式進行時 ,則在雷射光重疊而未被照射到的區域中之電場效應移動 度可以容易地被大幅度的提高,同時亦可以使得在區域内 本紙張尺細中國國 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 407303 -A7 _____B7 五、發明説明(1〇8) 之均一性提昇。此處,如上所述地,當雷射光的能量密度 高時,在雷射光重疊而被照射到的區域和,在非該狀況之 區域令,雖然在移動度等特性上產生不均勻現象,惟在驅 動電路部區域15 5 b、15 5 c中,未必需要如影像顯示區域丨5 5 a 一般的有通過全區域之相同的均一性。亦即,於雷射曝光 的連續處(雷射光束端)以半導體膜的圊案(TFT圖案) 不重疊的方式而形成驅動電路部,若使用連續處部分於配 線圖案等亦可。也就是說,只將多晶矽之具有均一特性的 郤为使用於TFT之形成等為宜。又,即使不使用那種重疊 而被照射的區域時,由於其面積較小,因而驅動電路部區 . 域155b、155c之使用效率也不會怎麼樣的下降。 此外,雷射光之照射可以藉由對每一個照射區域631 、632進行多次(例如30次等等),而使其特性進一步獲得 提昇。此處,靜止照射之次數與所獲得之多晶矽的移動度 間之關係表示於第64圖中》由同一圖式可以明瞭,在雷射 之照射次數中存在有適當的範圍,照射次數比此轉圍多或 少都會造成移動度減少。當設定靜止照射的能量密度為4〇〇 mJ/cm2時,以照射次數為5〇次以上,較佳為8〇次至4〇〇次 者’可以製得具有高電場效應移動度的多晶石夕。再者,藉 由對如上所述之驅動電路部區域實施雷射光之靜止照射而 產生的電場效應移動度之提昇效果,即使在使用線狀的雷 射光時,是要比使用方形雷射光時為少,仍然是可以獲得 提昇效果的》 · (實施態樣6 ~ 4 ) 本紙張尺度適财闕家標準(CNS ) ( 21QX29.7公釐) -----------^-------1 I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 111 ΛΊ B7 407303 五、發明説明(l〇9) 雷射光之照射條件並不只是在如同上述之實施態樣6 —1〜6 — 3的影像顯示區域155a和驅動電路部區域15讣、 155c中被設成互有差異,更進一步地於許多區域中被劃分 設成互異,以便在驅動電路部區域内形成特性不同的多晶 矽者亦佳。亦即,例如當實施態樣6一 3中的第2雷射光照 射時’在驅動電路部區域15 5b、155c中,形.成有閃鎖(今 7千)和轉移閘的區域由於必須要有高移動度,因此以高 能量密度(例如400 mJ/cm2)照射之;其他部分則是為了 使藉由擴大因干擾和調整偏差的減輕而獲致之均一性與光 束而擴大照射區域的情形之生產性的提昇成為優先之故, ' 而在330 mJ/cm2左右的條件下進行照射亦可。再者,照射 條件之差別,即使照射次數不同亦可以得到同樣的效果。 (實施態樣6—5) 說明雷射回火裝置之更多的實例。 此雷射裝置與第9圖之裝·置相比較,如第65圖所示, 係於窗口 154與台座156之間設有雷射光之透射率部分地不 同之罩幕構件641的點上而有所不同。上述罩幕構件64H系 如第66圖所示地,形成有對應於基板155之影像顯示區域 155a的衰減區域64la和,對應於驅動電路部區域155b、155c 之透射區域641b所構成者。具體而言,例如,藉由於石英 板上部分地覆蓋ND濾器和誘.電體多層膜等的光學薄膜等 ’而將雷射光之穿透率部分地設定成預定的大小,並可以 使得在像素部之雷射光照射能量密度降低。 藉由使用如上所述之雷射回火裝置,例如為了將;被整 ~~——--- --- 本紙張尺>^^中國國家標隼((:1'«〉八4規格(210/297公釐〉 " ' - in I ί nn I I nn nf I -!— i I - In 1! i—、一sOJ11 In ——I— I - - -I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央榡準局貝工消費合作杜印製 112 Α7 Β.7 五、發明説明(110) 形成線狀之雷射光照射至基板的全面上,若調動雷射光束 或者罩幕構件64卜以及台座156,同時以_ —之能 量密度照射基板的全面’則可以和前述實施態樣6_i同樣 地,對影像顯示區域155a以28G ml/em2之能量密度實施雷 射回火Φ即,可以在像素部與驅動電路部中同時形成特 性不同的半導體膜。 再者,罩幕構件641並不限於如第65圖所示般地將窗 口 154和基板155之間空出而配置者;以使其貼附於基板155 而-邊提昇雷射光照射表面之平坦性,並__邊將罩幕構件 641與窗口 154做成一體者亦可;又,設置於均—化裝置丨53 内,進-纟’在不令雷射光強度衰減的情形τ,使用藉折 射光學系統而使雷射光強度變化之裝置者亦可。 (實施態樣6—6) 以下說明可以進一步提昇在影像顯示區域中之均—性 的雷射回火裝置之例。 此雷射裝置係如第67圖所示,於基板155的上方設置 有使入射的雷射光束散射之均一化光學元件651。藉此, 將肇因於雷射光束形狀之繞射所產生的光量不均勻現象降 低,而且,因為來自基板155的反射光回到雷射振蕩器, 而可以防止雷射脈衝變成不安定的情形。 又,如第68圖所示,使用·具有散射性區域652a與經鏡 面加工等之透射區域652b等的複合式均一化光學元件652 ,以獲得同時形成在半導體層中之具有高均一性的區域和 具有高結晶性的區域者亦佳。 本紙痕尺度適用中國國家插準(CNS ) Α4祝格(2丨Οχ297公着) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ,11 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製In. 1-—II — ^ 1 1-I-I-^^ 1 1 ^ — 1—-— T4, τ (谙 Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) 101 Staff Consumer Cooperatives, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Print A 7 _____B7 V. Description of the Invention (99) In this embodiment 5-7, compared with embodiment 5-6, the difference is that the irradiation area 551b of the excimer light 551a is 5 mm X The area of 7 mm and the heating temperature of the amorphous silicon thin film 522 by the excimer lamp 551 are variously set; other heating conditions are the same as in the embodiment 5_6. That is, 'adjust the irradiation intensity of the excimer light 55a in FIG. 54 and set the heating temperature of the amorphous silicon film 522 in various ranges from room temperature to 1200 ° C to form a polysilicon film 523, The crystal grain size of polysilicon film 523 and the mobility of electric field effect were measured. As shown in Fig. 55, if the amorphous silicon thin film 522 is heated to about 300t or more ', the crystal grain size of the polysilicon film 523 becomes larger in accordance with the heating temperature, and it is 1,000. It becomes the maximum 5 / z m or more. If it exceeds 1000. 〇, a part of the surface of the glass substrate 521 is melted, which hinders crystal growth and formation, so the crystal grain size becomes small. Also, as shown in Fig. 56, the electric field effect mobility of the polysilicon film is indeed heating the amorphous silicon film 522 to about 300. Above 0 ° C, it will increase in response to the increase in temperature, and it becomes 450 cm2 / V.sec at 1000 ° C. At the same time, it will decrease again if it exceeds 1000 ° C. That is, the amorphous silicon thin film 522 is heated to 600 by irradiating the laser beam 571a with the heater 561 to heat the glass substrate 521 and irradiating with the excimer light 551a. (: ~ 1000 ° C, in particular, the effect of increasing the crystal particle size of the polysilicon film 523 and the improvement of the film quality can be obtained. Also, the above-mentioned polysilicon film 523 is formed in the same manner as in Embodiment 5-3. When the TFT measures the gate voltage (Vg) and the drain current (Id), for example, the standard size is 11¾ turns (—) Ege (2iQx 297 Gong Chu--102-II Policy I ~~ Order I — N (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 A7 _____B7 V. Description of the invention (100) If the heating temperature of non-sa Shixi film 522 is 600 As shown in Section 50, it is possible to obtain better TFT characteristics compared to the implementation aspects 5-5, 5 ~. (Embodiment Aspects 5-8) About Implementation Aspects 5 ~ 8 of the present invention It will be described with reference to Figs. 57, 58 and 50. In this embodiment 5-8, the main difference compared with the foregoing embodiment 5-7 is that the Xe flash lamp with pulse light is used. 581 replaces the excimer lamp 55. In more detail, as shown in FIG. 57, the same 'KrF quasi-scores as in the embodiment 5_7 The laser beam 571a of the laser 571 is irradiated on the amorphous silicon thin film 522 in an irradiated region 571b in a stripe pattern of 500 × mx200.mm. On the other hand, the visible light emitted by the Xe flash 581 is Xe in the ultraviolet region. The flash light 58a is irradiated on the 5 mm × 200 mm irradiation area 581b including the irradiation area 571b of the laser beam 571a described above, so that the amorphous silicon film 522 is heated to about 1000 ° C. Again, this is again. As shown in FIG. 58, the flash light 58la is adjusted to be synchronized with the irradiation pulse of the laser beam 571a, and is irradiated as a pulse spanning the width before and after the irradiation pulse. The irradiation pulse of the laser beam 571a is The irradiation period is a pulse width of 2/3 or less. The heating conditions other than the above are the same as in aspects 5 to 7. The crystal particle size and electric field effect of the polysilicon film 523 formed in the above manner. The degree of movement is approximately the same as when the amorphous silicon film 5 2 2 is heated to 1000 ° C in the implementation aspect 5_7; however, in the implementation aspect 5_7, the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 applies to this paper size Rule ^ ΤΓ〇 χ297 mm) ~ -103-1.--I-1 n 1 ^ 1 _ I — ^ 1 J ·-----J -I, one 5 mouths,!--I ----- II 1: 1 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the K-Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ΑΊ ____ Β7 V. Description of the Invention (101) 'The glass substrate 521 has some deformation, and vice versa, In this aspect 5-8, deformation does not occur, but it becomes more easy to form a suitable semiconductor circuit. Moreover, because the Xe flash 581 has a high heating efficiency, it can heat a large area, so it can easily improve its performance. TFTs are formed in the same manner as in the embodiment 5-3. When the gate voltage (Vg) -drain current (id) is measured, as shown in No. 50, it can be obtained more than the embodiment 5-7. For good TFT characteristics. (Embodiments 5-9) Embodiments 5-9 of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 59 and 50. * In this embodiment 5-9, as shown in FIG. 59, the laser beam 57la emitted by the KrF excimer laser 571, which is the same as embodiment 5-8, is reflected by the wavelength selective reflection plate 572, While being irradiated to the strip-shaped irradiation area 571b of about 500 / zmX200 mm in the amorphous silicon thin film 522, it was issued from the use of KTP crystals to convert the laser beam emitted by the YAG laser into YAG with a wavelength of 1/2 The laser beam 591a of the laser device 591 is reflected by the reflection plate 592, and is irradiated to a 5 mm x 200 mm irradiation area 59lb in the amorphous silicon film 522. As described above, with the wavelength selective reflection plate 572 and the reflection plate 592, the laser beam 57a and the laser beam 591a are incident on the amorphous silicon film perpendicularly. In addition, the irradiation timing of the laser beam 571a and the laser beam 591a, the turning amplitude, the irradiation energy of the laser beam 571a, and the heating temperature of the glass substrate 521 by the heater 561, etc., are the same as in the embodiment 5-8. the same. By the laser beam 59la of the YAG laser device 591 described above, the amorphous 1 ^ 1. II —1 — ^ ϋ II-I. — ^ N In In n ^ i If, a ffJ (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page again for this matter) This paper size applies Chinese national standards (CNS > A4 Zhuge (210 乂: 297mm) 104 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs _A7 _____B7 V. Invention Description (l〇 2) The heating temperature of the silicon thin film 552 is in the range from room temperature to 12000t. Various settings are made to form the polysilicon thin film 523. When measuring the crystal grain size and electric field effect mobility, the heating temperature of the amorphous silicon thin film In the case of rc, it becomes the largest 5_5 # m and 60〇cm2 / V. Sec, respectively. That is, by using the YAG laser device 591 in the preliminary heating, the amorphous silicon film 522 is heated to Comparing the two temperatures, the glass substrate 521 will not be deformed and melted, and the impurity is mixed into the polysilicon film 523 compared to the case where the amorphous stone film 522 is heated by the quasi-cricket lamp 55 1 in the embodiment 5-7. , Can obtain a better crystalline polysilicon film 5 2 3. However, when amorphous silicon is heated When the film 5 2 2 to 1200. 0, either the crystal particle size or the electric field effect mobility will decrease. This is because, with the YAG laser device .591, microcrystalline silicon has been formed during preliminary heating, However, this situation will have an adverse effect on the crystal growth of KrF excimer laser 571. In addition, a TFT is formed in the same manner as in Embodiments 5 to 3; when the gate voltage (vg)-the drain current (Id) is measured As shown in Section 50 (b), the TFT characteristics obtained are better than those of Embodiment 5-8. Moreover, the laser device for preheating is not limited to the above iYAC} laser device 59i; for example, using XeC1 standard Pulse lasers such as molecular lasers can also have wavelengths different from those of KrF excimer laser 571. Moreover, by using the mixing ratio of the gas, etc., the pulse width is longer than that of KrF excimer laser 571. When For example, the same effect can be obtained when irradiation is performed at the timing shown in Fig. 58. Furthermore, a continuous oscillation laser device such as an Ar laser can also be used. Furthermore, in each of the above-mentioned embodiments, examples are given. Use silicon (si) as tn mu n 1 ^ 1 n ^ itn ^ in ^ — tn ^ (Please read first Please fill in this page again if you need to pay attention to this page.) This paper size is suitable for financial affairs and family transfer (⑽) A4 ^ (2lQx297 Public Magic 105 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs _A7 ____B7 V. Description of Invention (103) Semiconductors For example, but not limited to this; for example, use of germanium (Ge) and gallium arsenide (GaAs) and other n-v semiconductors, zinc selenide (ZnSe), etc. The conditions are not necessarily the same, but it is also confirmed that the same effect can be obtained. In addition, silicon carbide (SiC), silicon germanium compound (SiGe), etc. can also be used. The laser beam 53 1A irradiated to the amorphous silicon film 522 may travel from the glass substrate 521 side, or may travel from both the amorphous silicon film 522 side and the glass substrate 521 side. In addition, instead of the glass substrate 521, an organic material substrate such as quartz or plastic may be used, and an object having an insulating film formed on the surface of the conductive substrate may be used. In addition, the laser beam 532a for pre-heating does not irradiate the entire area of the amorphous silicon thin film 522, but irradiates only the area requiring high TFT characteristics, and the other areas are the same as .. It is possible to irradiate only the laser beam 53 1 a etc. for crystallization (Embodiment 6-1) The following will describe examples of thin film transistors for semiconductor devices that are suitable for use in liquid crystal display devices. In an active matrix type liquid crystal display device, a thin-film transistor provided in an image display area must improve the uniformity of its transistor characteristics in order to reduce the unevenness of the displayed image; on the other hand, the The thin film transistor used in the driving circuit of the peripheral part must be highly responsive. However, regardless of the various crystal growth methods reviewed, it is not easy to obtain both uniformity of characteristics and high response. Therefore --.- I-* 1 ^ ml Λ-I 1 nn -a aJ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper is suitable for Guancai County (CNS) (2 丨 with 297 public directors) ) 106 Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Government Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 A7 A 7 __ __ B7 __— __ V. Description of the Invention (104) In this embodiment, the irradiation is performed on the substrate formed on the substrate. The method of irradiating each region of the semiconductor film (amorphous silicon layer) is different from each other to obtain the characteristics required by the respective domains. That is, after the first laser light is irradiated on the entire surface of the substrate or only the image display area, the second laser light is irradiated to the area of the driving circuit portion with a higher energy density than the first laser light. . Hereinafter, the laser tempering device and the laser tempering method will be specifically described with reference to the drawings. The laser tempering device used in this embodiment can basically use a component having the same device as the conventional device shown in FIG. 9 described above. In Fig. 9, 151 indicates a laser oscillator, 152 indicates a mirror, 153 indicates a homogenization device, 154 indicates a window, 155 indicates a substrate having an amorphous silicon layer, 156 indicates a pedestal, and 157 indicates a control device. However, when the laser of the amorphous stone layer is tempered, the laser light oscillated from the laser oscillator is guided to the homogenizing device 153 by a mirror, and is formed into a laser light having a predetermined shape with uniform energy. The substrate 155 fixed to the pedestal 156 is irradiated into the processing chamber through the window 154. However, the control device 157 may limit the irradiation of laser light 'to each predetermined area of the substrate 155, and may also control the irradiation conditions in each area to be different. Using the above-mentioned laser tempering device, first, the laser beam whose beam cross-sectional shape is adjusted by the homogenizing device 153 to be linear (for example, a width of 300 # m and a length of 10 cm) has a mass density of 28 mJ. / crn2, and while moving the substrate 155, the irradiation areas are partially overlapped to perform the first laser light irradiation (scanning irradiation using linear laser light) irradiating the entire surface of the substrate 155. Moreover, this laser light irradiation is only displayed on the image shown in 60th (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) The size of the paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4% grid (210X297 mm) 107 407303 _A7 ^ -____ B7___ V. Description of Invention (105) Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs m · HI fm l · 1 ^ 1 mm ^ f —id ^ — \ *, T (please first Read the precautions on the back and fill in this page.) You can also do it in the area 155a. Secondly, the area where the laser light is irradiated to the drive circuit part with an energy density of 400mj / cm2 higher than the above. 5 5 b. Second laser light irradiation of 155c (scanning irradiation using linear laser light) The above-mentioned substrate 155 is used, for example, an amorphous silicon layer is formed on a glass substrate by a plasma CVD method with a film thickness of 500 A After that, β obtained by dehydrogenation treatment at 45 ° C for 1 hour is used for laser light. For example, the pulse amplitude is 25 ns, and it is oscillated at an interval of 30 Ηζ. 155 moves at a predetermined speed while performing laser scanning relatively. As shown in Fig. 61, in the second laser light irradiation, the irradiation area is scanned by overlapping 30 in m each time. At this time, the area where the laser and laser light overlap and irradiate continuously is not consecutive. Although the unevenness of characteristics such as mobility occurs in the area, as shown in the figure, when the TFT is formed in a manner not related to the continuous area, if the continuous area is used for a wiring pattern, etc., the TFT characteristics and the like are changed. The work of reducing the deviation becomes easy. Also, in the irradiation of the second laser light, the direction of the linear beam is set to be parallel to each side of the substrate 155 (in the driving circuit portion region 155b in FIG. 60, The direction indicated by the solid line in 155c), if scanning in a direction perpendicular to each side, the total time required for irradiation can be shortened. Therefore, the base with the substrate 155 fixed on it is rotated by 90 degrees to perform Laser irradiation is appropriate (It is also possible to rotate the linear beam direction of the laser light by 90 °, but this method is generally difficult.) With the first laser light irradiation described above, the crystallization is performed in the image display area 155a. Necessary uniformity of semiconductor film characteristics On the other hand, by the second laser light irradiation, the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification (2 丨 0X297 mm) can be applied to the paper size of the driving circuit. 108 Λ7 B7 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by Shelley Consumer Cooperative of the Bureau of Standards 5. The invention has obtained high electric field effect mobility in the area 155b, 155c of the invention description (106). That is, the inventors learned that when the laser light is irradiated under various irradiation conditions, When scanning irradiation is performed with an energy density of 300 mJ / cm2 or more, the continuous portion of each scanning irradiation area becomes prone to non-uniform electric field effect mobility. Therefore, as described above, in the image display area 115 & in which the in-plane uniformity is required in the characteristics of polycrystalline silicon, when the laser light is irradiated at an energy density of less than 300 mj / cm2, the area of the pixel area is larger than that of the pixel portion area. It is small and must have high electric field effect mobility and other characteristics in the driving circuit area 15 讣, 155c, by irradiating laser light with an energy density higher than 300 mJ / cm2, even if the uniformity of film characteristics cannot be obtained at the same time, As well as the improvement of characteristics, in the image display region 155a and the driving circuit portion regions 155b, 15 氕, it is still possible to meet the respective needs to form polycrystalline stone layers with different characteristics. (Embodiment 6-2) Other examples 0 of the thin film transistor applicable to a liquid crystal display device will be described below. In this example, the cross-sectional shape of the light beam when compared with the first laser light irradiation is the same as the foregoing embodiment. U is the same linearly, but when the second laser light is irradiated, the cross-sectional shape of the beam is different. The laser tempering device used in this embodiment is compared with the device of FIG. 9 'as shown in the figure, it is provided with a uniform uniform device that shapes the cross-sectional shape of the laser beam into a linear shape. A621 is different from the homogenizing device B622 shaped into a square (for example, 1 cm angle) to replace the homogenizing device 153. (The same components as those in FIG. 9 are denoted by the same reference numerals and descriptions thereof are omitted). Please read the notes on the back of this paper before filling in this page ') 袈. ----- Order ------ 109 _A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (107) Use the above laser tempering device First, as shown in Section 62 (a) (i), the uniformity device A621 is used to complete the entire surface of the substrate 155, or only the image display area 155a is borrowed in the form of an energy density of 280 mj / cm2 that can maintain uniformity. Laser tempering (scanning irradiation with linear laser light). Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 62 (b), 'the homogenization device B622 is used, and as shown in FIG. 63, each of the irradiation areas 63 1, 632 of the driving circuit portion areas 155b, 155c is irradiated with an energy density of 4〇〇mj / cm2 square laser light (scanning irradiation with square laser light). As described above, when the laser light is set to a square shape when the second laser light is irradiated, it is not necessary to perform the same as in the first embodiment. By turning the substrate 155 by 90 degrees, laser tempering of the drive circuit portion regions 155b and 155c can be performed. Therefore, not only can the polycrystalline silicon having different characteristics in the pixel portion region and the driving circuit portion region be produced in the same manner as in Embodiment 6-1, but also the simplification of the device and the manufacturing process can be easily completed. (Implementation Mode 6-3) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The second laser light in the aforementioned Implementation Mode 6-2 may be irradiated multiple times. That is, similar to 6-2, when the second laser light is irradiated, the substrate 155 ′ is not moved, and as shown in FIG. 63, a square laser in the drive circuit portion regions 155 b and 155 c corresponds to the laser. For each of the irradiation areas 631 and 632 in the shape of the beam, it is also possible to perform stationary irradiation by fixing the irradiation position of the laser light. Each irradiation area 631 and 632 corresponds to, for example, a square with a laser light of 1. When the overlap is performed at about 30 / zm, the electric field effect mobility in the area where the laser light overlaps but is not irradiated can be greatly improved. At the same time, the paper size in the area can be reduced. Printed by the Shell Standard Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 407303 -A7 _____B7 5. The uniformity of the description of the invention (108) has been improved. Here, as described above, when the laser light has a high energy density, in regions where the laser light overlaps and is irradiated, and in regions other than this state, unevenness may occur in characteristics such as mobility, but In the driving circuit portion regions 15 5 b and 15 5 c, it is not necessary to have the same uniformity across the entire region as in the image display region 5 5 a. That is, the driving circuit portion is formed so that the semiconductor film scheme (TFT pattern) does not overlap at the continuous portion (laser beam end) of the laser exposure. It is also possible to use the continuous portion in a wiring pattern or the like. In other words, it is preferable to use only polycrystalline silicon with uniform characteristics for forming TFTs. In addition, even when the overlapping and irradiated areas are not used, the use efficiency of the driving circuit section areas 155b and 155c does not decrease much because the area is small. In addition, the laser light can be irradiated multiple times (for example, 30 times, etc.) to each of the irradiated areas 631 and 632 to further improve its characteristics. Here, the relationship between the number of stationary irradiations and the obtained polycrystalline silicon mobility is shown in Figure 64. It can be seen from the same figure that there is an appropriate range in the number of laser irradiations. More or less will cause reduced mobility. When the energy density of stationary irradiation is set to 4,000 mJ / cm2, a polycrystal having a high electric field effect mobility can be prepared by using irradiation times of 50 times or more, preferably 80 times to 400 times. Shi Xi. In addition, the improvement effect of the mobility of the electric field effect caused by the static irradiation of the laser light in the driving circuit area as described above, even when the linear laser light is used, the effect is higher than when the square laser light is used. Less, still can improve the effect "· (Implementation mode 6 ~ 4) This paper is suitable for financial standards (CNS) (21QX29.7 mm) ----------- ^- ------ 1 I (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 111 ΛΊ B7 407303 V. Description of the invention (l09) The irradiation conditions of the laser light are not just the same as the above-mentioned implementation 6 The image display area 155a and the driving circuit portion areas 15 讣 and 155c of —1 to 6—3 are set to be different from each other, and further divided into a plurality of areas and set to be different from each other so as to be formed in the driving circuit portion area. Polycrystalline silicon with different characteristics is also preferred. That is, for example, when the second laser light in Embodiment 6-3 is irradiated, in the driving circuit portion regions 15 5b and 155c, an area having a flash lock (currently 7,000) and a transfer gate must be formed. It has a high degree of movement, so it is irradiated with a high energy density (for example, 400 mJ / cm2); the other part is to enlarge the irradiation area by expanding the uniformity and the beam obtained by reducing the interference and reducing the adjustment deviation. Productivity improvement is a priority, and irradiation can be performed under conditions of about 330 mJ / cm2. In addition, the same effect can be obtained even if the irradiation conditions are different depending on the irradiation conditions. (Implementation aspect 6-5) Further examples of the laser tempering device will be described. This laser device is compared with the installation and arrangement of FIG. 9, and as shown in FIG. 65, the laser device is attached to a point between the window 154 and the pedestal 156 provided with a mask member 641 having partially different transmittance of laser light. A little different. As shown in FIG. 66, the cover member 64H is formed by forming an attenuation region 64a corresponding to the image display region 155a of the substrate 155 and a transmission region 641b corresponding to the driving circuit portion regions 155b and 155c. Specifically, for example, the optical transmittance of the laser light is partially set to a predetermined size by partially covering the ND filter and the optical film such as the multilayer dielectric film on the quartz plate. The laser light irradiation energy density decreases. By using the laser tempering device as described above, for example, in order to be trimmed ~~ ————- --- This paper rule & ^^ Chinese national standard ((: 1 '«> 8 4 specifications (210/297 mm) " '-in I ί nn II nn nf I-! — I I-In 1! I—, one sOJ11 In ——I— I---I (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page for further details.) Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Standards, Bureau of Consumption and Cooperation, DuPont 112 Α7 Β.7 V. Description of the Invention (110) Linear laser light is irradiated on the entire surface of the substrate. If the laser beam is mobilized or The mask member 64b and the base 156, and at the same time irradiate the entire substrate with an energy density of _, can perform laser tempering on the image display area 155a with an energy density of 28G ml / em2 in the same manner as in the aforementioned embodiment 6_i. Φ means that a semiconductor film having different characteristics can be simultaneously formed in the pixel portion and the driving circuit portion. In addition, the mask member 641 is not limited to be disposed by vacating between the window 154 and the substrate 155 as shown in FIG. 65. To make it adhere to the substrate 155 and-while improving the flatness of the laser light irradiation surface, and 641 and window 154 may be integrated; also, it is installed in the homogenization device 丨 53. In the case where the laser light intensity is not attenuated τ, the refractive light system is used to change the laser light intensity. The device can also be used. (Embodiment 6-6) The following is an example of a laser tempering device that can further improve the uniformity in the image display area. This laser device is shown in Figure 67 on the substrate A uniform optical element 651 is provided above 155 to scatter the incident laser beam. As a result, the phenomenon of non-uniformity in the amount of light caused by the diffraction of the laser beam shape is reduced, and because of the reflection from the substrate 155 The light returns to the laser oscillator to prevent the laser pulse from becoming unstable. Also, as shown in FIG. 68, the use of a composite type with a scattering region 652a and a mirror-processed transmission region 652b and the like is uniform. The optical element 652 can be obtained in order to obtain a region with high uniformity and a region with high crystallinity formed in the semiconductor layer at the same time. This paper mark scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) χ297 the public) (Please read the back of the precautions to fill out this page), Ministry of Economic Affairs Bureau of Standards 11 employees consumer cooperatives printed

113 A7 ______ ____Β·7 五、發明説明(m) *"~~~~ - 再者,上述各實施態樣雖然可以分別獲得上述之效果 ,惟除限料使其作用產^料,亦可謂各實施態樣 的構成予以組合’以獲得由其各別的作用所.產生之效果和 相乘的效果。 產業上之利用的可能性 本發明可根據以上所說明之態樣而實施,並產生如以 下所記載之效果》 .亦即,若根據本發明,在製作電晶體的領域可以做成 具有更大的粒徑之多晶石夕薄膜,可以使電場效應移動度等 之電晶體特性大為提昇,例如在液晶顯示裝置等,其效果 ,在於可以將大規模的驅動電予以内装化。又,藉著使用於 氣化石夕中添加氧而成的敗氧化石夕薄膜而可以減少膜中的氮 含量並降低其應力,使製得更安定的電晶體成為可能。又 ,不僅可以控晶體粒徑和結晶方位,同時在晶體成長過程 中之晶體相互間的干涉亦被防止,而得以製成足夠的晶體 粒徑。此外,若根據本發明,則於周邊部產生結晶核的時 序會比習知者變得較早,其結果使得晶體成長可以比習知 技術更早進行。 經濟部_央標準局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 再者,根據至少於非單晶半導體層之通道區域内設置 有控制晶體成長方向於源極區域與汲極區域的方向上之晶 體成長方向控制空隙等的晶韓成長方向控域之本發明 ,則由於長的大粒徑晶體粒在連結源極區域與汲極區域的 方向上被形成,因而可以獲得在此方向上之晶體晶間密度 小的結晶質薄膜電晶體,而此種結晶質薄膜電晶體具有優 本紙張尺度適财@81家標準(CNS〉A4_7210X297公4 ) 114 A7 &7 __407303 五、發明説明(112) 良的電場效應動度等TFT特性。 ,又,藉由適當地調節光束之強度圖案即可以達成晶體 句〖生與結晶化度的提昇,因此根據本發明即可以免 除2其他的電路帶來不良影響,而且可以只在基板上之被 限定的特定部分上形成具有更高的電場效應移動度之結晶 化區域β因而,可以將例如像素電晶體以及較之更要求有 甚至數百倍的两移動度之驅.動電路一體地形成於同 —基板上β此外,由於可以將CPU等集成地形成於同一基 板上,因而,根據本發明,可以獲得所謂的能夠以便宜的 賈格而&供兩性能、南積集度之AM — LCD的優良效果。 又’藉由照射至少2種前驅體半導體膜之吸收率不同 的能量光束,使得前驅體半導體膜在通過其厚度方向被加 熱的同時,基板亦被加熱,因此前驅體半導體膜即一邊緩 緩冷卻’一邊結晶化。因而,晶體成長被促進而形成比較 大的晶體粒,同時晶體缺陷減少,達到提高半導體膜之電 氣特性的效果。 再者,可以於基板面内形成具有半導體膜之特性高的 區域,以及特性之均一性高的區域之不同特徵的複數個區 域;並且藉此而在例如將周邊的驅動電路内裝化之液晶板 用的薄膜電晶體陣列中,得以實現電路部中所必需之高特 性,以及像素部中所必需之馬均一性。 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210 X29.7公釐) --. I! III--I II · I - -I - I - - I - I - 1--- Γ I- - - ^^1 I--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 經濟部中央標隼局員工消費合作社印製 115113 A7 ______ ____ Β · 7 V. Description of the Invention (m) * " ~~~~-Furthermore, although the above-mentioned implementation modes can obtain the above-mentioned effects respectively, except that the limitation of the material makes it work. The constitutions of the various implementation aspects are combined to obtain the effects produced by their respective effects and the effects of multiplication. INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The present invention can be implemented according to the aspects described above and produces the effects described below. That is, according to the present invention, it can be made larger in the field of making transistors. The polycrystalline silicon thin film with a large particle size can greatly improve the transistor characteristics such as electric field effect mobility. For example, in a liquid crystal display device, the effect is that a large-scale driving power can be built in. In addition, the use of oxidized oxycarbide thin film formed by adding oxygen to gasified stone can reduce the nitrogen content in the film and reduce its stress, making it possible to produce a more stable transistor. In addition, not only the crystal particle size and crystal orientation can be controlled, but also the interference between crystals during the crystal growth process can be prevented, and a sufficient crystal particle size can be made. In addition, according to the present invention, the timing of generating crystal nucleus in the peripheral portion becomes earlier than that of a known person, and as a result, crystal growth can be performed earlier than the conventional technique. Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs_Central Bureau of Standards Consumer Cooperatives (please read the notes on the back before filling this page). Furthermore, according to at least the channel area of the non-single-crystal semiconductor layer, the crystal growth direction is set to the source area and In the present invention, the crystal growth direction of the crystal region in the direction of the drain region controls the growth direction of the crystal and the like. Since the long and large-sized crystal grains are formed in the direction connecting the source region and the drain region, it is possible to Obtain a crystalline thin film transistor with a small intercrystalline density in this direction, and this crystalline thin film transistor has a superior paper size and good financial @ 81 家 标准 (CNS> A4_7210X297 male 4) 114 A7 & 7 __407303 V. Description of the invention (112) TFT characteristics such as good electric field effect dynamics. Also, by appropriately adjusting the intensity pattern of the light beam, the crystal sentence [the improvement of the degree of growth and crystallization can be achieved, so according to the present invention, 2 other circuits can be prevented from bringing about adverse effects, and can be used only on the substrate. A crystallized region β having a higher electric-field-effect mobility is formed on a limited specific portion. Therefore, for example, a pixel transistor and a drive that requires even two hundred times more mobility than the driving circuit can be integrally formed. Same-on-substrate β In addition, since the CPU and the like can be integratedly formed on the same substrate, according to the present invention, it is possible to obtain so-called AM which can provide two performances and a low degree of accumulation at a low cost of Jagger- Excellent effect of LCD. Furthermore, by irradiating at least two kinds of energy beams with different absorptivity of the precursor semiconductor film, the precursor semiconductor film is heated while passing through its thickness direction, so the precursor semiconductor film is slowly cooled. 'One side crystallized. Therefore, crystal growth is promoted to form relatively large crystal grains, and at the same time, crystal defects are reduced, thereby achieving the effect of improving the electrical characteristics of the semiconductor film. Furthermore, a plurality of regions having different characteristics and regions having high characteristics of the semiconductor film and regions having high uniformity of characteristics can be formed within the substrate surface; and, for example, a liquid crystal in which a peripheral driving circuit is incorporated can be formed. In the thin film transistor array for a board, the high characteristics necessary for the circuit portion and the horse uniformity necessary for the pixel portion can be achieved. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 29.7 mm)-. I! III--I II · I--I-I--I-I-1 --- Γ I ---^^ 1 I --- (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page} Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs 115

Claims (1)

.一種半導«膜之製造方法,其㈣在於包括有 u -1 - D— -- I—. - I- , __ . (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再壤寫本頁} 於基板上將具有第!熱傳導率之第i絕緣膜和,具 有與上述第1熱傳導率不同之第2熱傳導率,並選擇性 地形成於部分區域上之第2絕緣膜,予以積層的步驟; •於上述第1絕緣膜以及第2絕緣膜上將非單晶半導 體薄膜予以積層之步驟;以及 將能量光束照射於上述非單晶半導體薄膜上以使 晶體成長之步驟。 2·如申請專利第i項之半導體薄膜的製造方法,其特 徵為 於上述基板上積層上述第丨絕緣膜之後,將上述第 2絕緣膜予以積層,同時 將上述第2熱傳導率設定成比上述第丨熱傳導率低 〇 3·如申請專利範圍第2項之半.導體膜的製造方法,其特徵 上述第1絕緣膜係由氮化碎化合物與氮氧化石夕化人 物中之任何一者所構成,而 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作杜印製 上述第2絕緣膜則由氧化矽化合物所構成。 4. 一種半導體元件之製造方法,其特徵在於包括 於基板上將具有第1熱.傳導率之第1絕緣膜與,具 有和上述第1熱傳導率不同之第2熱傳導率,並選擇性 地被形成於部分區域上之第2絕緣膜予以積層之步驟; 和 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標率(CNS )八4規《格(210X297公釐) 116 A8 B8 C8 D8· 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 申請專利範圍 於上述第1絕緣膜以及第2絕緣膜上將非單晶半導 體薄予以積層之步驟;和 於上述非單晶半導體膜上照射能量光束以使晶體 成長之步驟;和 使用在上述之經晶體成長而成的半導體膜中,對 應於上述第1絕緣膜與上述第2絕緣膜之中的熱傳導率 焉的一方之區域’以形成半導體元件之步驟。 5.如申請專利範圍第4項之半導體元件的製造方法,其特 徵為 將在上述之經晶體成長的半導體膜中,對應於上 述第1絕緣膜與上述第2絕緣膜之中的熱傳導率低的一 方之區域除去’而使用殘留的區域以形成半導體元件 6·如申請專利範圍第4項之半導體元件的製造方法,其特 徵為 於上述基板上積層上述第1絕緣膜之後,再積層上 述第2絕緣膜,同時 將上述第2熱傳導率設定成較上述第1熱傳導率為 低。 7.如申請專利範圍第6項之半導體元件的製造方法,其特 徵為 ’ 上述第1絕緣膜係由氮化矽化合物與氮氧化矽化合 物中之任一者所構成,而 上述第2絕緣膜則由氧化矽化合物所構成。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八4况格(210X297公嫠) - I H —^^1 J— 1^1 I— I 1: - i IT - ----- — - I ^ (請先Η讀背面之注意事項再4·寫本頁) 117 B8 C8. A semi-conductor «film manufacturing method, which includes u -1-D—-I—.-I-, __. (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page} An i-th insulating film having a first thermal conductivity and a second insulating film having a second thermal conductivity different from the above-mentioned first thermal conductivity and selectively formed on a partial area, and a step of laminating; 1 a step of laminating a non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film on an insulating film and a second insulating film; and a step of irradiating an energy beam onto the non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film to grow crystals. The method for manufacturing a thin film is characterized in that the second insulating film is laminated on the substrate, and then the second insulating film is laminated, and the second thermal conductivity is set to be lower than the first thermal conductivity. The second half of the scope of the patent. A method for manufacturing a conductive film, characterized in that the first insulating film is composed of any one of a nitride compound and a oxynitride, and the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The consumer ’s consumer cooperation du printed the above-mentioned second insulating film, which is composed of a silicon oxide compound. 4. A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, which is characterized by including a first insulating film having a first thermal conductivity on a substrate, The step of having a second thermal conductivity different from the first thermal conductivity described above and selectively being laminated by a second insulating film formed on a part of the area; and this paper scale applies the China National Standards (CNS) Regulation 8 " Grid (210X297 mm) 116 A8 B8 C8 D8 · The process of printing and applying for a patent covering the above-mentioned first and second insulating films by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and the step of laminating non-single-crystal semiconductors; and A step of irradiating an energy beam on the non-single-crystal semiconductor film to grow a crystal; and used in the semiconductor film grown by the crystal described above, corresponding to heat conduction between the first insulating film and the second insulating film The step of forming the semiconductor element in the region of one of the leading parties. 5. If the method of manufacturing a semiconductor element according to item 4 of the patent application scope is characterized by In the above-mentioned crystal-grown semiconductor film, the region corresponding to the low thermal conductivity of the first insulating film and the second insulating film is removed, and the remaining region is used to form a semiconductor element. The method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to item 4, characterized in that, after the first insulating film is laminated on the substrate, the second insulating film is further laminated, and the second thermal conductivity is set to be lower than the first thermal conductivity. 7. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to item 6 of the scope of the patent application, characterized in that 'the first insulating film is composed of any one of a silicon nitride compound and a silicon oxynitride compound, and the second insulation is The film is composed of a silicon oxide compound. This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS), 8 and 4 cases (210X297 cm)-IH — ^^ 1 J— 1 ^ 1 I— I 1:-i IT------ —-I ^ (Please (Read the precautions on the back before you write this page.) 117 B8 C8 8·如申請專利範圍第4項之半導體元件的製造方法’其特 經濟部中央標準局具工消費合作社印製 將上述第2絕緣膜選擇性地形成於被圖案化成條紋 狀之區域上。 … 9. 如申請專利範圍第8項之半導體元件的製造方法,其特 徵為 一邊在上述第2絕緣膜之條紋狀圖案中沿其長向掃 描’ 一邊實施上述之能量光束之照射,同時, 使上述掃描方向大體上和電流路徑的方向成為一 致以進行上述半導體元件之形成。 10. —種半導體元件,其特徵在於具有 基板,和 被積層於上述基板上之具有第1熱傳導率的第卜絕 緣膜’以及具有和上述第1熱傳導率不同之第2熱傳導 率’並選擇性地被形成於部分區域上之第2絕緣膜,和 將被積層於上述第1絕緣膜以及第2絕緣膜上之非 單晶半導體薄膜’以能量光束照射進行晶體成長所成 之半導體薄膜; 在上述經晶體成長而成之半導體薄膜中,對應於 上述第.1絕緣膜與上述第2絕緣膜中之熱傳導率高的一 方之區域係被設置於電流路徑中。 11. 如申請專利範圍第10項之半導體元件,其特徵為 具有複數個在上述經晶體成長而成之半導體薄膜 中之上述區域; 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4現格(210X297公釐) I.------- ^------訂-------it (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再棟寫本頁) 118 407303申請專利範圍8. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to item 4 of the patent application, which is printed by the Central Standard Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives. The second insulating film is selectively formed on a patterned area. … 9. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to item 8 of the scope of the patent application, characterized in that the above-mentioned energy beam is irradiated while scanning in the stripe pattern of the second insulating film in the longitudinal direction, and at the same time, The scanning direction is substantially the same as the direction of the current path to form the semiconductor element. 10. A semiconductor device comprising a substrate, a second insulating film having a first thermal conductivity laminated on the substrate, and a second thermal conductivity different from the first thermal conductivity. A second insulating film formed on a part of the ground, and a semiconductor film formed by crystal growth by irradiating a non-single-crystal semiconductor film laminated on the first insulating film and the second insulating film with energy beams In the semiconductor thin film grown by the crystal, a region corresponding to a high thermal conductivity of the first insulating film and the second insulating film is provided in the current path. 11. For example, the semiconductor element under the scope of application for patent No. 10 is characterized by having the above-mentioned areas in the above-mentioned semiconductor film formed by crystal growth; this paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297) Li) I .------- ^ ------ Order ------- it (Please read the notes on the back before writing this page) 118 407303 ABCD 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印策 上述各區域係分別被並列地設置於電流流經之複 數個電流路徑中。 12. 一種半導體祕,係非單晶半導㈣膜藉能量光束照 射而進行晶體成長所成者,其特徵為 於上述半導體薄臈之周緣部分,在與上述半導體 薄膜相同的平面内,形成有沿外侧而延伸出之突起部 13. 如申請專利範圍第12項之半導趙薄膜,其特徵為 上述突起部係於藉上述能量光束之照射而進行晶 體成長時,被形成為1個結晶核所產生之大小者。 14. 如申請專利範圍第13項之半導體薄膜,其特徵在於 、上述突起部被形成為突出方向之突出長度為上述 半導體薄膜的膜厚以上,而且在以下。 15. 如申請專利範圍第13項之半導體薄膜,其特徵在於 上述突起部被形成為與突出方向垂直相效之寬度 方向的長度為半導體薄膜之膜厚以上,而且在3ym以 下。 16. 如申請專利範圍第12項之半導體薄膜,其特徵在於 上述半導體薄膜被形成為具有一對相對的邊之形 狀; 於上述相對的邊上分別形成有複數個上述之突起 部,同時 被形成於上述各邊上之互相鄰接的上述突起部之 間隔係被設定成大體上與上述相對的邊之間隔相等。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210Χ:297公;f ) ! 1 k裝------訂------線 (請先閲讀背面之注項再填寫本頁) 119 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 .-種半導趙元件,其特徵在於具有以能量光束照射非 单晶+導體膜而進行晶體成長所成之半導體薄膜, 請 先 閲 ,於上述半導體薄膜之周緣部分,在與上述半導體 薄膜相同的平面内,形成有沿外側而延伸出之突起部 〇 18.如申請專利範圍第17項之半導體元件,其特徵在於 形成具有以上述半導趙薄膜所形成之源極區域、 閘極區域和汲極區域的薄膜電晶體,同時, 至少於上述間極區域之周緣部分形成有上述突起 部。 19. 一種半導體薄膜之製造方法,其特徵在於具有 於基板上形成為非單晶半導體薄膜,並且具有在 與該非單晶半導體薄膜相同的平面内沿外側而延伸出 之突起部的非單晶半導體薄膜形成步驟,和 以能量光束照射而使上述非單晶半導體薄骐進行 晶趙成長之步驟。 線 20.如申請專利範圍第19項之半導體薄膜的製造方法,其 特徵為上述能量光束係包含雷射光、電子束、離子束 中之至少任何一種。 21·如申請專利範圍第2〇項之半導體薄膜的製造方法,其 特徵為上述能量光束包含準分子雷射光。 22.—種藉回火處理以使非單晶半導體薄膜結晶化之半導 體薄膜的製造方法,其特徵在於 使上述非單晶半導體薄膜的周邊部分之結晶核比 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇X:297公釐)The policy of ABCD, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperatives, etc. The above-mentioned regions are set in parallel in the current paths through which current flows. 12. A semiconductor secret is a non-single-crystal semiconducting holmium film grown by irradiating an energy beam, and is characterized in that a peripheral portion of the semiconductor thin film is formed in the same plane as the semiconductor thin film. Protrusions extending along the outer side 13. For example, the semiconducting Zhao thin film in the scope of patent application No. 12 is characterized in that the protrusions are formed into a crystal nucleus when the crystals are grown by irradiation of the energy beam. The resulting size. 14. The semiconductor thin film according to item 13 of the application, characterized in that the protrusions are formed so that the protruding length in the protruding direction is equal to or greater than the film thickness of the semiconductor thin film, and is also below. 15. The semiconductor thin film of claim 13 is characterized in that the protrusions are formed so that the width in the width direction perpendicular to the protruding direction is longer than the film thickness of the semiconductor thin film and less than 3 μm. 16. For example, the semiconductor thin film of claim 12 is characterized in that the semiconductor thin film is formed to have a shape of a pair of opposite sides; a plurality of the above-mentioned protrusions are respectively formed on the opposite sides and are simultaneously formed The interval between the protrusions adjacent to each other is set to be substantially equal to the interval between the opposite sides. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 ×: 297 males; f)! 1 k pack -------- order ------ line (please read the note on the back before filling this page) ) 119 A8 B8 C8 D8 6. Scope of patent application. -Semiconductor Zhao element, which is characterized by a semiconductor thin film formed by irradiating a non-single-crystal + conductor film with an energy beam to perform crystal growth. Please read first. A peripheral portion of the film is formed with a protruding portion extending along the outside in the same plane as the above-mentioned semiconductor film. 18. The semiconductor device according to item 17 of the patent application scope is characterized in that a film having a semiconductor film as described above is formed. The formed thin film transistors of the source region, the gate region, and the drain region are formed with the protrusions at least on a peripheral edge portion of the intermediate electrode region. 19. A method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film, comprising a non-single-crystal semiconductor having a non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film formed on a substrate and having protrusions extending outwardly in the same plane as the non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film. A step of forming a thin film, and a step of growing the non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film by irradiating it with an energy beam; Line 20. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film according to item 19 of the application, wherein the energy beam includes at least any one of laser light, electron beam, and ion beam. 21. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film according to claim 20, wherein the energy beam includes excimer laser light. 22. A method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film by tempering to crystallize a non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film, characterized in that the crystalline core of the peripheral portion of the non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film is more than the Chinese national standard (CNS) ) A4 size (21 ×: 297 mm) ABCD 經濟部中央榡準局負工消費合作社印裝 中央=卩分之結晶核於較早的時期產生,之後,使前述 周邊部分所產生之前述結晶核,於前述中央部分之結 曰曰核產生或者進行晶體成長之前,向中央部分進行晶 體成長。 Ba 23. 如申請專利範圍第22項之半導體薄膜的製造方法,其 特徵為,在經回火處理之半導體薄膜中,藉由使周邊 部分比中央部分為較早冷卻,而使得半導體薄媒的周 邊部分之結晶核比中央部分的結晶核於較早的時期產 24. 如申請專利範圍第23項之半導體薄膜的製造方法,其 特徵為’周邊部分包含具有略呈突起形狀的周緣;在 周緣部分因回火處理而產生並蓄積之熱,在與上述半 導艘薄膜平行的面之方向上的逸散方向成為複數個方 向,以使周邊部相較於中央部為較早冷卻。 25. -種半導體元件,特徵在於其為具有藉回火處理而使 非單B曰半導體薄膜結晶化而成之半導趙薄膜的半導體 元件,並具有 使上述非單晶半導體薄膜的周邊部分之結晶核比 中央部分之結晶梭於較早的時期產生,之後,使前述 周邊部分所產生之前述結晶核,在前述中央部分之結 晶核產生或者進行晶體成長以前,肖+央部分進行晶 體成長所成之半導體薄膜。 26. —種半導體元件,特徵在於,在具有通道區域和,配 置於前述通道區域兩側之源極區域,以及汲極區域之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準(CNS ) A4現格(2Ϊ"〇χ297公釐) 1„ 裝------訂------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再4·寫本頁) 121 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印袈 前 方 A8 B8 C8 D备 申請專利範圍 結晶質半導體層被形成於基板上所構成之半導體元件 中, 前述結晶質半導體層係將非單晶質薄膜予以結晶 化而形成者,而且 於前述結晶質半導體層之至少通道區域上,設有 控制晶體成長方向之晶趙成長方向控制空隙。 27·如申請專利範圍第26項之半導體元件,其特徵在於, 前述晶體成長方向控制空隙係於連結源極區域和汲極 區域的方向上設置有2列以上的溝狀空隙所構成者。 28. 如申請專利範圍第26項之半導體元件,其特徵在於, 前述晶體成長方向控制空隙係於連結源極區域和汲極 區域的方向上不連績地被設置有複數個。 29. —種半導體元件,其特徵在於,在具有通道區域與配 置在前述通道區域兩側之源極區域,以及汲極區域的 結晶質半導體層被形成於基板上而構成之半導體元件 中, 前述結晶質半導體層係將非單晶質薄膜予以結晶 化而形成者; 至少在通道區域中,設置有相較於通道區域本體 部分’結晶化開始溫度為高之早期結晶化區域。 30. 如申請專利範圍第29項之.半導體元件,其特徵為, 述早期結晶化區域係沿連結源極區域和汲極區域的 向為長形者。 31·如申請專利範圍第29項之半導體元件,其特徵為, 良纸張纽適用中國國家梯準(CNS)以胁(2丨〇><297公幻 1_^---Γ-----^------ΐτ------.^- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再资寫本頁) 122 經濟部中央梯準局負工消費合作社印製 A8 B8 C8 ___D8· 〜、申請專利範圍 1 ~~-- 述早期結晶化區域在通道區域本體部分的構成成八中 含有不純物質。 77 32. 如申請專㈣圍第⑽之何體元件,其特徵為,前 述結晶質半導趙層係以石夕、或者以石夕和錯作為主成分 〇 33. —種半導體元件之製造方法,係在具有通道區域與, 配置於前述通道區域兩侧之源極區域,以及汲極區域 之結晶質半導體層被形成於基板上而構成之半導體元 件的製造方法中,至少具備 於絕緣性基板上堆積非單晶質薄膜之步驟; . 於前述單晶質薄膜上形成晶體成長方向控制空隙 之步驟;和 於形成有晶體成長方向控制空隙之非單晶質半導 趙膜上照射能量·光束以使該薄膜結晶化之步驟。 34. 如申請專利範圍第33項之半導體元件的製造方法,其 特徵在於’將前述晶體成長方向控制空隙於連結源極 區域與及極區域的方向上形成溝狀.β 35_如申請專利範圍第33項之半導體元件之製造方法,其 特徵在於,將前述晶體成長方向控制空隙於連結源極 區域與汲極區域的方向上不連續地形成複數個。 36. —種半導體元件之製造方法,係在具有通道區域與配 置於前述通道區域兩側之源極區域以及汲極區域的結 晶質半導體層被形成而構成之半導體元件的製造方法 中,至少具備 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榇準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) |_Ί-------裝------ΐτ------,ii (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 123 407303 A8 68 C8 m 經濟部中央橾隼局貝工消費合作社印製 申請專利範圍 於絕緣性基板上堆積非單晶質薄膜的步驟; 於前述非單晶質半導體薄膜的一部分植入離子做 為提高該部分之結晶化開始溫度的不純物,以形成包 含不純物之早期結晶化區域的早期結晶化區域形成步 驟;和 於前述早期結晶化區域形成步驟之後,照射能量 光束以進行該薄膜之結晶化的步驟。 37.如申請專利範圍第36項之半導體元件的製造方法,其 特徵為’在前述早期結晶化區域形成步驟中,於連結 前述源極區域與前述汲極區域的方向上形成長帶狀的 早期結晶化區域》 3 8.如申請專利範圍第36項之半導體元件的製造方法,其 特徵為,前述早期結晶化區域係於連結前述源極區域 與前述汲極區域的方向上不連續地配置。 39.如申請專利範圍第33項之半導體元件的製造方法,其 特徵在於,前述能量光束為準分子雷射光束。 4〇. 一種半導體薄膜之製造方法,特徵為,在藉由將光束 照射於由形成於基板上之非單晶質而構成的薄膜之上 ,使前述非單晶質結晶化或者再結晶化,以形成結晶 質半導體溥膜之半導體薄膜的製造方法中, 上述之光束,係使用在被照射面之前述薄膜表面 上形成不均-的溫度梯度或溫度分布的方式,以調節 其光能強度之分布圖案的光束,並在靜止狀態下照射 上述光束。 請 先 閲 ι6 之 注 意 項 再 頁 裝 訂 124 經濟部中央揉準局負工消費合作社印裝 Α8 Β8 G8 __ D8. 六、申請專利範圍 41.如申請專利範圍第40項之半導體薄膜的製造方法,其 特徵在於’前述光能強度的分布圖案係在光朿範圍内 之光強度乃自一方朝他方單調地增加,或者自—方朝 他方單調地減少之分布圖案》 42·如申請專利範圍第40項之半導體薄膜的製造方法,其 特徵在於,前述光能強度的分布圖案係在光束範圍内 ’其相對的光強度之強的部分和相對的光強度之弱的 部分乃呈平面的交替配列之分布圖案。 43. 如申請專利範圍第42項之半導體薄膜的製造方法,其 特徵在於,前述光能強度的分布圖案係同時照射以至 少2個互相相干之光,以使其產生光干涉而形成者。 44. 如申請專利範圍第42項之半導體薄膜的製造方法,其 特徵在於,前述光能強度的分布圖案係同時照射以至 少2個互相相干之光,而且藉由將前述光之至少一個的 光相位予以動態地調制而形成波動的干涉圖案。 45. —種半導體薄膜之製造方法,特徵為,在將光束照射 至由形成於基板上之非單晶質所構成的薄膜上,其後 將之放熱,以使前述非單晶質結晶化或者再結晶化之 結晶質半導體膜的製造方法中, 别述製造方法係藉由將環境的大氣壓力保持於一 疋值以上,以使被光束照射的薄膜面上產生不均一的 溫度分布。 46. 如申請專利範圍第45項之半導體薄㈣製造方法,當 大氣氣體為氫氣時,前述_定值以上之大氣壓力為1〇. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4^JL# ( 210X297i^f) --^--------^-裝------訂------錄 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再4·寫本頁) 125 A8 B8 C% D8· 407303 六、申請專利範圍 5 torr以上。 47_一種半導體狀製造方法,其躲在於具有,於基板 上所形成之前驅體半導體膜上,至少照射以,給予上 述前驅體半導體膜之能使上述前驅體半導體膜結晶化 的能量之第一能量光束與,比上述第丨能量光束之上述 前媒體半導艘膜的吸收率小,而且給予上述前驅體半 導體膜之能量也比能使上述前驅體半導體膜結晶化的 能量為小之第2能量光束之使上述前驅體半導體膜結晶 化的步驟。 48_如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法其特 徵在於上述前軀體半導體膜為非晶質矽薄膜。 49.如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於, 上述第1能量光束之上述前驅體半導體膜的吸收係 數大致上為上述前驅體半導體膜之膜厚的倒數以上; 上述第2能量光束之上述前驅體半導體膜的吸收係 數則大致上為上述前驅體半導體膜的膜厚之倒數以下 50.如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於, 上述第1能量光束之上..述前驅體半導體膜的吸收係 數為上述前驅體半導體膜之膜厚的倒數之大致1〇倍以 上; 上述第2能量光束之上述前驅體半導體膜的吸收係 本紙張尺度適用申國國家標準(CNS )八4規洛(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注項再填寫本頁) -裝 訂 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 126 A8 B8 C8 D8* 407303 六、申請專利範圍 數則大致為上述前驅體半導體膜的膜厚之倒數。 51. 如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於,上述第1能量光束以及第2能量光束為波長互 異的光。 52. 如申請專利範圍第5丨項之半導體膜的製造方法係以 上述第1能量光.束為單波長之能量光束,同時,上述第 2能量光束至少包含有可見光區之波長成分為其特徵。 53. 如申請專利範圍第52項之半導體膜的製造方法,係以 上述第1能量光束為雷射光,同時,上述第2能量光束 為紅外線燈做為其特徵者。 54. 如申請專利範圍第52項之半導體膜的製造方法,係以 上述第1能量光束為雷射光,同時,上述第2能量光束 為白熱光做為其特徵。 55·如申請專利範圍第52項之半導體膜的製造方法係以 上述第1能量光束為雷射光,同時,上述第2能量光束 為準分子雷射光做為其特徵》 56. 如申請專利範圍第51項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於上述第2能量光束至少包含有自可見光區至紫外 光區的波長成分。 57. 如申請專利範圍第56項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於上述第1能量光束為雷射光,同時,上述第2能 量光束為氙閃光燈。 58·如申請專利範圍第51項之半導體膜的製造方法,係以 上述第1能量光束以及第2能量光束均為雷射光為其特 --.--------^------ίτ------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再4·寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印裝 127 A8 B8 C8 D8- 申請專利範圍 徵。 59,如申請專利範圍第58項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於, 上述前驅體半導體膜為非晶矽薄膜; 上述第1能量光束為氬氟準分子雷射、氪氟準分子 雷射、氙氣準分子雷射,或者氙氟準分子雷射中之任 何一種雷射光; 上述第2能量光束則為氬雷射之雷射光。 6〇·如申請專利範圍第58項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於, 上述基板為玻璃基板; 上述前驅體半導體膜為非晶矽薄膜; 上述第lab量光束為氬氟準分子雷射、氣脱準分子 雷射、氙氣準分子雷射,或者氙氟準分子雷射中之任 何一種雷射光; 上述第2能量光束則為二氧化碳氣體雷射之雷射光 請 先 閲 Λ 之 注 I 裝 訂 經濟部t央標準局員工消費合作社印製 61. 如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,係 上述第1能量光束,以及第2能量光束係照射在上述 驅體半導體膜中之帶狀區域為其特徵者。 62. 如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,係以 在上述第2能量光束中之照向上述前驅體半導體膜的昭 射區域係,比在上述第旧量光束中之照向上述前驅體 半導趙膜的照射區域為大,而且包含上述第碰量光束 以 G氏張尺度適财關家縣(CNS) (21^297公着 128 A8 B8 C8 D8· 經濟部中央標準局負工消費合作社印製 申請專利範圍 之照射區域,為其特徵者β 63·如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,係以 上述第1能量光束以及第2能量光束乃以大致上呈垂直 入射之方式而照射至上述前驅體半導體膜為其特徵者 〇 64. 如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,係以 上述第2能量光束係至少比上述第丨能量光束之照射為 先行照射做為其特徵者。 65. 如申請專利範圍第64項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於,使形成有上述前驅體半導鱧膜之基板移動的 同時,上述第2能量光束係照射在相較於在上述前驅體 半導體膜上的上述第I能量光束之照射位置,更為在上 述移動方向之前方側的位置上。 66·如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,係以 上述第1能量光束係間歇性地照射;而另一方面,上述 第2能量光束則是連蹟性地照射為其特徵者。 67. 如申請專利範圍第66項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於, 上述第1能量光束為脈衝振盪的雷射光;另一方面 上述第2能量光束為連續振盪的雷射光。 68. 如申請專利範圍第66項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於, 上述第1能量光束為脈衝振盪的雷射光;另一方面 裝------訂------錄 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再4·寫本頁)ABCD Central Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Work, Consumer Affairs Cooperatives, Printed Central = The fraction of crystal nucleus was generated in an earlier period, and then the aforementioned crystal nucleus produced in the aforementioned peripheral part was generated at the conclusion of the aforementioned central part. Alternatively, before crystal growth, crystal growth is performed toward the central portion. Ba 23. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film according to item 22 of the scope of patent application, characterized in that in the tempered semiconductor thin film, the peripheral portion is cooled earlier than the central portion, so that The crystal nucleus of the peripheral part is produced at an earlier period than the crystal nucleus of the central part. 24. For example, the method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film in the scope of patent application No. 23 is characterized in that the "peripheral part includes a peripheral edge having a slightly protruding shape; The heat generated and accumulated in part by the tempering treatment has a plurality of directions of dissipation in the direction parallel to the surface of the semiconductive ship film, so that the peripheral portion is cooled earlier than the central portion. 25. A semiconductor element, characterized in that it is a semiconductor element having a semiconducting thin film formed by crystallizing a non-single B semiconductor film by tempering, and having a peripheral portion of the non-single-crystal semiconductor film. The crystal nucleus is generated earlier than the crystal shuttle in the central part. After that, before the crystal nucleus in the central part is generated or the crystal is grown, the Shao + central part is used for crystal growth. Into a semiconductor film. 26. A semiconductor device, characterized in that the paper size of the source region and the drain region arranged on both sides of the aforementioned channel region with a channel region is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 standard (2Ϊ " 〇χ297mm) 1 „Install ------ Order ------ line (please read the precautions on the back first and then write this page) 121 The front seal of the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A8 B8 C8 D Patent application scope A crystalline semiconductor layer is formed in a semiconductor element formed on a substrate. The crystalline semiconductor layer is formed by crystallizing a non-single crystalline thin film. At least the channel region is provided with a crystal growth direction control void that controls the crystal growth direction. 27. The semiconductor device according to item 26 of the patent application scope, wherein the aforementioned crystal growth direction control void is connected to the source region and In the direction of the drain region, more than two rows of groove-shaped voids are provided. 28. For a semiconductor device with a scope of patent application No. 26, it is characterized in that A plurality of crystal-growth-direction-controlling voids are provided in succession in a direction connecting the source region and the drain region. 29. A semiconductor device characterized by having a channel region and being disposed in the channel region. In the semiconductor device in which the source region on the side and the crystalline semiconductor layer in the drain region are formed on a substrate, the crystalline semiconductor layer is formed by crystallizing a non-single-crystalline film; at least in the channel region. In the semiconductor device, an early crystallization area having a higher crystallization start temperature than the channel area body portion is provided. 30. The semiconductor device according to item 29 of the patent application scope is characterized in that the early crystallization areas are connected along The source region and the drain region are elongated. 31. For the semiconductor device with the scope of patent application No. 29, it is characterized in that the good paper button applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) to threaten (2 丨 〇 &gt); < 297 Public Fantasy 1 _ ^ --- Γ ----- ^ ------ ΐτ ------. ^-(Please read the notes on the back before writing this page) 122 Economy Ministry of the Central Government Provincial Government Procurement Bureau Printed A8 B8 C8 ___ D8 · ~, Application patent scope 1 ~~-The structure of the early crystallization area in the channel area body contains eight impurities. 77 32. If you apply for a special body element , Characterized in that the aforementioned crystalline semiconducting Zhao layer is based on Shi Xi, or Shi Xi and Cu as the main component. 33. A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device is arranged in a region having a channel and disposed in the channel region. In the method for manufacturing a semiconductor element in which a source region on the side and a crystalline semiconductor layer in a drain region are formed on a substrate, the method includes at least a step of depositing a non-single-crystalline film on an insulating substrate; A step of forming a crystal growth direction controlling void on a crystalline thin film; and a step of irradiating energy and a light beam on a non-single-crystalline semiconductor film having a crystal growth direction controlling void to crystallize the thin film. 34. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, as described in item 33 of the scope of patent application, is characterized in that 'the aforementioned crystal growth direction is controlled to form a groove in a direction connecting the source region and the pole region to form a groove shape. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to item 33, wherein a plurality of the crystal growth direction control gaps are discontinuously formed in a direction connecting the source region and the drain region. 36. A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device comprising a channel region and a crystalline semiconductor layer having a source region and a drain region arranged on both sides of the channel region, is formed at least: This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) | _Ί ------- installation ------ ΐτ ------, ii (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this page again for details) 123 407303 A8 68 C8 m Printed patent application steps for depositing non-single-crystalline films on insulating substrates; A part of the implanted ions is an impurity for increasing the crystallization start temperature of the part to form an early crystallization region forming step including an early crystallization region including the impurity; and after the foregoing early crystallization region forming step, irradiating an energy beam to perform The crystallization step of the thin film. 37. The method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 36, characterized in that, in the step of forming the early crystallization region, an early stage of forming a long band shape in a direction connecting the source region and the drain region is formed. "Crystalline region" 3 8. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 36, wherein the early crystallization region is discontinuously arranged in a direction connecting the source region and the drain region. 39. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 33, wherein the energy beam is an excimer laser beam. 40. A method of manufacturing a semiconductor thin film, characterized in that the non-single-crystal material is crystallized or recrystallized by irradiating a light beam on the thin-film made of the non-single-crystal material formed on a substrate, In the manufacturing method of a semiconductor thin film that forms a crystalline semiconductor hafnium film, the above-mentioned light beam is used to form a non-uniform temperature gradient or temperature distribution on the surface of the thin film on the irradiated surface to adjust its light energy intensity. The light beams are distributed in a pattern, and the light beams are irradiated in a stationary state. Please read the note of ι6 first and then bind it. 124 Printing by the Central Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Work, Consumer Cooperatives, A8, B8, G8 __ D8. VI. Scope of Patent Application 41. For the manufacturing method of semiconductor thin film, No. 40 of the scope of patent application, It is characterized in that the aforementioned distribution pattern of the light energy intensity is a distribution pattern in which the light intensity in the range of light intensity is monotonically increased from one side to the other, or monotonically decreased from the other side to the other side. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film is characterized in that the aforementioned distribution pattern of light energy intensity is within the range of the light beam, and its relatively strong light intensity part and relatively weak light intensity part are arranged alternately in a plane. Distribution pattern. 43. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film according to item 42 of the application, characterized in that the aforementioned distribution pattern of light energy intensity is formed by irradiating at least two mutually coherent lights at the same time so as to cause light interference. 44. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film according to item 42 of the application, wherein the distribution pattern of the aforementioned light energy intensity is irradiated with at least two mutually coherent lights at the same time, and the light of at least one of the aforementioned lights is irradiated simultaneously. The phase is dynamically modulated to form a fluctuating interference pattern. 45. A method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film, characterized in that a light beam is irradiated onto a thin film made of a non-single-crystal material formed on a substrate, and then the heat is radiated to crystallize the aforementioned non-single-crystal material or In the method for manufacturing a recrystallized crystalline semiconductor film, the other manufacturing method is to maintain a non-uniform temperature distribution on the film surface irradiated by a light beam by maintaining the atmospheric pressure of the environment at a threshold value or more. 46. For the method of manufacturing thin semiconductor wafers under the scope of application for patent No. 45, when the atmospheric gas is hydrogen, the atmospheric pressure above the above-mentioned value is 10. This paper standard is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 ^ JL # ( 210X297i ^ f)-^ -------- ^-installation ------ order ------ record (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) 125 A8 B8 C% D8 · 407303 6. The scope of patent application is above 5 torr. 47_ A semiconductor-like manufacturing method that hides at least one of the precursor semiconductor films formed on a substrate and irradiates the precursor semiconductor films with at least the first energy that can crystallize the precursor semiconductor films. The energy beam is smaller than the absorption rate of the front medium semiconductor film of the first energy beam, and the energy given to the precursor semiconductor film is also the second smaller than the energy that can crystallize the precursor semiconductor film. The step of crystallization of the precursor semiconductor film by the energy beam. 48_ The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 47 of the patent application, wherein the precursor semiconductor film is an amorphous silicon thin film. 49. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 47 of the scope of patent application, wherein the absorption coefficient of the precursor semiconductor film of the first energy beam is substantially more than the inverse of the film thickness of the precursor semiconductor film; The absorption coefficient of the precursor semiconductor film of the second energy beam is substantially equal to or less than the reciprocal of the thickness of the precursor semiconductor film. 50. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 47 of the patent application scope is characterized in that: 1 above the energy beam .. The absorption coefficient of the precursor semiconductor film is approximately 10 times or more the reciprocal of the film thickness of the precursor semiconductor film; the absorption of the precursor semiconductor film of the second energy beam is the size of the paper Applicable to the National Standard of China (CNS) 8-4 (210X297 mm) (Please read the note on the back before filling out this page)-Binding Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, 126 A8 B8 C8 D8 * 407303 6. The number of patent applications is approximately the reciprocal of the film thickness of the aforementioned precursor semiconductor film. 51. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to claim 47, wherein the first energy beam and the second energy beam are light with different wavelengths. 52. If the method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 5 of the patent application is based on the above-mentioned first energy beam. The beam is a single-wavelength energy beam. At the same time, the second energy beam includes at least a wavelength component in the visible light region. . 53. If the method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 52 of the patent application is based on the above-mentioned first energy beam as a laser light, and the second energy beam as an infrared lamp as a feature. 54. If the method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 52 of the patent application is characterized by the above-mentioned first energy beam as laser light, and the above-mentioned second energy beam as white heat light. 55. If the method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 52 of the patent application is characterized by using the first energy beam as the laser light and the second energy beam as the excimer laser light as its feature "56. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 51, wherein the second energy beam includes at least a wavelength component from a visible light region to an ultraviolet light region. 57. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 56 of the patent application, wherein the first energy beam is a laser beam, and the second energy beam is a xenon flash lamp. 58. If the method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 51 of the patent application scope is based on the above-mentioned first energy beam and second energy beam being laser light, it is special --.-------- ^ --- --- ίτ ------ ^ (Please read the notes on the back first and then write this page) 127 A8 B8 C8 D8- The scope of patent application is levied. 59. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 58 of the scope of patent application, wherein the precursor semiconductor film is an amorphous silicon thin film; the first energy beam is an argon fluoride excimer laser and a fluorinated excimer laser. Xenon excimer laser, or any kind of laser light of xenon fluoride excimer laser; the above-mentioned second energy beam is laser light of argon laser. 60. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 58 of the scope of patent application, characterized in that the substrate is a glass substrate; the precursor semiconductor film is an amorphous silicon thin film; and the lab-type light beam is an argon-fluorine excimer laser. , Gas de excimer laser, xenon excimer laser, or any kind of laser light of xenon-fluorine excimer laser; the above-mentioned second energy beam is the laser light of carbon dioxide gas laser, please read Note Λ first. Binding Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 61. If the method of manufacturing a semiconductor film under the scope of patent application No. 47 is the first energy beam and the second energy beam is a band irradiated on the semiconductor film Shaped area is its characteristic. 62. If the method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 47 of the patent application is based on the projected area of the second semiconductor light beam toward the precursor semiconductor film, it is greater than the direction of the old light beam. The above-mentioned precursor semiconducting Zhao film has a large irradiation area, and contains the above-mentioned collimated beam in G-scale scales, suitable for Guanjia County (CNS) (21 ^ 297) 128 A8 B8 C8 D8 · Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economy The consumer product cooperative prints the irradiation area of the patent application scope, which is characterized by β 63. For the semiconductor film manufacturing method of the 47th scope of the patent application, the first energy beam and the second energy beam are roughly the same. The above-mentioned precursor semiconductor film is irradiated in a perpendicular incidence manner as a feature. 64. For a method for manufacturing a semiconductor film under the scope of application for item 47, the above-mentioned second energy beam is at least smaller than the 65. The method of manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 64 of the patent application scope is characterized in that the base is formed with the above-mentioned precursor semiconductor film. While the board is moving, the second energy beam is irradiated on the side of the front side of the moving direction more than the irradiation position of the first energy beam on the precursor semiconductor film. 66. If applied The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 47 of the patent is that the first energy beam is intermittently irradiated; on the other hand, the second energy beam is characterized by continuous irradiation. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 66 of the application, wherein the first energy beam is laser light with pulse oscillation; on the other hand, the second energy beam is laser light with continuous oscillation. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 66, characterized in that the first energy beam is a laser light with pulse oscillation; (Note 4 Write this page again) 129 -129- 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 上述第2能量光束則為燈光。 69·如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於使上述第1能量光束以及第2能量光束互相成為 同時期的間歇性照射。 70. 如申請專利範圍第69項之半導體膜的製造方法其特 徵在於.,照射上述第1能量光束的期間係在照射上述第 2能量光束的期間之内,而且,係為上述第2能量光束 之照射周期的三分之二以下的期間。 71. 如申請專利範圍第69項之半導體膜的製造方法,係以 上述第1能量光束以及第2能量光束為脈衝振蕩的雷射 光做為其特徵者。 72. 如申請專利範圍第69項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於, 上述第1能量光束為脈'衝振蕩的雷射光;另—方面 9 上述第2能量光束則為被間歇式的點燈之燈光。 73. 如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵為,.上述第1能量光束以及第2能量光束,係以可將 上述前驅體半導體膜加熱至3〇〇以上1200〇C以下之溫 度的方式而照射者/ 74. 如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵為,上述第1能量光束以及第2能量光束,係以可將 上述前驅體半導體膜加熱至6〇〇°C以上1100°C以下之溫 I 本紙張从適财關家料(CNS ) A4· ( 210X297公釐) 請 先 閲 1¾ 之 注 I 裝 訂 線 130 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印製 407303 I D8. 六、申請專利範圍 度的方式而照射者。 75.如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於,進一步具有以熱源加熱形成有上述前驅體半 導體膜之基板的步驟。 76_如申請專利範圍第75項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於,形成有上述前驅體半導體膜之基板被加熱而 成為300°C以上600。〇以下之溫度。 77.如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於, 上述第1能量光束係照射於在上述前驅體半導體膜 , 中之複數個區域;同時, 上述第2能量光束只照射至上述複數個區域的一部 份而已。 78_如申請專利範圍第47項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於,上述第2能量光束在上述基板之吸收率比在上 述前驅體半導艎膜之吸收率為大。 79. 如申請專利範圍第78項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於,上述第1能量光束之上述前驅體半導體膜的吸 收係數,為上述前驅體半導體膜之膜厚的倒數之大致1〇 倍以上。 80. 如申請專利範圍第78項之半導體膜的製造方法,其特 徵在於, 上述基板為玻璃基板; 上述前驅體半導體膜為非晶矽薄膜; 本,氏張尺度適用中國國家梂準(CNS) A4規格(2丨〇><297公麓) m "- I - -H —1 Is I I I I —^^1 I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再4·寫本頁) *1T 線 131 8 0〇0〇" ΑΒαί: 六、申請專利範圍 ' 上述第1能量光束為氬氟準分子雷射、氪氟準分子 雷射、氤氣準分子雷射,或者氤氟準分子雷射中之任 何一種雷射光; 上述第2能量光束則為二氧化碳氣體雷射之雷射光 〇 81. —種半導體膜之製造裝置,其特徵在於,具備 照射第1能量光束之第1照射手段;與 照射比上述第1能量光束之上述前驅體半導體膜的 吸收率為小之第2能量光束的第2照射手段。 82. 如申請專利範圍第81項之半導體膜的製造裝置,其特 徵在於, 上述第2照射手段為放射狀地發出第2能量光束之 燈;同時, 進一步具備將上述第2能量光束聚光的凹面反射鏡 〇 83. 如申請專利範圍第81項之半導體膜的製造裝置,其特 徵在於, 進一步具備一方面將上述第1能量光束以及第2能 量光束中之任一者反射,而使另一者穿透之反射板; 並 . 使上述第1能量光束队及第2能量光束之任一者大 體上垂直地入射至上述前驅體半導體膜而構成者。 84. 如申請專利範圍第81項之半導體膜的製造裝置’其特 徵在於, 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家梯準(CNS ) ΑΊ規格(210Χ297公釐) ----^------- 裝-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再4-寫本頁) 訂 經濟部中央樣準局負工消費合作杜印製 132 ABCD 經濟部中央橾準局負工消費合作社印製 申請專利範圍 上述前驅體半導體膜為非晶矽薄膜; 上述第1照射手段為氬氟準分子雷射、氪氟準分子 雷射、氙氣準分子雷射,或者氙氟準分子雷射中之任 何一種雷射光;同時, 上述第2照射手段則為氬雷射之雷射光。 85. 如申請專利範圍第81項之半導體膜的製造裝置其特 徵在於, 上述基板為玻璃基板; 上述前驅艘半導體膜為非晶石夕:薄膜; 上述第1能量光束為氬氟準分子雷射、氪氟準分子 雷射、氙氣準分子雷射,或者氙氟準分子雷射中之任 何一種雷射光;同時, 上述第2能量光束則為二氧化碳氣體雷射之雷射光 〇 86. —種半導體薄膜的製造方法,其特徵在於,其係具有 將月光束照射至形成於包括畫面顯示區域與驅動電 路部區域之基板上的非單晶質半導體薄膜上,以使晶 體成長之步驟的半導體薄膜之製造方法,而 照射至上述晝面顯示區域的第1照射係使用光束之 斷面形狀為線狀的能量光束而進行者;另一方面, 照射至上述驅動電路部區域之第2照射係使用光束 的斷面形狀為方形的能量光束,而且,係以比上述第1 照射為面的能量密度而進行者。 87. —種半導體薄膜之製造方法,其特徵在於,其係具有 I 裝------訂------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再4·寫本頁) 133 經濟部中央標準局貝工消費合作社印裝 A8 407303 | 六、申請專利範圍 將能量光束照射至形成於包括畫面顯示區域與驅動電 路部區域之基板上的非單晶質半導體薄膜上,以使晶 體成長之步驟的半導鱧薄膜之製造方法,而 照射至上述畫面顯示區域的第丨照射係,相對地對 上述基板掃描能量光束,一邊將能量光束的照射區域 以預定的重叠量錯開,並一邊照射之掃描照射;另一 方面, 照射至上述驅動電路部區域之第2照射係以,相對 地對上述基板將能量光束固定而進行之靜止照射,而 且係以比上述第1照射為高之能量密度進行者。 88.如申請專利範圍第87項之半導體薄膜的製造方法,其 特徵在於,上述第2照射係在相對地對上述基板將能量 固定的狀態下而進行複數次者。 89· —種半導體薄膜的製造方法,為具有將能量光束照射 至形成於包括畫面顯示區域與驅動電路部區域之基板 上的非單晶質半導體薄膜上,以使晶體成長之步驟的 半導體薄膜之製造方法,其特徵在於, 對上述畫面顯示區域與,在上述驅動電路部區域 之預定的複數個區域,分別以互異的能量密度,而且 ,相較於上述晝面顯示區域,上^動電路部區域的 一方係以較高的能量密度两進;^養:光束之照射者。 90.如申請專利範圍第89項之半導的製造方法,其特 ' 徵為,在上述驅動電路部區域之上述各個區域中,,照 射至構成閂鎖電路與移位寄存器的至少任一者之形成 j ¾------訂------.^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再漆寫本頁)Printed by the Shellfish Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The above-mentioned second energy beam is a light. 69. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to claim 47, wherein the first energy beam and the second energy beam are intermittently irradiated with each other at the same time. 70. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 69 of the application, characterized in that the period during which the first energy beam is irradiated is within the period during which the second energy beam is irradiated, and the second energy beam is irradiated Period of less than two thirds of the irradiation period. 71. For example, the method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 69 of the patent application is characterized by the laser light pulsed by the first energy beam and the second energy beam described above. 72. For example, the method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 69 of the application, characterized in that the first energy beam is a laser light with pulsed pulses; in addition, the second energy beam is an intermittent point. Light of the lamp. 73. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 47 of the patent application, characterized in that the first energy beam and the second energy beam are such that the precursor semiconductor film can be heated to a temperature of 300 to 1,200 ° C. Irradiated by the following temperature method: 74. For example, the method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 47 of the patent application, wherein the first energy beam and the second energy beam are for heating the precursor semiconductor film. To a temperature above 600 ° C and below 1100 ° C I This paper is from Shicai Guanjiaguan (CNS) A4 · (210X297 mm) Please read Note 1 ¾ Gutter 130 Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the cooperative 407303 I D8. VI. Applicants who are exposed in the manner of patent scope. 75. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to claim 47, further comprising the step of heating the substrate on which the above-mentioned precursor semiconductor film is formed by a heat source. 76_ The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to claim 75, wherein the substrate on which the precursor semiconductor film is formed is heated to a temperature of 300 ° C or higher and 600. 〇The following temperature. 77. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 47 of the application, wherein the first energy beam is irradiated to a plurality of regions in the precursor semiconductor film, and the second energy beam is irradiated only This is just a part of the above areas. 78_ The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 47 of the patent application, wherein the absorption rate of the second energy beam on the substrate is greater than that of the precursor semiconductor film. 79. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 78 of the scope of patent application, wherein the absorption coefficient of the precursor semiconductor film of the first energy beam is approximately 10, which is the inverse of the film thickness of the precursor semiconductor film. Times more. 80. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 78 of the patent application, characterized in that the substrate is a glass substrate; the precursor semiconductor film is an amorphous silicon thin film; and the scale standard is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 specifications (2 丨 〇 > < 297 feet) m "-I--H —1 Is IIII — ^^ 1 I (Please read the precautions on the back before writing the page 4) * 1T 131 8 0〇00〇 " ΑΒαί: 6. Scope of patent application 'The above first energy beam is argon fluoride excimer laser, krypton fluoride excimer laser, krypton excimer laser, or thorium fluoride excimer laser. Any of the laser light; the above-mentioned second energy beam is the laser light of a carbon dioxide gas laser. 81. A semiconductor film manufacturing apparatus characterized by including a first irradiation means for irradiating the first energy beam; and an irradiation ratio The second irradiation means of the second energy beam having a small absorption rate of the precursor semiconductor film of the first energy beam. 82. The device for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 81 of the patent application, wherein the second irradiation means is a lamp that emits a second energy beam radially; and further includes a device for condensing the second energy beam. Concave mirror 〇83. The device for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 81 of the patent application, further comprising: reflecting one of the first energy beam and the second energy beam on one side and causing the other A reflective plate which is penetrated by the person; and is configured by making one of the first energy beam group and the second energy beam substantially perpendicularly incident on the precursor semiconductor film. 84. If the device for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 81 of the patent application is' characterized in that this paper size adopts China National Standard (CNS) ΑΊ specifications (210 × 297 mm) ---- ^ ------ -Install-(Please read the precautions on the back before 4-writing this page) Order Printed by the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives Du AB 132 ABCD Printed by the Central Procurement Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives The precursor semiconductor film is an amorphous silicon thin film; the first irradiation means is argon-fluorine excimer laser, krypton-fluorine excimer laser, xenon excimer laser, or any one of xenon-fluorine excimer lasers. At the same time, the second irradiation means is laser light of argon laser. 85. The device for manufacturing a semiconductor film according to item 81 of the application, characterized in that the substrate is a glass substrate; the precursor semiconductor film is an amorphous stone: a thin film; and the first energy beam is an argon-fluorine excimer laser. Xenon excimer laser, xenon excimer laser, or any one of xenon fluoride excimer lasers; at the same time, the above-mentioned second energy beam is a laser light of a carbon dioxide gas laser. 86. a semiconductor The thin film manufacturing method is characterized in that it is a semiconductor thin film having a step of irradiating a moon beam onto a non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film formed on a substrate including a screen display region and a driving circuit portion region to grow a crystal. Manufacturing method, and the first irradiation system that irradiates the daytime display area uses a beam of energy whose cross-sectional shape is linear; on the other hand, the second irradiation system that irradiates the drive circuit portion region uses a light beam The cross-sectional shape of is a square energy beam, and is performed at an energy density that is higher than that of the first irradiation. 87. A method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film, characterized in that it has an I package -------- order ------ line (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) 133 Economy Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards, Shellfish Consumer Cooperative, A8 407303 | VI. Patent Application Range Irradiates energy beams onto non-single-crystal semiconductor films formed on a substrate that includes a screen display area and a drive circuit area to grow crystals In the method for manufacturing a semiconducting holmium thin film, the first irradiation system that irradiates the screen display area relatively scans the energy beam on the substrate, while staggering the irradiation areas of the energy beam by a predetermined overlap, and irradiating Scanning irradiation; On the other hand, the second irradiation to the driving circuit portion area is a stationary irradiation with the energy beam fixed to the substrate, and a higher energy density than the first irradiation. Proceeder. 88. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film according to claim 87, wherein the second irradiation is performed a plurality of times while the energy of the substrate is relatively fixed. 89 · —A method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film, which is a semiconductor thin film having a step of irradiating an energy beam onto a non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film formed on a substrate including a screen display region and a driving circuit portion region to grow a crystal. The manufacturing method is characterized in that the screen display area and a predetermined plurality of areas in the drive circuit portion area are respectively different in energy density, and the circuit is moved compared to the daytime display area. One side of the area is doubled at a higher energy density; ^ raise: the beam of light. 90. The method for manufacturing a semiconducting device according to claim 89, wherein at least one of the latch circuit and the shift register is irradiated to each of the above-mentioned areas of the driving circuit portion area. The formation of j ¾ ------ order ------. ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before painting this page) A8 R8 C8 D8· 407303 六、申請專利範圍 有轉移閘的區域之能量光束的照射,係以高於照射至 其他區域的能量密度而進行。 9L-種半導體薄膜之製造方法,其特徵在於,其為具有 將能量光束照射至形成於包括畫面顯示區域與驅動電 路部區域之基板上的非單晶質半導體薄膜上,以使晶 體成長之步驟的半導體薄膜之製造方法而 上述畫面顯示區域的對應區域,較之上 路部區域的對應區域,亦經由上述能量光束之透射率 低的遽n,而同時地進行向上述畫面暴貝示區域以及上 述箱動電路部區域之能量光束的照射。 92. -種半導體薄膜的製造方法,特徵在於,其為具有將 食b量光束照射至基板上所形成的非單晶質半導體薄膜 上,以使晶體成長之步驟的半導體薄膜之製造方法, 而 使上述能量光束之照射,透過具有能量光束散射 性的均一化元件而進行。 93. 如申請專利範圍第92項之半導體薄膜的製造方法,其 特徵在於, 上述均一化元件具有部分地具能量穿透性之區域 使入射至上述具有穿透性的區域之能量光束照原 樣地穿透’而照射至上述非單晶半導體薄膜β 94. 一種半導體薄膜之製造裝置,其特徵在於具備 能量光束產生手段,與 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4况格(210Χ297公釐) :裝— 訂------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再贫寫本頁) 經濟部中央揉準局負工消費合作社印製 135 經濟部中央標準局員工消費合作社印製 A8 B8 C3 D8- 々、申請專利範圍 將由上述能量光束產生手段所產生之能量光束整 形成能量均一之預定的光束斷面形狀之均一化手段; 將上述經整形之能量光束照射至基板上所形成的 非單晶半導艘薄膜以使晶韹成長的半導體薄膜之製造 裝置; 進一步具備具有互異之上述能量光束的透射率之 區域的濾器, 經由上述濾器’在上述非單晶半導體薄膜之複數 個區域上,以互異的能量密度進行上述能量光束的照 射方式而構成。 • 95.如申請專利範圍第94項之半導體薄膜的製造裝置,其 特徵在於’上述濾器係藉由光學薄膜而構成具有互不 相同的上述能量光束之透射率的區域。 96. 如申請專利範圍第94項之半導體薄膜的製造裝置,其 進一步具備上述基板被置入的處理室,而構成可以經 由形成於上述處理室之窗口,以進行上述能量光束之 照射的形式;而且 . 上述滤係設置於上述窗口上。 97. —種半導體膜的製造裝置,其特徵在於具倩 能量光束產生手段,與 將由上述能量i束產生手段所產生之能量光束整 形成能量均一之預定的光束斷面形狀之均一化手段; 將上述經整形之能量光束照射至基板上所形成的 非單aa半導體薄膜以使晶體成長的半導體薄膜之製造 本紙張尺度逋用中國國家梯準(CNS ) A4说格(210X297公釐) ----------^------1T------ii (請先閲積背面之注意Ϋ項再4·寫本頁) 136 A8 B8 C-8 -4㈣ Ο 3-- 六、申請專利範圍 裝置;上述均一化手段係以可以將能量光束選擇性地轉換整 形成複數個光束斷面形狀之方式而構成者。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部中央梯準局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家梯準(CNS ) ΑΊ規格(210Χ297公釐) 137A8 R8 C8 D8 · 407303 VI. Scope of patent application The irradiation of the energy beam in the area with the transfer gate is performed at a higher energy density than that in other areas. 9L-Semiconductor thin film manufacturing method, characterized in that it is a step of irradiating an energy beam onto a non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film formed on a substrate including a screen display area and a drive circuit portion area to grow a crystal Method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film, the corresponding area of the screen display area is higher than the corresponding area of the upper road area, and simultaneously passes through the energy beam having a low transmittance 遽 n to simultaneously display the area and the screen. Irradiation of an energy beam in the area of the box circuit. 92. A method of manufacturing a semiconductor thin film, characterized in that it is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor thin film having a step of irradiating a beam of light on a non-single-crystal semiconductor film formed on a substrate to grow a crystal, and The energy beam is irradiated through a uniformizing element having energy beam scattering properties. 93. The method for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film according to item 92 of the application, wherein the homogenizing element has a partially energy-permeable region so that an energy beam incident on the above-mentioned region has the same Through 'and irradiates the above non-single-crystal semiconductor thin film β 94. A semiconductor thin film manufacturing device, characterized by having an energy beam generating means, which conforms to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 standard (210 × 297 mm) for this paper size : Install-order ------ line (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) Printed by the Central Consumers Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed by the Consumer Cooperative 135 Printed by the Consumer Standards of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A8 B8 C3 D8- The scope of the patent application is to uniformize the energy beam generated by the above-mentioned energy beam generating means into a predetermined beam cross-sectional shape with uniform energy; the non-formed energy beam is irradiated onto the substrate. Manufacturing device for semiconductor thin film of single crystal semiconducting thin film to grow crystal ridge; further provided with the above-mentioned differences Filter amount beam transmittance of a region, 'on the plurality of regions of non-single crystal semiconductor film, an energy density of the above-mentioned mutually different energy beam is irradiated via the above-described embodiment the filter is configured. 95. The device for manufacturing a semiconductor thin film according to item 94 of the patent application, characterized in that the above-mentioned filter is configured by an optical film to have regions having different transmittances of the energy beams. 96. For example, the semiconductor thin film manufacturing device of claim 94, further comprising a processing chamber in which the substrate is placed, and configured to be irradiated with the energy beam through a window formed in the processing chamber; Moreover, the filter system is installed on the window. 97. A device for manufacturing a semiconductor film, comprising a means for generating energy beams and a means for uniformizing a predetermined cross-sectional shape of a beam having uniform energy with the energy beams generated by the energy i-beam generating means; The above-mentioned shaped energy beam is irradiated to the non-single aa semiconductor thin film formed on the substrate to make the crystal grow semiconductor film. The paper size is based on China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) --- ------- ^ ------ 1T ------ ii (Please read the notes on the back of the product before writing 4 · This page) 136 A8 B8 C-8 -4㈣ Ο 3- -6. Applicable patent range device; the above-mentioned homogenization means is constituted in such a manner that energy beams can be selectively converted and shaped into a plurality of beam cross-sectional shapes. (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Central Standardization Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) ΑΊ specifications (210 × 297 mm) 137
TW87121064A 1997-12-17 1998-12-17 Semiconductor thin film, and method and apparatus for producing thereof, and semiconductor device and method for producing thereof TW407303B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP34746497 1997-12-17
JP946798 1998-01-21
JP6280198 1998-03-13
JP6799398 1998-03-18
JP13831898 1998-05-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW407303B true TW407303B (en) 2000-10-01

Family

ID=27519068

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW87121064A TW407303B (en) 1997-12-17 1998-12-17 Semiconductor thin film, and method and apparatus for producing thereof, and semiconductor device and method for producing thereof

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW407303B (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO1999031719A1 (en) Semiconductor thin film, method of producing the same, apparatus for producing the same, semiconductor device and method of producing the same
JP2000068520A (en) Semiconductor thin film, manufacture thereof and manufacturing device, and semiconductor element and manufacture thereof
KR100490497B1 (en) Method of manufacturing thin-film semiconductor device
US6741621B2 (en) Laser irradiation apparatus and method of treating semiconductor thin film
TWI294648B (en) Method for manufacturing polysilicon film
TW488079B (en) Thin film processing method and device
US7943936B2 (en) Crystallizing method, thin-film transistor manufacturing method, thin-film transistor, and display device
US20070290210A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method of fabricating a ltps film
KR20070094527A (en) Crystallization method, thin film transistor manufacturing method, thin film transistor, display, and semiconductor device
JPH11186189A (en) Laser irradiation equipment
KR20040097252A (en) Method of producing silicon oxide film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device, semiconductor device, display, and infrared irradiating device
JP2002261015A (en) Semiconductor thin film, method of manufacturing it, manufacturing device, semiconductor element and method of manufacturing it
TW451279B (en) Method of crystallizing a semiconductor thin film and producing a thin film semiconductor device
US8884296B2 (en) Thin-film transistor device manufacturing method, thin-film transistor device, and display device
TWI312545B (en) Method of enhancing laser crystallization for poly-silicon fabrication
JP2009130231A (en) Crystal silicon array, and manufacturing method of thin film transistor
TW407303B (en) Semiconductor thin film, and method and apparatus for producing thereof, and semiconductor device and method for producing thereof
JP4769491B2 (en) Crystallization method, thin film transistor manufacturing method, thin film transistor, and display device
KR100611040B1 (en) Apparutus for thermal treatment using laser
KR100270315B1 (en) Method of re-crystallization of amorphous silicon layer using selective laser annealing
US8518763B2 (en) Thin-film transistor device manufacturing method, thin-film transistor device, and display device
JP4524413B2 (en) Crystallization method
JP2008243843A (en) Crystallization method, method for manufacturing thin-film transistor, substrate for laser crystalization, thin-film transistor, and display device
JP2010114472A (en) Method of crystallization
TW466569B (en) Method to anneal laterally grown polysilicon from amorphous silicon with patterned metal mask layer by pulse laser

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees